Index: openafs/doc/html/index.htm
diff -c openafs/doc/html/index.htm:1.3 openafs/doc/html/index.htm:1.3.8.1
*** openafs/doc/html/index.htm:1.3	Tue Oct 23 11:26:00 2001
--- openafs/doc/html/index.htm	Sat Jun 28 02:41:28 2008
***************
*** 24,30 ****
  <P>Included:
  <DL COMPACT>
  <DD><A HREF="AdminGuide/auagd000.htm">AFS Administrator's Guide</A>
- <DD><A HREF="AdminReference/auarf000.htm">AFS Administration Reference</A>
  <DD><A HREF="QuickStartUnix/auqbg000.htm">AFS Quick Start Guide for UNIX</A>
  <DD><A HREF="QuickStartWindows/awqbg000.htm">AFS Quick Start Guide for Windows NT/2000</A>
  <DD><A HREF="UserGuide/auusg000.htm">AFS User's Guide</A>
--- 24,29 ----
Index: openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf000.htm
diff -c openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf000.htm:1.1 openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf000.htm:removed
*** openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf000.htm:1.1	Wed Jun  6 14:09:11 2001
--- openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf000.htm	Thu Oct  2 10:12:22 2008
***************
*** 1,48 ****
- <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 4//EN">
- <HTML><HEAD>
- <TITLE>Administration Reference</TITLE>
- <!-- Begin Header Records  ========================================== -->
- <!-- /tmp/idwt3672/auarf000.scr converted by idb2h R4.2 (359) ID      -->
- <!-- Workbench Version (AIX) on 3 Oct 2000 at 16:18:30                -->
- <META HTTP-EQUIV="updated" CONTENT="Tue, 03 Oct 2000 16:18:29">
- <META HTTP-EQUIV="review" CONTENT="Wed, 03 Oct 2001 16:18:29">
- <META HTTP-EQUIV="expires" CONTENT="Thu, 03 Oct 2002 16:18:29">
- </HEAD><BODY>
- <!-- (C) IBM Corporation 2000. All Rights Reserved    --> 
- <BODY bgcolor="ffffff"> 
- <!-- End Header Records  ============================================ -->
- <A NAME="Top_Of_Page"></A>
- <H1>Administration Reference</H1>
- <HR><P ALIGN="center"> <A HREF="../index.htm"><IMG SRC="../books.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Return to Library]"></A> <A HREF="auarf002.htm#ToC"><IMG SRC="../toc.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Table of Contents]"></A> <A HREF="#Bot_Of_Page"><IMG SRC="../bot.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Bottom of Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf002.htm"><IMG SRC="../next.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Next Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf284.htm#HDRINDEX"><IMG SRC="../index.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Index]"></A> <P><HR> 
- AFS<BR>
- Administration Reference<BR>
- <P>Version 3.6 
- <P>Document Number GC09-4562-00
- <P>
- <BR>
- <P><B>First Edition (April 2000)</B>
- <P>This edition applies to:
- <DL COMPACT>
- <DD>IBM AFS for AIX, Version 3.6
- <DD>IBM AFS for Digital Unix, Version 3.6
- <DD>IBM AFS for HP-UX, Version 3.6
- <DD>IBM AFS for Linux, Version 3.6
- <DD>IBM AFS for SGI IRIX, Version 3.6
- <DD>IBM AFS for Solaris, Version 3.6
- </DL>
- <P>and to all subsequent releases and modifications until otherwise indicated
- in new editions.
- <P>This softcopy version is based on the printed edition of this book.
- Some formatting amendments have been made to make this information more
- suitable for softcopy.
- <P>Order publications through your IBM representative or through the IBM
- branch office serving your locality.
- <P>
- <HR><P ALIGN="center"> <A HREF="../index.htm"><IMG SRC="../books.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Return to Library]"></A> <A HREF="auarf002.htm#ToC"><IMG SRC="../toc.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Table of Contents]"></A> <A HREF="#Top_Of_Page"><IMG SRC="../top.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Top of Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf002.htm"><IMG SRC="../next.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Next Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf284.htm#HDRINDEX"><IMG SRC="../index.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Index]"></A> <P> 
- <!-- Begin Footer Records  ========================================== -->
- <P><HR><B> 
- <br>&#169; <A HREF="http://www.ibm.com/">IBM Corporation 2000.</A>  All Rights Reserved 
- </B> 
- <!-- End Footer Records  ============================================ -->
- <A NAME="Bot_Of_Page"></A>
- </BODY></HTML>
--- 0 ----
Index: openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf002.htm
diff -c openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf002.htm:1.1 openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf002.htm:removed
*** openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf002.htm:1.1	Wed Jun  6 14:09:11 2001
--- openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf002.htm	Thu Oct  2 10:12:22 2008
***************
*** 1,314 ****
- <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 4//EN">
- <HTML><HEAD>
- <TITLE>Administration Reference</TITLE>
- <!-- Begin Header Records  ========================================== -->
- <!-- /tmp/idwt3672/auarf000.scr converted by idb2h R4.2 (359) ID      -->
- <!-- Workbench Version (AIX) on 3 Oct 2000 at 16:18:30                -->
- <META HTTP-EQUIV="updated" CONTENT="Tue, 03 Oct 2000 16:18:29">
- <META HTTP-EQUIV="review" CONTENT="Wed, 03 Oct 2001 16:18:29">
- <META HTTP-EQUIV="expires" CONTENT="Thu, 03 Oct 2002 16:18:29">
- </HEAD><BODY>
- <!-- (C) IBM Corporation 2000. All Rights Reserved    --> 
- <BODY bgcolor="ffffff"> 
- <!-- End Header Records  ============================================ -->
- <A NAME="Top_Of_Page"></A>
- <H1>Administration Reference</H1>
- <HR><P ALIGN="center"> <A HREF="../index.htm"><IMG SRC="../books.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Return to Library]"></A> <A HREF="#ToC"><IMG SRC="../toc.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Contents]"></A> <A HREF="auarf000.htm"><IMG SRC="../prev.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Previous Topic]"></A> <A HREF="#Bot_Of_Page"><IMG SRC="../bot.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Bottom of Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf003.htm"><IMG SRC="../next.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Next Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf284.htm#HDRINDEX"><IMG SRC="../index.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Index]"></A> <P> 
- <H2><A NAME="ToC">Table of Contents</A></H2>
- <P><B><A NAME="ToC_1" HREF="auarf003.htm#HDRTLIST_START">Tables</A></B><BR>
- <P><B><A NAME="ToC_2" HREF="auarf004.htm#Header_2">About This Manual</A></B><BR>
- <MENU>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_3" HREF="auarf005.htm#HDRWQ1">Audience and Purpose</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_4" HREF="auarf006.htm#HDRWQ2">Organization</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_5" HREF="auarf007.htm#HDRWQ3">How to Use This Document</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_6" HREF="auarf008.htm#HDRWQ4">Related Documents</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_7" HREF="auarf009.htm#HDRTYPO_CONV">Typographical Conventions</A>
- </MENU>
- <P><B><A NAME="ToC_8" HREF="auarf010.htm#Header_8">AFS System Files</A></B><BR>
- <MENU>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_9" HREF="auarf011.htm#HDRFILESINTRO">afs_file_intro</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_10" HREF="auarf012.htm#HDRAUTHLOG">AuthLog</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_11" HREF="auarf013.htm#HDRWQ5">AuthLog.dir, AuthLog.pag</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_12" HREF="auarf014.htm#HDRBACKUPLOG">BackupLog</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_13" HREF="auarf015.htm#HDRBOSLOG">BosLog</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_14" HREF="auarf016.htm#HDRBOSCONFIG">BosConfig</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_15" HREF="auarf017.htm#HDRCACHEITEMS">CacheItems</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_16" HREF="auarf018.htm#HDRCFG">CFG_<I>device_name</I></A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_17" HREF="auarf019.htm#HDRCLI_CSDB">CellServDB (client version)</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_18" HREF="auarf020.htm#HDRSV_CSDB">CellServDB (server version)</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_19" HREF="auarf021.htm#HDRFILELOG">FileLog</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_20" HREF="auarf022.htm#HDRFORCESALVAGE">FORCESALVAGE</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_21" HREF="auarf023.htm#HDRKEYFILE">KeyFile</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_22" HREF="auarf024.htm#HDRCLI_NETINFO">NetInfo (client version)</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_23" HREF="auarf025.htm#HDRSV_NETINFO">NetInfo (server version)</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_24" HREF="auarf026.htm#HDRCLI_NETRESTRICT">NetRestrict (client version)</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_25" HREF="auarf027.htm#HDRSV_NETRESTRICT">NetRestrict (server version)</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_26" HREF="auarf028.htm#HDRNOAUTH">NoAuth</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_27" HREF="auarf029.htm#HDRSALVAGEFS">SALVAGE.fs</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_28" HREF="auarf030.htm#HDRSALVAGELOG">SalvageLog</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_29" HREF="auarf031.htm#HDRTE">TE_<I>device_name</I></A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_30" HREF="auarf032.htm#HDRCLI_THISCELL">ThisCell (client version)</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_31" HREF="auarf033.htm#HDRSV_THISCELL">ThisCell (server version)</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_32" HREF="auarf034.htm#HDRTL">TL_<I>device_name</I></A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_33" HREF="auarf035.htm#HDRUSERLIST">UserList</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_34" HREF="auarf036.htm#HDRVN">V<I>n</I></A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_35" HREF="auarf037.htm#HDRVVOLID">V<I>vol_ID</I>.vol</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_36" HREF="auarf038.htm#HDRVLLOG">VLLog</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_37" HREF="auarf039.htm#HDRVOLSERLOG">VolserLog</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_38" HREF="auarf040.htm#HDRVOLUMEITEMS">VolumeItems</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_39" HREF="auarf041.htm#HDRAFSZCM">afszcm.cat</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_40" HREF="auarf042.htm#HDRBDBDB">bdb.DB0 and bdb.DBSYS1</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_41" HREF="auarf043.htm#HDRCACHEINFO">cacheinfo</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_42" HREF="auarf044.htm#HDRFMSLOG">fms.log</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_43" HREF="auarf045.htm#HDRKASERVERDB">kaserver.DB0 and kaserver.DBSYS1</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_44" HREF="auarf046.htm#HDRKASERVERAUXDB">kaserverauxdb</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_45" HREF="auarf047.htm#HDRPRDBDB">prdb.DB0 and prdb.DBSYS1</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_46" HREF="auarf048.htm#HDRSALVAGELOCK">salvage.lock</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_47" HREF="auarf049.htm#HDRSYSID">sysid</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_48" HREF="auarf050.htm#HDRTAPECONFIG">tapeconfig</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_49" HREF="auarf051.htm#HDRVLDBDB">vldb.DB0 and vldb.DBSYS1</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_50" HREF="auarf052.htm#HDRAFSMONCONFIG">afsmonitor Configuration File</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_51" HREF="auarf053.htm#HDRPACKAGECONFIG">package Configuration File</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_52" HREF="auarf054.htm#HDRUSSBULKINPUT">uss Bulk Input File</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_53" HREF="auarf055.htm#HDRUSSFILE">uss Template File</A>
- </MENU>
- <P><B><A NAME="ToC_54" HREF="auarf056.htm#Header_54">AFS System Commands</A></B><BR>
- <MENU>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_55" HREF="auarf057.htm#HDRAFSINTRO">afs_intro</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_72" HREF="auarf058.htm#HDRAFSD">afsd</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_73" HREF="auarf059.htm#HDRAFSMONITOR">afsmonitor</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_74" HREF="auarf060.htm#HDRBK_INTRO">backup</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_75" HREF="auarf061.htm#HDRBK_ADDDUMP">backup adddump</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_76" HREF="auarf062.htm#HDRBK_ADDHOST">backup addhost</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_77" HREF="auarf063.htm#HDRBK_ADDVOLENTRY">backup addvolentry</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_78" HREF="auarf064.htm#HDRBK_ADDVOLSET">backup addvolset</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_79" HREF="auarf065.htm#HDRBK_APROPOS">backup apropos</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_80" HREF="auarf066.htm#HDRBK_DBVERIFY">backup dbverify</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_81" HREF="auarf067.htm#HDRBK_DELDUMP">backup deldump</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_82" HREF="auarf068.htm#HDRBK_DELETEDUMP">backup deletedump</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_83" HREF="auarf069.htm#HDRBK_DELHOST">backup delhost</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_84" HREF="auarf070.htm#HDRBK_DELVOLENTRY">backup delvolentry</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_85" HREF="auarf071.htm#HDRBK_DELVOLSET">backup delvolset</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_86" HREF="auarf072.htm#HDRBK_DISKRESTORE">backup diskrestore</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_87" HREF="auarf073.htm#HDRBK_DUMP">backup dump</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_88" HREF="auarf074.htm#HDRBK_DUMPINFO">backup dumpinfo</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_89" HREF="auarf075.htm#HDRBK_HELP">backup help</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_90" HREF="auarf076.htm#HDRBK_INTERACTIVE">backup interactive</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_91" HREF="auarf077.htm#HDRBK_JOBS">backup jobs</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_92" HREF="auarf078.htm#HDRBK_KILL">backup kill</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_93" HREF="auarf079.htm#HDRBK_LABELTAPE">backup labeltape</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_94" HREF="auarf080.htm#HDRBK_LISTDUMPS">backup listdumps</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_95" HREF="auarf081.htm#HDRBK_LISTHOSTS">backup listhosts</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_96" HREF="auarf082.htm#HDRBK_LISTVOLSETS">backup listvolsets</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_97" HREF="auarf083.htm#HDRBK_QUIT">backup quit</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_98" HREF="auarf084.htm#HDRBK_READLABEL">backup readlabel</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_99" HREF="auarf085.htm#HDRBK_RESTOREDB">backup restoredb</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_100" HREF="auarf086.htm#HDRBK_SAVEDB">backup savedb</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_101" HREF="auarf087.htm#HDRBK_SCANTAPE">backup scantape</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_102" HREF="auarf088.htm#HDRBK_SETEXP">backup setexp</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_103" HREF="auarf089.htm#HDRBK_STATUS">backup status</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_104" HREF="auarf090.htm#HDRBK_VOLINFO">backup volinfo</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_105" HREF="auarf091.htm#HDRBK_VOLRESTORE">backup volrestore</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_106" HREF="auarf092.htm#HDRBK_VOLSETRESTORE">backup volsetrestore</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_107" HREF="auarf093.htm#HDRBOS_INTRO">bos</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_108" HREF="auarf094.htm#HDRBOS_ADDHOST">bos addhost</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_109" HREF="auarf095.htm#HDRBOS_ADDKEY">bos addkey</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_110" HREF="auarf096.htm#HDRBOS_ADDUSER">bos adduser</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_111" HREF="auarf097.htm#HDRBOS_APROPOS">bos apropos</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_112" HREF="auarf098.htm#HDRBOS_CREATE">bos create</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_113" HREF="auarf099.htm#HDRBOS_DELETE">bos delete</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_114" HREF="auarf100.htm#HDRBOS_EXEC">bos exec</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_115" HREF="auarf101.htm#HDRBOS_GETDATE">bos getdate</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_116" HREF="auarf102.htm#HDRBOS_GETLOG">bos getlog</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_117" HREF="auarf103.htm#HDRBOS_GETRESTART">bos getrestart</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_118" HREF="auarf104.htm#HDRBOS_HELP">bos help</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_119" HREF="auarf105.htm#HDRBOS_INSTALL">bos install</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_120" HREF="auarf106.htm#HDRBOS_LISTHOSTS">bos listhosts</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_121" HREF="auarf107.htm#HDRBOS_LISTKEYS">bos listkeys</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_122" HREF="auarf108.htm#HDRBOS_LISTUSERS">bos listusers</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_123" HREF="auarf109.htm#HDRBOS_PRUNE">bos prune</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_124" HREF="auarf110.htm#HDRBOS_REMOVEHOST">bos removehost</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_125" HREF="auarf111.htm#HDRBOS_REMOVEKEY">bos removekey</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_126" HREF="auarf112.htm#HDRBOS_REMOVEUSER">bos removeuser</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_127" HREF="auarf113.htm#HDRBOS_RESTART">bos restart</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_128" HREF="auarf114.htm#HDRBOS_SALVAGE">bos salvage</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_129" HREF="auarf115.htm#HDRBOS_SETAUTH">bos setauth</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_130" HREF="auarf116.htm#HDRBOS_SETCELLNAME">bos setcellname</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_131" HREF="auarf117.htm#HDRBOS_SETRESTART">bos setrestart</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_132" HREF="auarf118.htm#HDRBOS_SHUTDOWN">bos shutdown</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_133" HREF="auarf119.htm#HDRBOS_START">bos start</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_134" HREF="auarf120.htm#HDRBOS_STARTUP">bos startup</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_135" HREF="auarf121.htm#HDRBOS_STATUS">bos status</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_136" HREF="auarf122.htm#HDRBOS_STOP">bos stop</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_137" HREF="auarf123.htm#HDRBOS_UNINSTALL">bos uninstall</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_138" HREF="auarf124.htm#HDRBOSSERVER">bosserver</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_139" HREF="auarf125.htm#HDRBUSERVER">buserver</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_140" HREF="auarf126.htm#HDRBUTC">butc</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_141" HREF="auarf127.htm#HDRDLOG">dlog</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_142" HREF="auarf128.htm#HDRDPASS">dpass</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_143" HREF="auarf129.htm#HDRFILESERVER">fileserver</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_144" HREF="auarf130.htm#HDRFMS">fms</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_145" HREF="auarf131.htm#HDRFS_INTRO">fs</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_146" HREF="auarf132.htm#HDRFS_APROPOS">fs apropos</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_147" HREF="auarf133.htm#HDRFS_CHECKSERVERS">fs checkservers</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_148" HREF="auarf134.htm#HDRFS_CHECKVOLUMES">fs checkvolumes</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_149" HREF="auarf135.htm#HDRFS_CLEANACL">fs cleanacl</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_150" HREF="auarf136.htm#HDRFS_COPYACL">fs copyacl</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_151" HREF="auarf137.htm#HDRFS_DISKFREE">fs diskfree</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_152" HREF="auarf138.htm#HDRFS_EXAMINE">fs examine</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_153" HREF="auarf139.htm#HDRFS_EXPORTAFS">fs exportafs</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_154" HREF="auarf140.htm#HDRFS_FLUSH">fs flush</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_155" HREF="auarf141.htm#HDRFS_FLUSHMOUNT">fs flushmount</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_156" HREF="auarf142.htm#HDRFS_FLUSHVOLUME">fs flushvolume</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_157" HREF="auarf143.htm#HDRFS_GETCACHEPARMS">fs getcacheparms</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_158" HREF="auarf144.htm#HDRFS_GETCELLSTATUS">fs getcellstatus</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_159" HREF="auarf145.htm#HDRFS_GETCLIENTADDRS">fs getclientaddrs</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_160" HREF="auarf146.htm#HDRFS_GETSERVERPREFS">fs getserverprefs</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_161" HREF="auarf147.htm#HDRFS_HELP">fs help</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_162" HREF="auarf148.htm#HDRFS_LISTACL">fs listacl</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_163" HREF="auarf149.htm#HDRFS_LISTCELLS">fs listcells</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_164" HREF="auarf150.htm#HDRFS_LISTQUOTA">fs listquota</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_165" HREF="auarf151.htm#HDRFS_LSMOUNT">fs lsmount</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_166" HREF="auarf152.htm#HDRFS_MESSAGES">fs messages</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_167" HREF="auarf153.htm#HDRFS_MKMOUNT">fs mkmount</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_168" HREF="auarf154.htm#HDRFS_NEWCELL">fs newcell</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_169" HREF="auarf155.htm#HDRFS_QUOTA">fs quota</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_170" HREF="auarf156.htm#HDRFS_RMMOUNT">fs rmmount</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_171" HREF="auarf157.htm#HDRFS_SETACL">fs setacl</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_172" HREF="auarf158.htm#HDRFS_SETCACHESIZE">fs setcachesize</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_173" HREF="auarf159.htm#HDRFS_SETCELL">fs setcell</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_174" HREF="auarf160.htm#HDRFS_SETCLIENTADDRS">fs setclientaddrs</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_175" HREF="auarf161.htm#HDRFS_SETQUOTA">fs setquota</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_176" HREF="auarf162.htm#HDRFS_SETSERVERPREFS">fs setserverprefs</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_177" HREF="auarf163.htm#HDRFS_SETVOL">fs setvol</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_178" HREF="auarf164.htm#HDRFS_STOREBEHIND">fs storebehind</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_179" HREF="auarf165.htm#HDRFS_SYSNAME">fs sysname</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_180" HREF="auarf166.htm#HDRFS_WHEREIS">fs whereis</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_181" HREF="auarf167.htm#HDRFS_WHICHCELL">fs whichcell</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_182" HREF="auarf168.htm#HDRFS_WSCELL">fs wscell</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_183" HREF="auarf169.htm#HDRFSTRACE_INTRO">fstrace</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_184" HREF="auarf170.htm#HDRFSTRACE_APROPOS">fstrace apropos</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_185" HREF="auarf171.htm#HDRFSTRACE_CLEAR">fstrace clear</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_186" HREF="auarf172.htm#HDRFSTRACE_DUMP">fstrace dump</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_187" HREF="auarf173.htm#HDRFSTRACE_HELP">fstrace help</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_188" HREF="auarf174.htm#HDRFSTRACE_LSLOG">fstrace lslog</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_189" HREF="auarf175.htm#HDRFSTRACE_LSSET">fstrace lsset</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_190" HREF="auarf176.htm#HDRFSTRACE_SETLOG">fstrace setlog</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_191" HREF="auarf177.htm#HDRFSTRACE_SETSET">fstrace setset</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_192" HREF="auarf178.htm#HDRFTPD">ftpd (AFS version)</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_193" HREF="auarf179.htm#HDRINETD">inetd (AFS version)</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_194" HREF="auarf180.htm#HDRKADB_CHECK">kadb_check</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_195" HREF="auarf181.htm#HDRKAS_INTRO">kas</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_196" HREF="auarf182.htm#HDRKAS_APROPOS">kas apropos</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_197" HREF="auarf183.htm#HDRKAS_CREATE">kas create</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_198" HREF="auarf184.htm#HDRKAS_DELETE">kas delete</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_199" HREF="auarf185.htm#HDRKAS_EXAMINE">kas examine</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_200" HREF="auarf186.htm#HDRKAS_FORGETTICKET">kas forgetticket</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_201" HREF="auarf187.htm#HDRKAS_HELP">kas help</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_202" HREF="auarf188.htm#HDRKAS_INTERACTIVE">kas interactive</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_203" HREF="auarf189.htm#HDRKAS_LIST">kas list</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_204" HREF="auarf190.htm#HDRKAS_LISTTICKETS">kas listtickets</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_205" HREF="auarf191.htm#HDRKAS_NOAUTH">kas noauthentication</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_206" HREF="auarf192.htm#HDRKAS_QUIT">kas quit</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_207" HREF="auarf193.htm#HDRKAS_SETFIELDS">kas setfields</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_208" HREF="auarf194.htm#HDRKAS_SETPASSWORD">kas setpassword</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_209" HREF="auarf195.htm#HDRKAS_STATISTICS">kas statistics</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_210" HREF="auarf196.htm#HDRKAS_STRINGTOKEY">kas stringtokey</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_211" HREF="auarf197.htm#HDRKAS_UNLOCK">kas unlock</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_212" HREF="auarf198.htm#HDRKASERVER">kaserver</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_213" HREF="auarf199.htm#HDRKDB">kdb</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_214" HREF="auarf200.htm#HDRKLOG">klog</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_215" HREF="auarf201.htm#HDRKNFS">knfs</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_216" HREF="auarf202.htm#HDRKPASSWD">kpasswd</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_217" HREF="auarf203.htm#HDRKPWVALID">kpwvalid</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_218" HREF="auarf204.htm#HDRPACKAGE">package</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_219" HREF="auarf205.htm#HDRPACKAGE_APROPOS">package apropos</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_220" HREF="auarf206.htm#HDRPACKAGE_HELP">package help</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_221" HREF="auarf207.htm#HDRPACKAGE_TEST">package_test</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_222" HREF="auarf208.htm#HDRPAGSH">pagsh</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_223" HREF="auarf209.htm#HDRPRDB_CHECK">prdb_check</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_224" HREF="auarf210.htm#HDRPTS_INTRO">pts</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_225" HREF="auarf211.htm#HDRPTS_ADDUSER">pts adduser</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_226" HREF="auarf212.htm#HDRPTS_APROPOS">pts apropos</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_227" HREF="auarf213.htm#HDRPTS_CHOWN">pts chown</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_228" HREF="auarf214.htm#HDRPTS_CREATEGROUP">pts creategroup</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_229" HREF="auarf215.htm#HDRPTS_CREATEUSER">pts createuser</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_230" HREF="auarf216.htm#HDRPTS_DELETE">pts delete</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_231" HREF="auarf217.htm#HDRPTS_EXAMINE">pts examine</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_232" HREF="auarf218.htm#HDRPTS_HELP">pts help</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_233" HREF="auarf219.htm#HDRPTS_LISTENTRIES">pts listentries</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_234" HREF="auarf220.htm#HDRPTS_LISTMAX">pts listmax</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_235" HREF="auarf221.htm#HDRPTS_LISTOWNED">pts listowned</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_236" HREF="auarf222.htm#HDRPTS_MEMBERSHIP">pts membership</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_237" HREF="auarf223.htm#HDRPTS_REMOVEUSER">pts removeuser</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_238" HREF="auarf224.htm#HDRPTS_RENAME">pts rename</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_239" HREF="auarf225.htm#HDRPTS_SETFIELDS">pts setfields</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_240" HREF="auarf226.htm#HDRPTS_SETMAX">pts setmax</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_241" HREF="auarf227.htm#HDRPTSERVER">ptserver</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_242" HREF="auarf228.htm#HDRRCP">rcp (AFS version)</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_243" HREF="auarf229.htm#HDRRSH">rsh (AFS version)</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_244" HREF="auarf230.htm#HDRRUNNTP">runntp</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_245" HREF="auarf231.htm#HDRRXDEBUG">rxdebug</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_246" HREF="auarf232.htm#HDRSALVAGER">salvager</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_247" HREF="auarf233.htm#HDRSCOUT">scout</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_248" HREF="auarf234.htm#HDRSYS">sys</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_249" HREF="auarf235.htm#HDRTOKENS">tokens</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_250" HREF="auarf236.htm#HDRTRANSLATE_ET">translate_et</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_251" HREF="auarf237.htm#HDRUDEBUG">udebug</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_252" HREF="auarf238.htm#HDRUNLOG">unlog</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_253" HREF="auarf239.htm#HDRUP">up</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_254" HREF="auarf240.htm#HDRUPCLIENT">upclient</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_255" HREF="auarf241.htm#HDRUPSERVER">upserver</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_256" HREF="auarf242.htm#HDRUSS_INTRO">uss</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_257" HREF="auarf243.htm#HDRUSS_ADD">uss add</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_258" HREF="auarf244.htm#HDRUSS_APROPOS">uss apropos</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_259" HREF="auarf245.htm#HDRUSS_BULK">uss bulk</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_260" HREF="auarf246.htm#HDRUSS_DELETE">uss delete</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_261" HREF="auarf247.htm#HDRUSS_HELP">uss help</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_262" HREF="auarf248.htm#HDRVLDB_CHECK">vldb_check</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_263" HREF="auarf249.htm#HDRVLSERVER">vlserver</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_264" HREF="auarf250.htm#HDRVOLINFO">volinfo</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_265" HREF="auarf251.htm#HDRVOLSERVER">volserver</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_266" HREF="auarf252.htm#HDRVOS_INTRO">vos</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_267" HREF="auarf253.htm#HDRVOS_ADDSITE">vos addsite</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_268" HREF="auarf254.htm#HDRVOS_APROPOS">vos apropos</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_269" HREF="auarf255.htm#HDRVOS_BACKUP">vos backup</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_270" HREF="auarf256.htm#HDRVOS_BACKUPSYS">vos backupsys</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_271" HREF="auarf257.htm#HDRVOS_CHANGEADDR">vos changeaddr</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_272" HREF="auarf258.htm#HDRVOS_CREATE">vos create</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_273" HREF="auarf259.htm#HDRVOS_DELENTRY">vos delentry</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_274" HREF="auarf260.htm#HDRVOS_DUMP">vos dump</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_275" HREF="auarf261.htm#HDRVOS_EXAMINE">vos examine</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_276" HREF="auarf262.htm#HDRVOS_HELP">vos help</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_277" HREF="auarf263.htm#HDRVOS_LISTADDRS">vos listaddrs</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_278" HREF="auarf264.htm#HDRVOS_LISTPART">vos listpart</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_279" HREF="auarf265.htm#HDRVOS_LISTVLDB">vos listvldb</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_280" HREF="auarf266.htm#HDRVOS_LISTVOL">vos listvol</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_281" HREF="auarf267.htm#HDRVOS_LOCK">vos lock</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_282" HREF="auarf268.htm#HDRVOS_MOVE">vos move</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_283" HREF="auarf269.htm#HDRVOS_PARTINFO">vos partinfo</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_284" HREF="auarf270.htm#HDRVOS_RELEASE">vos release</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_285" HREF="auarf271.htm#HDRVOS_REMOVE">vos remove</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_286" HREF="auarf272.htm#HDRVOS_REMSITE">vos remsite</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_287" HREF="auarf273.htm#HDRVOS_RENAME">vos rename</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_288" HREF="auarf274.htm#HDRVOS_RESTORE">vos restore</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_289" HREF="auarf275.htm#HDRVOS_STATUS">vos status</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_290" HREF="auarf276.htm#HDRVOS_SYNCSERV">vos syncserv</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_291" HREF="auarf277.htm#HDRVOS_SYNCVLDB">vos syncvldb</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_292" HREF="auarf278.htm#HDRVOS_UNLOCK">vos unlock</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_293" HREF="auarf279.htm#HDRVOS_UNLOCKVLDB">vos unlockvldb</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_294" HREF="auarf280.htm#HDRVOS_ZAP">vos zap</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_295" HREF="auarf281.htm#HDRXFS_SIZE_CHECK">xfs_size_check</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_296" HREF="auarf282.htm#HDRXSTAT_CM_TEST">xstat_cm_test</A>
- <LI><A NAME="ToC_297" HREF="auarf283.htm#HDRXSTAT_FS_TEST">xstat_fs_test</A>
- </MENU>
- <P><B><A NAME="ToC_298" HREF="auarf284.htm#HDRINDEX">Index</A></B><BR>
- <P>
- <HR><P ALIGN="center"> <A HREF="../index.htm"><IMG SRC="../books.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Return to Library]"></A> <A HREF="#ToC"><IMG SRC="../toc.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Contents]"></A> <A HREF="auarf000.htm"><IMG SRC="../prev.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Previous Topic]"></A> <A HREF="#Top_Of_Page"><IMG SRC="../top.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Top of Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf003.htm"><IMG SRC="../next.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Next Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf284.htm#HDRINDEX"><IMG SRC="../index.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Index]"></A> <P> 
- <!-- Begin Footer Records  ========================================== -->
- <P><HR><B> 
- <br>&#169; <A HREF="http://www.ibm.com/">IBM Corporation 2000.</A>  All Rights Reserved 
- </B> 
- <!-- End Footer Records  ============================================ -->
- <A NAME="Bot_Of_Page"></A>
- </BODY></HTML>
--- 0 ----
Index: openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf003.htm
diff -c openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf003.htm:1.1 openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf003.htm:removed
*** openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf003.htm:1.1	Wed Jun  6 14:09:11 2001
--- openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf003.htm	Thu Oct  2 10:12:22 2008
***************
*** 1,29 ****
- <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 4//EN">
- <HTML><HEAD>
- <TITLE>Administration Reference</TITLE>
- <!-- Begin Header Records  ========================================== -->
- <!-- /tmp/idwt3672/auarf000.scr converted by idb2h R4.2 (359) ID      -->
- <!-- Workbench Version (AIX) on 3 Oct 2000 at 16:18:30                -->
- <META HTTP-EQUIV="updated" CONTENT="Tue, 03 Oct 2000 16:18:29">
- <META HTTP-EQUIV="review" CONTENT="Wed, 03 Oct 2001 16:18:29">
- <META HTTP-EQUIV="expires" CONTENT="Thu, 03 Oct 2002 16:18:29">
- </HEAD><BODY>
- <!-- (C) IBM Corporation 2000. All Rights Reserved    --> 
- <BODY bgcolor="ffffff"> 
- <!-- End Header Records  ============================================ -->
- <A NAME="Top_Of_Page"></A>
- <H1>Administration Reference</H1>
- <HR><P ALIGN="center"> <A HREF="../index.htm"><IMG SRC="../books.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Return to Library]"></A> <A HREF="auarf002.htm#ToC"><IMG SRC="../toc.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Contents]"></A> <A HREF="auarf002.htm"><IMG SRC="../prev.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Previous Topic]"></A> <A HREF="#Bot_Of_Page"><IMG SRC="../bot.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Bottom of Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf004.htm"><IMG SRC="../next.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Next Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf284.htm#HDRINDEX"><IMG SRC="../index.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Index]"></A> <P> 
- <P>
- <HR><H1><A NAME="HDRTLIST_START" HREF="auarf002.htm#ToC_1">Tables</A></H1>
- <OL>
- <LI><A NAME="FT_TBLFILESERVER-ARGS" HREF="auarf129.htm#TBLFILESERVER-ARGS" >File Server configuration parameters</A></LI>
- </OL>
- <HR><P ALIGN="center"> <A HREF="../index.htm"><IMG SRC="../books.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Return to Library]"></A> <A HREF="auarf002.htm#ToC"><IMG SRC="../toc.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Contents]"></A> <A HREF="auarf002.htm"><IMG SRC="../prev.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Previous Topic]"></A> <A HREF="#Top_Of_Page"><IMG SRC="../top.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Top of Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf004.htm"><IMG SRC="../next.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Next Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf284.htm#HDRINDEX"><IMG SRC="../index.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Index]"></A> <P> 
- <!-- Begin Footer Records  ========================================== -->
- <P><HR><B> 
- <br>&#169; <A HREF="http://www.ibm.com/">IBM Corporation 2000.</A>  All Rights Reserved 
- </B> 
- <!-- End Footer Records  ============================================ -->
- <A NAME="Bot_Of_Page"></A>
- </BODY></HTML>
--- 0 ----
Index: openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf004.htm
diff -c openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf004.htm:1.1 openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf004.htm:removed
*** openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf004.htm:1.1	Wed Jun  6 14:09:11 2001
--- openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf004.htm	Thu Oct  2 10:12:22 2008
***************
*** 1,28 ****
- <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 4//EN">
- <HTML><HEAD>
- <TITLE>Administration Reference</TITLE>
- <!-- Begin Header Records  ========================================== -->
- <!-- /tmp/idwt3672/auarf000.scr converted by idb2h R4.2 (359) ID      -->
- <!-- Workbench Version (AIX) on 3 Oct 2000 at 16:18:30                -->
- <META HTTP-EQUIV="updated" CONTENT="Tue, 03 Oct 2000 16:18:29">
- <META HTTP-EQUIV="review" CONTENT="Wed, 03 Oct 2001 16:18:29">
- <META HTTP-EQUIV="expires" CONTENT="Thu, 03 Oct 2002 16:18:29">
- </HEAD><BODY>
- <!-- (C) IBM Corporation 2000. All Rights Reserved    --> 
- <BODY bgcolor="ffffff"> 
- <!-- End Header Records  ============================================ -->
- <A NAME="Top_Of_Page"></A>
- <H1>Administration Reference</H1>
- <HR><P ALIGN="center"> <A HREF="../index.htm"><IMG SRC="../books.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Return to Library]"></A> <A HREF="auarf002.htm#ToC"><IMG SRC="../toc.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Contents]"></A> <A HREF="auarf003.htm"><IMG SRC="../prev.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Previous Topic]"></A> <A HREF="#Bot_Of_Page"><IMG SRC="../bot.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Bottom of Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf005.htm"><IMG SRC="../next.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Next Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf284.htm#HDRINDEX"><IMG SRC="../index.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Index]"></A> <P> 
- <P>
- <HR><H1><A NAME="Header_2" HREF="auarf002.htm#ToC_2">About This Manual</A></H1>
- <P>This chapter describes the purpose, organization, and conventions of this
- document.
- <HR><P ALIGN="center"> <A HREF="../index.htm"><IMG SRC="../books.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Return to Library]"></A> <A HREF="auarf002.htm#ToC"><IMG SRC="../toc.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Contents]"></A> <A HREF="auarf003.htm"><IMG SRC="../prev.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Previous Topic]"></A> <A HREF="#Top_Of_Page"><IMG SRC="../top.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Top of Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf005.htm"><IMG SRC="../next.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Next Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf284.htm#HDRINDEX"><IMG SRC="../index.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Index]"></A> <P> 
- <!-- Begin Footer Records  ========================================== -->
- <P><HR><B> 
- <br>&#169; <A HREF="http://www.ibm.com/">IBM Corporation 2000.</A>  All Rights Reserved 
- </B> 
- <!-- End Footer Records  ============================================ -->
- <A NAME="Bot_Of_Page"></A>
- </BODY></HTML>
--- 0 ----
Index: openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf005.htm
diff -c openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf005.htm:1.1 openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf005.htm:removed
*** openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf005.htm:1.1	Wed Jun  6 14:09:11 2001
--- openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf005.htm	Thu Oct  2 10:12:22 2008
***************
*** 1,32 ****
- <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 4//EN">
- <HTML><HEAD>
- <TITLE>Administration Reference</TITLE>
- <!-- Begin Header Records  ========================================== -->
- <!-- /tmp/idwt3672/auarf000.scr converted by idb2h R4.2 (359) ID      -->
- <!-- Workbench Version (AIX) on 3 Oct 2000 at 16:18:30                -->
- <META HTTP-EQUIV="updated" CONTENT="Tue, 03 Oct 2000 16:18:29">
- <META HTTP-EQUIV="review" CONTENT="Wed, 03 Oct 2001 16:18:29">
- <META HTTP-EQUIV="expires" CONTENT="Thu, 03 Oct 2002 16:18:29">
- </HEAD><BODY>
- <!-- (C) IBM Corporation 2000. All Rights Reserved    --> 
- <BODY bgcolor="ffffff"> 
- <!-- End Header Records  ============================================ -->
- <A NAME="Top_Of_Page"></A>
- <H1>Administration Reference</H1>
- <HR><P ALIGN="center"> <A HREF="../index.htm"><IMG SRC="../books.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Return to Library]"></A> <A HREF="auarf002.htm#ToC"><IMG SRC="../toc.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Contents]"></A> <A HREF="auarf004.htm"><IMG SRC="../prev.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Previous Topic]"></A> <A HREF="#Bot_Of_Page"><IMG SRC="../bot.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Bottom of Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf006.htm"><IMG SRC="../next.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Next Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf284.htm#HDRINDEX"><IMG SRC="../index.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Index]"></A> <P> 
- <HR><H2><A NAME="HDRWQ1" HREF="auarf002.htm#ToC_3">Audience and Purpose</A></H2>
- <P>This reference manual details the syntax of each
- AFS<SUP><SUP>(R)</SUP></SUP> command and is intended for the experienced AFS
- administrator, programmer, or user.
- <P>In general, this document does not explain when to use a command or its
- place in the sequence of commands that make up a complete procedure.
- For that type of information, refer to the <I>IBM AFS Administration
- Guide</I>.
- <HR><P ALIGN="center"> <A HREF="../index.htm"><IMG SRC="../books.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Return to Library]"></A> <A HREF="auarf002.htm#ToC"><IMG SRC="../toc.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Contents]"></A> <A HREF="auarf004.htm"><IMG SRC="../prev.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Previous Topic]"></A> <A HREF="#Top_Of_Page"><IMG SRC="../top.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Top of Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf006.htm"><IMG SRC="../next.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Next Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf284.htm#HDRINDEX"><IMG SRC="../index.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Index]"></A> <P> 
- <!-- Begin Footer Records  ========================================== -->
- <P><HR><B> 
- <br>&#169; <A HREF="http://www.ibm.com/">IBM Corporation 2000.</A>  All Rights Reserved 
- </B> 
- <!-- End Footer Records  ============================================ -->
- <A NAME="Bot_Of_Page"></A>
- </BODY></HTML>
--- 0 ----
Index: openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf006.htm
diff -c openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf006.htm:1.1 openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf006.htm:removed
*** openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf006.htm:1.1	Wed Jun  6 14:09:11 2001
--- openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf006.htm	Thu Oct  2 10:12:22 2008
***************
*** 1,55 ****
- <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 4//EN">
- <HTML><HEAD>
- <TITLE>Administration Reference</TITLE>
- <!-- Begin Header Records  ========================================== -->
- <!-- /tmp/idwt3672/auarf000.scr converted by idb2h R4.2 (359) ID      -->
- <!-- Workbench Version (AIX) on 3 Oct 2000 at 16:18:30                -->
- <META HTTP-EQUIV="updated" CONTENT="Tue, 03 Oct 2000 16:18:29">
- <META HTTP-EQUIV="review" CONTENT="Wed, 03 Oct 2001 16:18:29">
- <META HTTP-EQUIV="expires" CONTENT="Thu, 03 Oct 2002 16:18:29">
- </HEAD><BODY>
- <!-- (C) IBM Corporation 2000. All Rights Reserved    --> 
- <BODY bgcolor="ffffff"> 
- <!-- End Header Records  ============================================ -->
- <A NAME="Top_Of_Page"></A>
- <H1>Administration Reference</H1>
- <HR><P ALIGN="center"> <A HREF="../index.htm"><IMG SRC="../books.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Return to Library]"></A> <A HREF="auarf002.htm#ToC"><IMG SRC="../toc.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Contents]"></A> <A HREF="auarf005.htm"><IMG SRC="../prev.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Previous Topic]"></A> <A HREF="#Bot_Of_Page"><IMG SRC="../bot.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Bottom of Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf007.htm"><IMG SRC="../next.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Next Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf284.htm#HDRINDEX"><IMG SRC="../index.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Index]"></A> <P> 
- <HR><H2><A NAME="HDRWQ2" HREF="auarf002.htm#ToC_4">Organization</A></H2>
- <P>This document presents AFS files and commands in separate
- sections, with the files or commands in alphabetical order.
- <P>The following sections of each reference page provide the indicated type of
- information:
- <UL>
- <P><LI><B>Purpose</B> briefly describes the command's function.
- <P><LI><B>Synopsis</B> displays the complete syntax statement for a command,
- which specifies the required order for all options, using the same notation as
- the AFS online help. If abbreviating the command name and option names
- is acceptable, as it is for most commands, a second statement specifies the
- shortest acceptable abbreviation of each name. If the command has an
- alias, it also appears in this section.
- <P><LI><B>Description</B> describes the file or command's function in
- detail.
- <P><LI><B>Cautions</B> describes restrictions, requirements, and potential
- complications in use of the command. It appears only when
- necessary.
- <P><LI><B>Options</B> describes the function and required form of each
- argument and flag.
- <P><LI><B>Output</B> describes any output the command writes to the standard
- output stream. This section does not appear if the command does not
- produce output or if the only output is a message confirming the
- command's success.
- <P><LI><B>Examples</B> provides one or more sample commands and resulting
- output.
- <P><LI><B>Privilege Required</B> lists each privilege required to perform the
- command.
- <P><LI><B>Related Information</B> lists related commands and files, if
- any.
- </UL>
- <HR><P ALIGN="center"> <A HREF="../index.htm"><IMG SRC="../books.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Return to Library]"></A> <A HREF="auarf002.htm#ToC"><IMG SRC="../toc.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Contents]"></A> <A HREF="auarf005.htm"><IMG SRC="../prev.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Previous Topic]"></A> <A HREF="#Top_Of_Page"><IMG SRC="../top.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Top of Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf007.htm"><IMG SRC="../next.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Next Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf284.htm#HDRINDEX"><IMG SRC="../index.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Index]"></A> <P> 
- <!-- Begin Footer Records  ========================================== -->
- <P><HR><B> 
- <br>&#169; <A HREF="http://www.ibm.com/">IBM Corporation 2000.</A>  All Rights Reserved 
- </B> 
- <!-- End Footer Records  ============================================ -->
- <A NAME="Bot_Of_Page"></A>
- </BODY></HTML>
--- 0 ----
Index: openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf007.htm
diff -c openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf007.htm:1.1 openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf007.htm:removed
*** openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf007.htm:1.1	Wed Jun  6 14:09:11 2001
--- openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf007.htm	Thu Oct  2 10:12:22 2008
***************
*** 1,28 ****
- <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 4//EN">
- <HTML><HEAD>
- <TITLE>Administration Reference</TITLE>
- <!-- Begin Header Records  ========================================== -->
- <!-- /tmp/idwt3672/auarf000.scr converted by idb2h R4.2 (359) ID      -->
- <!-- Workbench Version (AIX) on 3 Oct 2000 at 16:18:30                -->
- <META HTTP-EQUIV="updated" CONTENT="Tue, 03 Oct 2000 16:18:29">
- <META HTTP-EQUIV="review" CONTENT="Wed, 03 Oct 2001 16:18:29">
- <META HTTP-EQUIV="expires" CONTENT="Thu, 03 Oct 2002 16:18:29">
- </HEAD><BODY>
- <!-- (C) IBM Corporation 2000. All Rights Reserved    --> 
- <BODY bgcolor="ffffff"> 
- <!-- End Header Records  ============================================ -->
- <A NAME="Top_Of_Page"></A>
- <H1>Administration Reference</H1>
- <HR><P ALIGN="center"> <A HREF="../index.htm"><IMG SRC="../books.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Return to Library]"></A> <A HREF="auarf002.htm#ToC"><IMG SRC="../toc.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Contents]"></A> <A HREF="auarf006.htm"><IMG SRC="../prev.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Previous Topic]"></A> <A HREF="#Bot_Of_Page"><IMG SRC="../bot.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Bottom of Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf008.htm"><IMG SRC="../next.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Next Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf284.htm#HDRINDEX"><IMG SRC="../index.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Index]"></A> <P> 
- <HR><H2><A NAME="HDRWQ3" HREF="auarf002.htm#ToC_5">How to Use This Document</A></H2>
- <P>Refer to this document when you need detailed information
- about a specific command. For a description of all the steps in a
- procedure, refer to the <I>IBM AFS Administration Guide</I>.
- <HR><P ALIGN="center"> <A HREF="../index.htm"><IMG SRC="../books.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Return to Library]"></A> <A HREF="auarf002.htm#ToC"><IMG SRC="../toc.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Contents]"></A> <A HREF="auarf006.htm"><IMG SRC="../prev.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Previous Topic]"></A> <A HREF="#Top_Of_Page"><IMG SRC="../top.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Top of Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf008.htm"><IMG SRC="../next.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Next Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf284.htm#HDRINDEX"><IMG SRC="../index.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Index]"></A> <P> 
- <!-- Begin Footer Records  ========================================== -->
- <P><HR><B> 
- <br>&#169; <A HREF="http://www.ibm.com/">IBM Corporation 2000.</A>  All Rights Reserved 
- </B> 
- <!-- End Footer Records  ============================================ -->
- <A NAME="Bot_Of_Page"></A>
- </BODY></HTML>
--- 0 ----
Index: openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf008.htm
diff -c openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf008.htm:1.1 openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf008.htm:removed
*** openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf008.htm:1.1	Wed Jun  6 14:09:11 2001
--- openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf008.htm	Thu Oct  2 10:12:22 2008
***************
*** 1,56 ****
- <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 4//EN">
- <HTML><HEAD>
- <TITLE>Administration Reference</TITLE>
- <!-- Begin Header Records  ========================================== -->
- <!-- /tmp/idwt3672/auarf000.scr converted by idb2h R4.2 (359) ID      -->
- <!-- Workbench Version (AIX) on 3 Oct 2000 at 16:18:30                -->
- <META HTTP-EQUIV="updated" CONTENT="Tue, 03 Oct 2000 16:18:29">
- <META HTTP-EQUIV="review" CONTENT="Wed, 03 Oct 2001 16:18:29">
- <META HTTP-EQUIV="expires" CONTENT="Thu, 03 Oct 2002 16:18:29">
- </HEAD><BODY>
- <!-- (C) IBM Corporation 2000. All Rights Reserved    --> 
- <BODY bgcolor="ffffff"> 
- <!-- End Header Records  ============================================ -->
- <A NAME="Top_Of_Page"></A>
- <H1>Administration Reference</H1>
- <HR><P ALIGN="center"> <A HREF="../index.htm"><IMG SRC="../books.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Return to Library]"></A> <A HREF="auarf002.htm#ToC"><IMG SRC="../toc.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Contents]"></A> <A HREF="auarf007.htm"><IMG SRC="../prev.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Previous Topic]"></A> <A HREF="#Bot_Of_Page"><IMG SRC="../bot.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Bottom of Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf009.htm"><IMG SRC="../next.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Next Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf284.htm#HDRINDEX"><IMG SRC="../index.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Index]"></A> <P> 
- <HR><H2><A NAME="HDRWQ4" HREF="auarf002.htm#ToC_6">Related Documents</A></H2>
- <P>The following documents are included in the AFS documentation
- set.
- <P><I>IBM AFS Administration Guide</I>
- <P>This guide describes the concepts and procedures that a system
- administrator must know to manage an AFS cell. It assumes familiarity
- with UNIX, but requires no previous knowledge of AFS.
- <P>The first chapters of the <I>IBM AFS Administration Guide</I> present
- basic concepts and guidelines. Understanding them is crucial to
- successful administration of an AFS cell. The remaining chapters in the
- guide provide step-by-step instructions for specific administrative tasks,
- along with discussions of the concepts important to that particular
- task.
- <P><I>IBM AFS Quick Beginnings</I>
- <P>This guide provides instructions for installing AFS server and client
- machines. It is assumed that the installer is an experienced UNIX<SUP>
- <SUP>(R)</SUP></SUP> system administrator.
- <P>For predictable performance, machines must be installed and configured in
- accordance with the instructions in this guide.
- <P><I>IBM AFS Release Notes</I>
- <P>This document provides information specific to each release of AFS, such as
- a list of new features and commands, a list of requirements and limitations,
- and instructions for upgrading server and client machines.
- <P><I>IBM AFS User Guide</I>
- <P>This guide presents the basic concepts and procedures necessary for using
- AFS effectively. It assumes that the reader has some experience with
- UNIX, but does not require familiarity with networking or AFS.
- <P>The guide explains how to perform basic functions, including
- authenticating, changing a password, protecting AFS data, creating groups, and
- troubleshooting. It provides illustrative examples for each function
- and describes some of the differences between the UNIX file system and
- AFS.
- <HR><P ALIGN="center"> <A HREF="../index.htm"><IMG SRC="../books.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Return to Library]"></A> <A HREF="auarf002.htm#ToC"><IMG SRC="../toc.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Contents]"></A> <A HREF="auarf007.htm"><IMG SRC="../prev.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Previous Topic]"></A> <A HREF="#Top_Of_Page"><IMG SRC="../top.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Top of Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf009.htm"><IMG SRC="../next.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Next Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf284.htm#HDRINDEX"><IMG SRC="../index.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Index]"></A> <P> 
- <!-- Begin Footer Records  ========================================== -->
- <P><HR><B> 
- <br>&#169; <A HREF="http://www.ibm.com/">IBM Corporation 2000.</A>  All Rights Reserved 
- </B> 
- <!-- End Footer Records  ============================================ -->
- <A NAME="Bot_Of_Page"></A>
- </BODY></HTML>
--- 0 ----
Index: openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf009.htm
diff -c openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf009.htm:1.1 openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf009.htm:removed
*** openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf009.htm:1.1	Wed Jun  6 14:09:11 2001
--- openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf009.htm	Thu Oct  2 10:12:22 2008
***************
*** 1,57 ****
- <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 4//EN">
- <HTML><HEAD>
- <TITLE>Administration Reference</TITLE>
- <!-- Begin Header Records  ========================================== -->
- <!-- /tmp/idwt3672/auarf000.scr converted by idb2h R4.2 (359) ID      -->
- <!-- Workbench Version (AIX) on 3 Oct 2000 at 16:18:30                -->
- <META HTTP-EQUIV="updated" CONTENT="Tue, 03 Oct 2000 16:18:29">
- <META HTTP-EQUIV="review" CONTENT="Wed, 03 Oct 2001 16:18:29">
- <META HTTP-EQUIV="expires" CONTENT="Thu, 03 Oct 2002 16:18:29">
- </HEAD><BODY>
- <!-- (C) IBM Corporation 2000. All Rights Reserved    --> 
- <BODY bgcolor="ffffff"> 
- <!-- End Header Records  ============================================ -->
- <A NAME="Top_Of_Page"></A>
- <H1>Administration Reference</H1>
- <HR><P ALIGN="center"> <A HREF="../index.htm"><IMG SRC="../books.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Return to Library]"></A> <A HREF="auarf002.htm#ToC"><IMG SRC="../toc.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Contents]"></A> <A HREF="auarf008.htm"><IMG SRC="../prev.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Previous Topic]"></A> <A HREF="#Bot_Of_Page"><IMG SRC="../bot.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Bottom of Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf010.htm"><IMG SRC="../next.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Next Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf284.htm#HDRINDEX"><IMG SRC="../index.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Index]"></A> <P> 
- <HR><H2><A NAME="HDRTYPO_CONV" HREF="auarf002.htm#ToC_7">Typographical Conventions</A></H2>
- <P>This document uses the following typographical
- conventions:
- <UL>
- <P><LI>Command and option names appear in <B>bold type</B> in syntax
- definitions, examples, and running text. Names of directories, files,
- machines, partitions, volumes, and users also appear in <B>bold
- type</B>.
- <P><LI>Variable information appears in <I>italic type</I>. This
- includes user-supplied information on command lines and the parts of prompts
- that differ depending on who issues the command. New terms also appear
- in <I>italic type</I>.
- <P><LI>Examples of screen output and file contents appear in <TT>monospace
- type</TT>.
- </UL>
- <P>In addition, the following symbols appear in command syntax definitions,
- both in the documentation and in AFS online help statements. When
- issuing a command, do not type these symbols. 
- <UL>
- <P><LI>Square brackets <B>[   ]</B> surround optional items.
- <P><LI>Angle brackets <B>&lt;   ></B> surround user-supplied values in AFS
- commands.
- <P><LI>A superscripted plus sign <B>+</B> follows an argument that accepts
- more than one value.
- <P><LI>The percent sign <TT>%</TT> represents the regular command shell
- prompt. Some operating systems possibly use a different character for
- this prompt.
- <P><LI>The number sign <TT>#</TT> represents the command shell prompt for the
- local superuser <B>root</B>. Some operating systems possibly use a
- different character for this prompt.
- <P><LI>The pipe symbol <B> |</B> in a command syntax statement separates
- mutually exclusive values for an argument.
- </UL>
- <HR><P ALIGN="center"> <A HREF="../index.htm"><IMG SRC="../books.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Return to Library]"></A> <A HREF="auarf002.htm#ToC"><IMG SRC="../toc.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Contents]"></A> <A HREF="auarf008.htm"><IMG SRC="../prev.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Previous Topic]"></A> <A HREF="#Top_Of_Page"><IMG SRC="../top.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Top of Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf010.htm"><IMG SRC="../next.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Next Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf284.htm#HDRINDEX"><IMG SRC="../index.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Index]"></A> <P> 
- <!-- Begin Footer Records  ========================================== -->
- <P><HR><B> 
- <br>&#169; <A HREF="http://www.ibm.com/">IBM Corporation 2000.</A>  All Rights Reserved 
- </B> 
- <!-- End Footer Records  ============================================ -->
- <A NAME="Bot_Of_Page"></A>
- </BODY></HTML>
--- 0 ----
Index: openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf010.htm
diff -c openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf010.htm:1.1 openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf010.htm:removed
*** openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf010.htm:1.1	Wed Jun  6 14:09:11 2001
--- openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf010.htm	Thu Oct  2 10:12:22 2008
***************
*** 1,26 ****
- <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 4//EN">
- <HTML><HEAD>
- <TITLE>Administration Reference</TITLE>
- <!-- Begin Header Records  ========================================== -->
- <!-- /tmp/idwt3672/auarf000.scr converted by idb2h R4.2 (359) ID      -->
- <!-- Workbench Version (AIX) on 3 Oct 2000 at 16:18:30                -->
- <META HTTP-EQUIV="updated" CONTENT="Tue, 03 Oct 2000 16:18:29">
- <META HTTP-EQUIV="review" CONTENT="Wed, 03 Oct 2001 16:18:29">
- <META HTTP-EQUIV="expires" CONTENT="Thu, 03 Oct 2002 16:18:29">
- </HEAD><BODY>
- <!-- (C) IBM Corporation 2000. All Rights Reserved    --> 
- <BODY bgcolor="ffffff"> 
- <!-- End Header Records  ============================================ -->
- <A NAME="Top_Of_Page"></A>
- <H1>Administration Reference</H1>
- <HR><P ALIGN="center"> <A HREF="../index.htm"><IMG SRC="../books.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Return to Library]"></A> <A HREF="auarf002.htm#ToC"><IMG SRC="../toc.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Contents]"></A> <A HREF="auarf009.htm"><IMG SRC="../prev.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Previous Topic]"></A> <A HREF="#Bot_Of_Page"><IMG SRC="../bot.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Bottom of Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf011.htm"><IMG SRC="../next.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Next Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf284.htm#HDRINDEX"><IMG SRC="../index.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Index]"></A> <P> 
- <HR><H1><A NAME="Header_8" HREF="auarf002.htm#ToC_8">AFS System Files</A></H1>
- <P>
- <HR><P ALIGN="center"> <A HREF="../index.htm"><IMG SRC="../books.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Return to Library]"></A> <A HREF="auarf002.htm#ToC"><IMG SRC="../toc.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Contents]"></A> <A HREF="auarf009.htm"><IMG SRC="../prev.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Previous Topic]"></A> <A HREF="#Top_Of_Page"><IMG SRC="../top.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Top of Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf011.htm"><IMG SRC="../next.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Next Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf284.htm#HDRINDEX"><IMG SRC="../index.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Index]"></A> <P> 
- <!-- Begin Footer Records  ========================================== -->
- <P><HR><B> 
- <br>&#169; <A HREF="http://www.ibm.com/">IBM Corporation 2000.</A>  All Rights Reserved 
- </B> 
- <!-- End Footer Records  ============================================ -->
- <A NAME="Bot_Of_Page"></A>
- </BODY></HTML>
--- 0 ----
Index: openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf011.htm
diff -c openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf011.htm:1.1 openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf011.htm:removed
*** openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf011.htm:1.1	Wed Jun  6 14:09:11 2001
--- openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf011.htm	Thu Oct  2 10:12:22 2008
***************
*** 1,124 ****
- <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 4//EN">
- <HTML><HEAD>
- <TITLE>Administration Reference</TITLE>
- <!-- Begin Header Records  ========================================== -->
- <!-- /tmp/idwt3672/auarf000.scr converted by idb2h R4.2 (359) ID      -->
- <!-- Workbench Version (AIX) on 3 Oct 2000 at 16:18:30                -->
- <META HTTP-EQUIV="updated" CONTENT="Tue, 03 Oct 2000 16:18:29">
- <META HTTP-EQUIV="review" CONTENT="Wed, 03 Oct 2001 16:18:29">
- <META HTTP-EQUIV="expires" CONTENT="Thu, 03 Oct 2002 16:18:29">
- </HEAD><BODY>
- <!-- (C) IBM Corporation 2000. All Rights Reserved    --> 
- <BODY bgcolor="ffffff"> 
- <!-- End Header Records  ============================================ -->
- <A NAME="Top_Of_Page"></A>
- <H1>Administration Reference</H1>
- <HR><P ALIGN="center"> <A HREF="../index.htm"><IMG SRC="../books.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Return to Library]"></A> <A HREF="auarf002.htm#ToC"><IMG SRC="../toc.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Contents]"></A> <A HREF="auarf010.htm"><IMG SRC="../prev.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Previous Topic]"></A> <A HREF="#Bot_Of_Page"><IMG SRC="../bot.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Bottom of Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf012.htm"><IMG SRC="../next.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Next Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf284.htm#HDRINDEX"><IMG SRC="../index.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Index]"></A> <P> 
- <P>
- <H2><A NAME="HDRFILESINTRO" HREF="auarf002.htm#ToC_9">afs_file_intro</A></H2>
- <P><STRONG>Purpose</STRONG>
- <P>Introduction to AFS files
- <P><STRONG>Description</STRONG>
- <P>A number of files must reside on the local disk of AFS server and client
- machines. They belong to the following general categories:
- <UL>
- <P><LI><I>Configuration files</I> define configuration parameters for
- specific server and kernel processes such as the Backup System Tape
- Coordinator or the Cache Manager
- <P><LI><I>Administrative files</I> list information used in administration of
- server machines, such as a list of privileged users or server encryption keys
- <P><LI><I>Cache-related files</I> contain cached data or information about
- cached data, on client machines
- <P><LI><I>Log files</I> contain tracing messages about the operation of a
- specific process
- <P><LI><I>Database files</I> contain database records used to administer the
- AFS cell
- <P><LI><I>Controller files</I> control the behavior of a process
- <P><LI><I>Volume header files</I> represent AFS volumes on server partitions
- </UL>
- <P>For a description of the format and contents of each file, see its
- reference page.
- <P><B>Note for Windows users:</B> Some files described in this
- document possibly do not exist on machines that run a Windows operating
- system. Also, Windows uses a backslash
- (&nbsp;<B>\</B>&nbsp;) rather than a forward slash
- (&nbsp;<B>/</B>&nbsp;) to separate the elements in a
- pathname.
- <P><STRONG>Related Information</STRONG>
- <P><B>Configuration files:</B>
- <A NAME="IDX3862"></A>
- <DL>
- <DD><P><A HREF="auarf016.htm#HDRBOSCONFIG">BosConfig</A>
- <DD><P><A HREF="auarf018.htm#HDRCFG">CFG_<I>device_name</I></A>
- <DD><P><A HREF="auarf019.htm#HDRCLI_CSDB">CellServDB (client version)</A>
- <DD><P><A HREF="auarf020.htm#HDRSV_CSDB">CellServDB (server version)</A>
- <DD><P><A HREF="auarf024.htm#HDRCLI_NETINFO">NetInfo (client version)</A>
- <DD><P><A HREF="auarf025.htm#HDRSV_NETINFO">NetInfo (server version)</A>
- <DD><P><A HREF="auarf026.htm#HDRCLI_NETRESTRICT">NetRestrict (client version)</A>
- <DD><P><A HREF="auarf027.htm#HDRSV_NETRESTRICT">NetRestrict (server version)</A>
- <DD><P><A HREF="auarf032.htm#HDRCLI_THISCELL">ThisCell (client version)</A>
- <DD><P><A HREF="auarf033.htm#HDRSV_THISCELL">ThisCell (server version)</A>
- <DD><P><A HREF="auarf043.htm#HDRCACHEINFO">cacheinfo</A>
- <DD><P><A HREF="auarf049.htm#HDRSYSID">sysid</A>
- <DD><P><A HREF="auarf050.htm#HDRTAPECONFIG">tapeconfig</A>
- <DD><P><A HREF="auarf053.htm#HDRPACKAGECONFIG">package Configuration File</A>
- <DD><P><A HREF="auarf055.htm#HDRUSSFILE">uss Template File</A>
- <DD><P><A HREF="auarf054.htm#HDRUSSBULKINPUT">uss Bulk Input File</A>
- </DL>
- <P><B>Administrative files:</B>
- <A NAME="IDX3863"></A>
- <DL>
- <DD><P><A HREF="auarf023.htm#HDRKEYFILE">KeyFile</A>
- <DD><P><A HREF="auarf035.htm#HDRUSERLIST">UserList</A>
- </DL>
- <P><B>Cache-related files:</B>
- <A NAME="IDX3864"></A>
- <DL>
- <DD><P><A HREF="auarf017.htm#HDRCACHEITEMS">CacheItems</A>
- <DD><P><A HREF="auarf036.htm#HDRVN">V<I>n</I></A>
- <DD><P><A HREF="auarf040.htm#HDRVOLUMEITEMS">VolumeItems</A>
- </DL>
- <P><B>Log files:</B>
- <A NAME="IDX3865"></A>
- <DL>
- <DD><P><A HREF="auarf012.htm#HDRAUTHLOG">AuthLog</A>
- <DD><P><A HREF="auarf014.htm#HDRBACKUPLOG">BackupLog</A>
- <DD><P><A HREF="auarf015.htm#HDRBOSLOG">BosLog</A>
- <DD><P><A HREF="auarf021.htm#HDRFILELOG">FileLog</A>
- <DD><P><A HREF="auarf030.htm#HDRSALVAGELOG">SalvageLog</A>
- <DD><P><A HREF="auarf031.htm#HDRTE">TE_<I>device_name</I></A>
- <DD><P><A HREF="auarf034.htm#HDRTL">TL_<I>device_name</I></A>
- <DD><P><A HREF="auarf038.htm#HDRVLLOG">VLLog</A>
- <DD><P><A HREF="auarf039.htm#HDRVOLSERLOG">VolserLog</A>
- <DD><P><A HREF="auarf044.htm#HDRFMSLOG">fms.log</A>
- </DL>
- <P><B>Database files:</B>
- <A NAME="IDX3866"></A>
- <DL>
- <DD><P><A HREF="auarf042.htm#HDRBDBDB">bdb.DB0 and bdb.DBSYS1</A>
- <DD><P><A HREF="auarf045.htm#HDRKASERVERDB">kaserver.DB0 and kaserver.DBSYS1</A>
- <DD><P><A HREF="auarf046.htm#HDRKASERVERAUXDB">kaserverauxdb</A>
- <DD><P><A HREF="auarf047.htm#HDRPRDBDB">prdb.DB0 and prdb.DBSYS1</A>
- <DD><P><A HREF="auarf051.htm#HDRVLDBDB">vldb.DB0 and vldb.DBSYS1</A>
- </DL>
- <A NAME="IDX3867"></A>
- <P><B>Controller files:</B>
- <DL>
- <DD><P><A HREF="auarf022.htm#HDRFORCESALVAGE">FORCESALVAGE</A>
- <DD><P><A HREF="auarf028.htm#HDRNOAUTH">NoAuth</A>
- <DD><P><A HREF="auarf029.htm#HDRSALVAGEFS">SALVAGE.fs</A>
- <DD><P><A HREF="auarf048.htm#HDRSALVAGELOCK">salvage.lock</A>
- </DL>
- <P><B>Volume header files:</B>
- <DL>
- <DD><P><A HREF="auarf037.htm#HDRVVOLID">V<I>vol_ID</I>.vol</A>
- </DL>
- <P>
- <HR><P ALIGN="center"> <A HREF="../index.htm"><IMG SRC="../books.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Return to Library]"></A> <A HREF="auarf002.htm#ToC"><IMG SRC="../toc.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Contents]"></A> <A HREF="auarf010.htm"><IMG SRC="../prev.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Previous Topic]"></A> <A HREF="#Top_Of_Page"><IMG SRC="../top.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Top of Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf012.htm"><IMG SRC="../next.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Next Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf284.htm#HDRINDEX"><IMG SRC="../index.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Index]"></A> <P> 
- <!-- Begin Footer Records  ========================================== -->
- <P><HR><B> 
- <br>&#169; <A HREF="http://www.ibm.com/">IBM Corporation 2000.</A>  All Rights Reserved 
- </B> 
- <!-- End Footer Records  ============================================ -->
- <A NAME="Bot_Of_Page"></A>
- </BODY></HTML>
--- 0 ----
Index: openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf012.htm
diff -c openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf012.htm:1.1 openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf012.htm:removed
*** openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf012.htm:1.1	Wed Jun  6 14:09:11 2001
--- openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf012.htm	Thu Oct  2 10:12:22 2008
***************
*** 1,57 ****
- <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 4//EN">
- <HTML><HEAD>
- <TITLE>Administration Reference</TITLE>
- <!-- Begin Header Records  ========================================== -->
- <!-- /tmp/idwt3672/auarf000.scr converted by idb2h R4.2 (359) ID      -->
- <!-- Workbench Version (AIX) on 3 Oct 2000 at 16:18:30                -->
- <META HTTP-EQUIV="updated" CONTENT="Tue, 03 Oct 2000 16:18:29">
- <META HTTP-EQUIV="review" CONTENT="Wed, 03 Oct 2001 16:18:29">
- <META HTTP-EQUIV="expires" CONTENT="Thu, 03 Oct 2002 16:18:29">
- </HEAD><BODY>
- <!-- (C) IBM Corporation 2000. All Rights Reserved    --> 
- <BODY bgcolor="ffffff"> 
- <!-- End Header Records  ============================================ -->
- <A NAME="Top_Of_Page"></A>
- <H1>Administration Reference</H1>
- <HR><P ALIGN="center"> <A HREF="../index.htm"><IMG SRC="../books.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Return to Library]"></A> <A HREF="auarf002.htm#ToC"><IMG SRC="../toc.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Contents]"></A> <A HREF="auarf011.htm"><IMG SRC="../prev.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Previous Topic]"></A> <A HREF="#Bot_Of_Page"><IMG SRC="../bot.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Bottom of Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf013.htm"><IMG SRC="../next.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Next Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf284.htm#HDRINDEX"><IMG SRC="../index.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Index]"></A> <P> 
- <P>
- <H2><A NAME="HDRAUTHLOG" HREF="auarf002.htm#ToC_10">AuthLog</A></H2>
- <P><STRONG>Purpose</STRONG>
- <A NAME="IDX3868"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX3869"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX3870"></A>
- <P>Traces Authentication Server operations
- <P><STRONG>Description</STRONG>
- <P>The <B>AuthLog</B> file records a trace of Authentication Server
- (<B>kaserver</B> process) operations on the local machine and describes
- any error conditions it encounters.
- <P>If the <B>AuthLog</B> file does not exist in the
- <B>/usr/afs/logs</B> directory when the Authentication Server starts, the
- server process creates it and writes initial start-up messages to it.
- If there is an existing file, the Authentication Server renames it to
- <B>AuthLog.old</B>, overwriting the existing
- <B>AuthLog.old</B> file if it exists.
- <P>The file is in ASCII format. Administrators listed in the
- <B>/usr/afs/etc/UserList</B> file can use the <B>bos getlog</B>
- command to display its contents. Alternatively, log onto the server
- machine and use a text editor or a file display command such as the UNIX
- <B>cat</B> command. By default, the mode bits on the
- <B>AuthLog</B> file grant the required <B>r</B> (<B>read</B>)
- permission to all users.
- <P>The Authentication Server records operations only as it completes them, and
- cannot recover from failures by reviewing the file. The log contents
- are useful for administrative evaluation of process failures and other
- problems.
- <P><STRONG>Related Information</STRONG>
- <P><A HREF="auarf035.htm#HDRUSERLIST">UserList</A>
- <P><A HREF="auarf102.htm#HDRBOS_GETLOG">bos getlog</A>
- <P><A HREF="auarf198.htm#HDRKASERVER">kaserver</A>
- <P>
- <HR><P ALIGN="center"> <A HREF="../index.htm"><IMG SRC="../books.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Return to Library]"></A> <A HREF="auarf002.htm#ToC"><IMG SRC="../toc.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Contents]"></A> <A HREF="auarf011.htm"><IMG SRC="../prev.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Previous Topic]"></A> <A HREF="#Top_Of_Page"><IMG SRC="../top.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Top of Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf013.htm"><IMG SRC="../next.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Next Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf284.htm#HDRINDEX"><IMG SRC="../index.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Index]"></A> <P> 
- <!-- Begin Footer Records  ========================================== -->
- <P><HR><B> 
- <br>&#169; <A HREF="http://www.ibm.com/">IBM Corporation 2000.</A>  All Rights Reserved 
- </B> 
- <!-- End Footer Records  ============================================ -->
- <A NAME="Bot_Of_Page"></A>
- </BODY></HTML>
--- 0 ----
Index: openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf013.htm
diff -c openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf013.htm:1.1 openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf013.htm:removed
*** openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf013.htm:1.1	Wed Jun  6 14:09:11 2001
--- openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf013.htm	Thu Oct  2 10:12:22 2008
***************
*** 1,49 ****
- <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 4//EN">
- <HTML><HEAD>
- <TITLE>Administration Reference</TITLE>
- <!-- Begin Header Records  ========================================== -->
- <!-- /tmp/idwt3672/auarf000.scr converted by idb2h R4.2 (359) ID      -->
- <!-- Workbench Version (AIX) on 3 Oct 2000 at 16:18:30                -->
- <META HTTP-EQUIV="updated" CONTENT="Tue, 03 Oct 2000 16:18:29">
- <META HTTP-EQUIV="review" CONTENT="Wed, 03 Oct 2001 16:18:29">
- <META HTTP-EQUIV="expires" CONTENT="Thu, 03 Oct 2002 16:18:29">
- </HEAD><BODY>
- <!-- (C) IBM Corporation 2000. All Rights Reserved    --> 
- <BODY bgcolor="ffffff"> 
- <!-- End Header Records  ============================================ -->
- <A NAME="Top_Of_Page"></A>
- <H1>Administration Reference</H1>
- <HR><P ALIGN="center"> <A HREF="../index.htm"><IMG SRC="../books.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Return to Library]"></A> <A HREF="auarf002.htm#ToC"><IMG SRC="../toc.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Contents]"></A> <A HREF="auarf012.htm"><IMG SRC="../prev.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Previous Topic]"></A> <A HREF="#Bot_Of_Page"><IMG SRC="../bot.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Bottom of Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf014.htm"><IMG SRC="../next.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Next Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf284.htm#HDRINDEX"><IMG SRC="../index.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Index]"></A> <P> 
- <P>
- <H2><A NAME="HDRWQ5" HREF="auarf002.htm#ToC_11">AuthLog.dir, AuthLog.pag</A></H2>
- <P><STRONG>Purpose</STRONG>
- <A NAME="IDX3871"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX3872"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX3873"></A>
- <P>Records privileged operations performed by the Authentication Server
- <P><STRONG>Description</STRONG>
- <P>The <B>AuthLog.dir</B> and <B>AuthLog.pag</B> files
- record a trace of privileged operations performed by the Authentication Server
- (<B>kaserver</B> process) on the local machine. If the files do not
- exist when the Authentication Server starts, it creates them in the
- <B>/usr/afs/logs</B> directory as necessary.
- <P>The files are in binary format. To display their contents, use the
- <B>kdb</B> command, which requires being logged in to the local machine as
- the local superuser <B>root</B>.
- <P><STRONG>Cautions</STRONG>
- <P>The Authentication Server is possibly unable to create these files on some
- operating systems that AFS otherwise supports, making the <B>kdb</B>
- command inoperative. See the <I>IBM AFS Release Notes</I> for
- details.
- <P><STRONG>Related Information</STRONG>
- <P><A HREF="auarf198.htm#HDRKASERVER">kaserver</A>
- <P><A HREF="auarf199.htm#HDRKDB">kdb</A>
- <P>
- <HR><P ALIGN="center"> <A HREF="../index.htm"><IMG SRC="../books.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Return to Library]"></A> <A HREF="auarf002.htm#ToC"><IMG SRC="../toc.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Contents]"></A> <A HREF="auarf012.htm"><IMG SRC="../prev.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Previous Topic]"></A> <A HREF="#Top_Of_Page"><IMG SRC="../top.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Top of Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf014.htm"><IMG SRC="../next.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Next Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf284.htm#HDRINDEX"><IMG SRC="../index.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Index]"></A> <P> 
- <!-- Begin Footer Records  ========================================== -->
- <P><HR><B> 
- <br>&#169; <A HREF="http://www.ibm.com/">IBM Corporation 2000.</A>  All Rights Reserved 
- </B> 
- <!-- End Footer Records  ============================================ -->
- <A NAME="Bot_Of_Page"></A>
- </BODY></HTML>
--- 0 ----
Index: openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf014.htm
diff -c openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf014.htm:1.1 openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf014.htm:removed
*** openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf014.htm:1.1	Wed Jun  6 14:09:11 2001
--- openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf014.htm	Thu Oct  2 10:12:22 2008
***************
*** 1,57 ****
- <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 4//EN">
- <HTML><HEAD>
- <TITLE>Administration Reference</TITLE>
- <!-- Begin Header Records  ========================================== -->
- <!-- /tmp/idwt3672/auarf000.scr converted by idb2h R4.2 (359) ID      -->
- <!-- Workbench Version (AIX) on 3 Oct 2000 at 16:18:30                -->
- <META HTTP-EQUIV="updated" CONTENT="Tue, 03 Oct 2000 16:18:29">
- <META HTTP-EQUIV="review" CONTENT="Wed, 03 Oct 2001 16:18:29">
- <META HTTP-EQUIV="expires" CONTENT="Thu, 03 Oct 2002 16:18:29">
- </HEAD><BODY>
- <!-- (C) IBM Corporation 2000. All Rights Reserved    --> 
- <BODY bgcolor="ffffff"> 
- <!-- End Header Records  ============================================ -->
- <A NAME="Top_Of_Page"></A>
- <H1>Administration Reference</H1>
- <HR><P ALIGN="center"> <A HREF="../index.htm"><IMG SRC="../books.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Return to Library]"></A> <A HREF="auarf002.htm#ToC"><IMG SRC="../toc.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Contents]"></A> <A HREF="auarf013.htm"><IMG SRC="../prev.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Previous Topic]"></A> <A HREF="#Bot_Of_Page"><IMG SRC="../bot.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Bottom of Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf015.htm"><IMG SRC="../next.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Next Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf284.htm#HDRINDEX"><IMG SRC="../index.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Index]"></A> <P> 
- <P>
- <H2><A NAME="HDRBACKUPLOG" HREF="auarf002.htm#ToC_12">BackupLog</A></H2>
- <P><STRONG>Purpose</STRONG>
- <A NAME="IDX3874"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX3875"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX3876"></A>
- <P>Traces Backup Server operations
- <P><STRONG>Description</STRONG>
- <P>The <B>BackupLog</B> file records a trace of Backup Server
- (<B>buserver</B> process) operations on the local machine and describes
- any error conditions it encounters.
- <P>If the <B>BackupLog</B> file does not already exist in the
- <B>/usr/afs/logs</B> directory when the Backup Server starts, the server
- process creates it and writes initial start-up messages to it. If there
- is an existing file, the Backup Server renames it to
- <B>BackupLog.old</B>, overwriting the existing
- <B>BackupLog.old</B> file if it exists.
- <P>The file is in ASCII format. Administrators listed in the
- <B>/usr/afs/etc/UserList</B> file can use the <B>bos getlog</B>
- command to display its contents. Alternatively, log on to the machine
- and use a text editor or a file display command such as the UNIX
- <B>cat</B> command. By default, the mode bits on the
- <B>BackupLog</B> file grant the required <B>r</B> (<B>read</B>)
- permission to all users.
- <P>The Backup Server records operations only as it completes them, and so
- cannot recover from failures by reviewing the file. The log contents
- are useful for administrative evaluation of process failures and other
- problems.
- <P><STRONG>Related Information</STRONG>
- <P><A HREF="auarf035.htm#HDRUSERLIST">UserList</A>
- <P><A HREF="auarf102.htm#HDRBOS_GETLOG">bos getlog</A>
- <P><A HREF="auarf125.htm#HDRBUSERVER">buserver</A>
- <P>
- <HR><P ALIGN="center"> <A HREF="../index.htm"><IMG SRC="../books.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Return to Library]"></A> <A HREF="auarf002.htm#ToC"><IMG SRC="../toc.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Contents]"></A> <A HREF="auarf013.htm"><IMG SRC="../prev.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Previous Topic]"></A> <A HREF="#Top_Of_Page"><IMG SRC="../top.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Top of Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf015.htm"><IMG SRC="../next.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Next Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf284.htm#HDRINDEX"><IMG SRC="../index.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Index]"></A> <P> 
- <!-- Begin Footer Records  ========================================== -->
- <P><HR><B> 
- <br>&#169; <A HREF="http://www.ibm.com/">IBM Corporation 2000.</A>  All Rights Reserved 
- </B> 
- <!-- End Footer Records  ============================================ -->
- <A NAME="Bot_Of_Page"></A>
- </BODY></HTML>
--- 0 ----
Index: openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf015.htm
diff -c openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf015.htm:1.1 openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf015.htm:removed
*** openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf015.htm:1.1	Wed Jun  6 14:09:11 2001
--- openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf015.htm	Thu Oct  2 10:12:22 2008
***************
*** 1,57 ****
- <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 4//EN">
- <HTML><HEAD>
- <TITLE>Administration Reference</TITLE>
- <!-- Begin Header Records  ========================================== -->
- <!-- /tmp/idwt3672/auarf000.scr converted by idb2h R4.2 (359) ID      -->
- <!-- Workbench Version (AIX) on 3 Oct 2000 at 16:18:30                -->
- <META HTTP-EQUIV="updated" CONTENT="Tue, 03 Oct 2000 16:18:29">
- <META HTTP-EQUIV="review" CONTENT="Wed, 03 Oct 2001 16:18:29">
- <META HTTP-EQUIV="expires" CONTENT="Thu, 03 Oct 2002 16:18:29">
- </HEAD><BODY>
- <!-- (C) IBM Corporation 2000. All Rights Reserved    --> 
- <BODY bgcolor="ffffff"> 
- <!-- End Header Records  ============================================ -->
- <A NAME="Top_Of_Page"></A>
- <H1>Administration Reference</H1>
- <HR><P ALIGN="center"> <A HREF="../index.htm"><IMG SRC="../books.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Return to Library]"></A> <A HREF="auarf002.htm#ToC"><IMG SRC="../toc.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Contents]"></A> <A HREF="auarf014.htm"><IMG SRC="../prev.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Previous Topic]"></A> <A HREF="#Bot_Of_Page"><IMG SRC="../bot.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Bottom of Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf016.htm"><IMG SRC="../next.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Next Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf284.htm#HDRINDEX"><IMG SRC="../index.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Index]"></A> <P> 
- <P>
- <H2><A NAME="HDRBOSLOG" HREF="auarf002.htm#ToC_13">BosLog</A></H2>
- <P><STRONG>Purpose</STRONG>
- <A NAME="IDX3877"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX3878"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX3879"></A>
- <P>Traces BOS Server operations
- <P><STRONG>Description</STRONG>
- <P>The <B>BosLog</B> file records a trace of Basic OverSeer (BOS) Server
- (<B>bosserver</B> process) operations on the local machine and describes
- any error conditions it encounters.
- <P>If the <B>BosLog</B> file does not already exist in the
- <B>/usr/afs/logs</B> directory when the BOS Server starts, the server
- process creates it and writes initial start-up messages to it. If there
- is an existing file, the BOS server renames it to
- <B>BosLog.old</B>, overwriting the existing
- <B>BosLog.old</B> file if it exists.
- <P>The file is in ASCII format. Administrators listed in the
- <B>/usr/afs/etc/UserList</B> file can use the <B>bos getlog</B>
- command to display its contents. Alternatively, log onto the server
- machine and use a text editor or a file display command such as the UNIX
- <B>cat</B> command. By default, the mode bits on the
- <B>BosLog</B> file grant the required <B>r</B> (<B>read</B>)
- permission to all users.
- <P>The BOS Server records operations only as it completes them, and cannot
- recover from failures by reviewing the file. The log contents are
- useful for administrative evaluation of process failures and other
- problems.
- <P><STRONG>Related Information</STRONG>
- <P><A HREF="auarf035.htm#HDRUSERLIST">UserList</A>
- <P><A HREF="auarf102.htm#HDRBOS_GETLOG">bos getlog</A>
- <P><A HREF="auarf124.htm#HDRBOSSERVER">bosserver</A>
- <P>
- <HR><P ALIGN="center"> <A HREF="../index.htm"><IMG SRC="../books.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Return to Library]"></A> <A HREF="auarf002.htm#ToC"><IMG SRC="../toc.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Contents]"></A> <A HREF="auarf014.htm"><IMG SRC="../prev.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Previous Topic]"></A> <A HREF="#Top_Of_Page"><IMG SRC="../top.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Top of Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf016.htm"><IMG SRC="../next.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Next Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf284.htm#HDRINDEX"><IMG SRC="../index.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Index]"></A> <P> 
- <!-- Begin Footer Records  ========================================== -->
- <P><HR><B> 
- <br>&#169; <A HREF="http://www.ibm.com/">IBM Corporation 2000.</A>  All Rights Reserved 
- </B> 
- <!-- End Footer Records  ============================================ -->
- <A NAME="Bot_Of_Page"></A>
- </BODY></HTML>
--- 0 ----
Index: openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf016.htm
diff -c openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf016.htm:1.1 openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf016.htm:removed
*** openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf016.htm:1.1	Wed Jun  6 14:09:11 2001
--- openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf016.htm	Thu Oct  2 10:12:22 2008
***************
*** 1,179 ****
- <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 4//EN">
- <HTML><HEAD>
- <TITLE>Administration Reference</TITLE>
- <!-- Begin Header Records  ========================================== -->
- <!-- /tmp/idwt3672/auarf000.scr converted by idb2h R4.2 (359) ID      -->
- <!-- Workbench Version (AIX) on 3 Oct 2000 at 16:18:30                -->
- <META HTTP-EQUIV="updated" CONTENT="Tue, 03 Oct 2000 16:18:29">
- <META HTTP-EQUIV="review" CONTENT="Wed, 03 Oct 2001 16:18:29">
- <META HTTP-EQUIV="expires" CONTENT="Thu, 03 Oct 2002 16:18:29">
- </HEAD><BODY>
- <!-- (C) IBM Corporation 2000. All Rights Reserved    --> 
- <BODY bgcolor="ffffff"> 
- <!-- End Header Records  ============================================ -->
- <A NAME="Top_Of_Page"></A>
- <H1>Administration Reference</H1>
- <HR><P ALIGN="center"> <A HREF="../index.htm"><IMG SRC="../books.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Return to Library]"></A> <A HREF="auarf002.htm#ToC"><IMG SRC="../toc.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Contents]"></A> <A HREF="auarf015.htm"><IMG SRC="../prev.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Previous Topic]"></A> <A HREF="#Bot_Of_Page"><IMG SRC="../bot.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Bottom of Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf017.htm"><IMG SRC="../next.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Next Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf284.htm#HDRINDEX"><IMG SRC="../index.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Index]"></A> <P> 
- <P>
- <H2><A NAME="HDRBOSCONFIG" HREF="auarf002.htm#ToC_14">BosConfig</A></H2>
- <P><STRONG>Purpose</STRONG>
- <A NAME="IDX3880"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX3881"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX3882"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX3883"></A>
- <P>Defines server processes for the BOS Server to monitor
- <P><STRONG>Description</STRONG>
- <P>The <B>BosConfig</B> file lists the processes that the Basic OverSeer
- (BOS) Server monitors on its server machine, and thus defines which AFS server
- processes run on the machine. It specifies how the BOS Server reacts
- when a process fails, and also defines the times at which the BOS Server
- automatically restarts processes as part of performance maintenance.
- The file must reside in the <B>/usr/afs/local</B> directory on each AFS
- server machine.
- <P>A server process entry in the <B>BosConfig</B> file records the
- following information:
- <UL>
- <P><LI>The<VAR> entry type</VAR>, which is one of the following: 
- <A NAME="IDX3884"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX3885"></A>
- <DL>
- <P><DT><B>cron
- <A NAME="IDX3886"></A>
- </B><DD>Designates a server process that runs periodically instead of
- continuously. The BOS Server starts a cron process only at specified
- times, not whenever it fails. All standard AFS process entries except
- <B>fs</B> are simple (there are no standard cron processes).
- <P><DT><B>fs
- <A NAME="IDX3887"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX3888"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX3889"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX3890"></A>
- </B><DD>Designates a group of interdependent server processes. If one of
- the processes fails, the BOS Server must coordinate its restart with the
- restart of the other processes in the group, possibly by stopping them
- first. 
- <P>There is only one standard entry of this type, for which the conventional
- name is <B>fs</B>. It combines three server processes: the
- File Server (<B>fileserver</B> process), the Volume Server
- (<B>volserver</B> process), and the Salvager (<B>salvager</B>
- process). These processes all operate on the same data--the AFS
- data stored on an AFS server machine's <B>/vicep</B> partitions and
- mounted in the AFS filespace--but in different ways. Grouping the
- processes prevents them from attempting to access the same data
- simultaneously, which can cause corruption. 
- <P>During normal operation, the Salvager process is not active. If the
- File Server process fails, however, the BOS Server stops the Volume Server
- process and runs the Salvager process to correct any corruption that resulted
- from the failure. (The administrator can also issue the <B>bos
- salvage</B> command to invoke the Salvager process.) If the Volume
- Server fails, the BOS Server can restart it without stopping the File Server
- or running the Salvager.
- <P><DT><B>simple
- <A NAME="IDX3891"></A>
- </B><DD>Designates a server process that runs independently of any other on the
- server machine. If a simple process fails, the BOS Server does not have
- to coordinate its restart with any other process.
- </DL>
- <P><LI>The <VAR>entry name</VAR>. The conventional name for an entry in the
- <B>BosConfig</B> file and the associated process matches the binary
- filename. When issuing any <B>bos</B> command that takes the
- <B>-instance</B> argument, identify each process by the name used in the
- <B>BosConfig</B> file. For a list of the names, see the <B>bos
- create</B> reference page.
- <P><LI>The process's <VAR>status flag</VAR>, which determines whether the BOS
- Server attempts to start the process in two cases: each time the BOS
- Server itself restarts, and when the process fails. The
- <B>BosConfig</B> file currently uses a binary notation to indicate whether
- the BOS Server attempts to restart the process as necessary or does not
- monitor it at all. For the sake of clarity, the AFS documentation
- refers to the flags as <B>Run</B> and <B>NotRun</B> instead.
- Only a system administrator, not the BOS Server, can change the flag.
- <A NAME="IDX3892"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX3893"></A>
- <P><LI>One or more <VAR>command parameters</VAR> which the BOS Server invokes to
- start the process or processes associated with the entry: 
- <UL>
- <P><LI>A <B>cron</B> entry has two command parameters, the first the complete
- pathname to the program, and the second the time at which the BOS Server
- invokes the program.
- <P><LI>The <B>fs</B> entry has three command parameters, each the complete
- pathname to the <B>fileserver</B>, <B>volserver</B>, and
- <B>salvager</B> programs, in that order.
- <P><LI>A <B>simple</B> entry has only one command parameter, the complete
- pathname to the program.
- </UL>
- </UL>
- <P>In addition to server process entries, the <B>BosConfig</B> file
- specifies the times at which the BOS Server performs two types of automatic
- process restarts:
- <UL>
- <P><LI>The <VAR>general restart</VAR> time at which the BOS Server restarts itself
- and then each process for which the entry in the <B>BosConfig</B> file has
- status flag <B>Run</B>. The default setting is Sunday at 4:00
- a.m.
- <P><LI>The <VAR>binary restart</VAR> time at which the BOS Server restarts any
- server process for which the time stamp on the binary file in the
- <B>/usr/afs/bin</B> directory is later than the last restart time for the
- process. The default is 5:00 a.m.
- </UL>
- <P>Although the <B>BosConfig</B> file is in ASCII format, do not use a
- text editor to alter it. Its format is subject to change and
- incorrectly formatted entries can prevent server startup in ways that are
- difficult to diagnose. Instead always use the appropriate commands from
- the <B>bos</B> command suite:
- <UL>
- <P><LI>The <B>bos create</B> command to create an entry in the file and start
- the associated process
- <P><LI>The <B>bos delete</B> command to remove an entry from the file after
- the <B>bos stop</B> command is used to stop the associated process
- <P><LI>The <B>bos getrestart</B> command to display the times at which the
- BOS Server performs automatic restarts
- <P><LI>The <B>bos setrestart</B> command to set the times at which the BOS
- Server performs automatic process restarts
- <P><LI>The <B>bos start</B> command to change an entry's status flag to
- <B>Run</B> and start the associated process
- <P><LI>The <B>bos status</B> command to display all processes listed in the
- file
- <P><LI>The <B>bos stop</B> command to change an entry's status flag to
- <B>NotRun</B> and stop the associated process
- </UL>
- <P>There are also <B>bos</B> commands that start and stop processes
- without changing entries in the <B>BosConfig</B> file. The BOS
- Server reads the <B>BosConfig</B> file only when it starts, transferring
- the information into its memory. Thus a process's status as
- represented in the BOS Server's memory can diverge from its status in the
- <B>BosConfig</B> file. The following commands change a
- process's status in the BOS Server's memory only:
- <A NAME="IDX3894"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX3895"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX3896"></A>
- <UL>
- <P><LI>The <B>bos restart</B> command restarts a specified set of processes,
- all processes, or all processes other than the BOS Server
- <P><LI>The <B>bos shutdown</B> command stops a process
- <P><LI>The <B>bos startup</B> command starts a process
- </UL>
- <P><STRONG>Related Information</STRONG>
- <P><A HREF="auarf098.htm#HDRBOS_CREATE">bos create</A>
- <P><A HREF="auarf099.htm#HDRBOS_DELETE">bos delete</A>
- <P><A HREF="auarf103.htm#HDRBOS_GETRESTART">bos getrestart</A>
- <P><A HREF="auarf113.htm#HDRBOS_RESTART">bos restart</A>
- <P><A HREF="auarf117.htm#HDRBOS_SETRESTART">bos setrestart</A>
- <P><A HREF="auarf118.htm#HDRBOS_SHUTDOWN">bos shutdown</A>
- <P><A HREF="auarf119.htm#HDRBOS_START">bos start</A>
- <P><A HREF="auarf120.htm#HDRBOS_STARTUP">bos startup</A>
- <P><A HREF="auarf121.htm#HDRBOS_STATUS">bos status</A>
- <P><A HREF="auarf122.htm#HDRBOS_STOP">bos stop</A>
- <P><A HREF="auarf114.htm#HDRBOS_SALVAGE">bos salvage</A>
- <P><A HREF="auarf129.htm#HDRFILESERVER">fileserver</A>
- <P><A HREF="auarf232.htm#HDRSALVAGER">salvager</A>
- <P><A HREF="auarf251.htm#HDRVOLSERVER">volserver</A>
- <P>
- <HR><P ALIGN="center"> <A HREF="../index.htm"><IMG SRC="../books.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Return to Library]"></A> <A HREF="auarf002.htm#ToC"><IMG SRC="../toc.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Contents]"></A> <A HREF="auarf015.htm"><IMG SRC="../prev.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Previous Topic]"></A> <A HREF="#Top_Of_Page"><IMG SRC="../top.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Top of Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf017.htm"><IMG SRC="../next.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Next Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf284.htm#HDRINDEX"><IMG SRC="../index.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Index]"></A> <P> 
- <!-- Begin Footer Records  ========================================== -->
- <P><HR><B> 
- <br>&#169; <A HREF="http://www.ibm.com/">IBM Corporation 2000.</A>  All Rights Reserved 
- </B> 
- <!-- End Footer Records  ============================================ -->
- <A NAME="Bot_Of_Page"></A>
- </BODY></HTML>
--- 0 ----
Index: openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf017.htm
diff -c openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf017.htm:1.1 openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf017.htm:removed
*** openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf017.htm:1.1	Wed Jun  6 14:09:11 2001
--- openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf017.htm	Thu Oct  2 10:12:22 2008
***************
*** 1,59 ****
- <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 4//EN">
- <HTML><HEAD>
- <TITLE>Administration Reference</TITLE>
- <!-- Begin Header Records  ========================================== -->
- <!-- /tmp/idwt3672/auarf000.scr converted by idb2h R4.2 (359) ID      -->
- <!-- Workbench Version (AIX) on 3 Oct 2000 at 16:18:30                -->
- <META HTTP-EQUIV="updated" CONTENT="Tue, 03 Oct 2000 16:18:29">
- <META HTTP-EQUIV="review" CONTENT="Wed, 03 Oct 2001 16:18:29">
- <META HTTP-EQUIV="expires" CONTENT="Thu, 03 Oct 2002 16:18:29">
- </HEAD><BODY>
- <!-- (C) IBM Corporation 2000. All Rights Reserved    --> 
- <BODY bgcolor="ffffff"> 
- <!-- End Header Records  ============================================ -->
- <A NAME="Top_Of_Page"></A>
- <H1>Administration Reference</H1>
- <HR><P ALIGN="center"> <A HREF="../index.htm"><IMG SRC="../books.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Return to Library]"></A> <A HREF="auarf002.htm#ToC"><IMG SRC="../toc.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Contents]"></A> <A HREF="auarf016.htm"><IMG SRC="../prev.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Previous Topic]"></A> <A HREF="#Bot_Of_Page"><IMG SRC="../bot.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Bottom of Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf018.htm"><IMG SRC="../next.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Next Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf284.htm#HDRINDEX"><IMG SRC="../index.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Index]"></A> <P> 
- <P>
- <H2><A NAME="HDRCACHEITEMS" HREF="auarf002.htm#ToC_15">CacheItems</A></H2>
- <P><STRONG>Purpose</STRONG>
- <A NAME="IDX3897"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX3898"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX3899"></A>
- <P>Records information about each <B>V</B><VAR>n</VAR> file in a disk cache
- <P><STRONG>Description</STRONG>
- <P>The <B>CacheItems</B> file records information about each file in the
- disk cache on a client machine (each <B>V</B><VAR>n</VAR> file). The
- information includes the file ID number and associated volume version number
- of the AFS file currently stored in the <B>V</B><VAR>n</VAR> file, which
- enables the Cache Manager to determine which <B>V</B><VAR>n</VAR> file
- contains the AFS data it needs to present to an application.
- <P>As it initializes, the Cache Manager creates the binary-format
- <B>CacheItems</B> file in the same local disk cache directory as the
- <B>V</B><VAR>n</VAR> files that the <B>CacheItems</B> file describes,
- and it must always remain there. The conventional directory name is
- <B>/usr/vice/cache</B>, but it is acceptable to use a directory on a
- partition with more available space.
- <P><STRONG>Cautions</STRONG>
- <P>Editing or removing the <B>CacheItems</B> file can cause a kernel
- panic. If the contents of <B>V</B><VAR>n</VAR> files seem out of
- date, clear the files by using the <B>fs flush</B> or <B>fs
- flushvolume</B> command. If the <B>CacheItems</B> file is
- accidentally modified or deleted, rebooting the machine usually restores
- normal performance.
- <P><STRONG>Related Information</STRONG>
- <P><A HREF="auarf036.htm#HDRVN">V<I>n</I></A>
- <P><A HREF="auarf040.htm#HDRVOLUMEITEMS">VolumeItems</A>
- <P><A HREF="auarf043.htm#HDRCACHEINFO">cacheinfo</A>
- <P><A HREF="auarf058.htm#HDRAFSD">afsd</A>
- <P><A HREF="auarf140.htm#HDRFS_FLUSH">fs flush</A>
- <P><A HREF="auarf142.htm#HDRFS_FLUSHVOLUME">fs flushvolume</A>
- <P>
- <HR><P ALIGN="center"> <A HREF="../index.htm"><IMG SRC="../books.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Return to Library]"></A> <A HREF="auarf002.htm#ToC"><IMG SRC="../toc.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Contents]"></A> <A HREF="auarf016.htm"><IMG SRC="../prev.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Previous Topic]"></A> <A HREF="#Top_Of_Page"><IMG SRC="../top.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Top of Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf018.htm"><IMG SRC="../next.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Next Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf284.htm#HDRINDEX"><IMG SRC="../index.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Index]"></A> <P> 
- <!-- Begin Footer Records  ========================================== -->
- <P><HR><B> 
- <br>&#169; <A HREF="http://www.ibm.com/">IBM Corporation 2000.</A>  All Rights Reserved 
- </B> 
- <!-- End Footer Records  ============================================ -->
- <A NAME="Bot_Of_Page"></A>
- </BODY></HTML>
--- 0 ----
Index: openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf018.htm
diff -c openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf018.htm:1.1 openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf018.htm:removed
*** openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf018.htm:1.1	Wed Jun  6 14:09:11 2001
--- openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf018.htm	Thu Oct  2 10:12:22 2008
***************
*** 1,565 ****
- <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 4//EN">
- <HTML><HEAD>
- <TITLE>Administration Reference</TITLE>
- <!-- Begin Header Records  ========================================== -->
- <!-- /tmp/idwt3672/auarf000.scr converted by idb2h R4.2 (359) ID      -->
- <!-- Workbench Version (AIX) on 3 Oct 2000 at 16:18:30                -->
- <META HTTP-EQUIV="updated" CONTENT="Tue, 03 Oct 2000 16:18:29">
- <META HTTP-EQUIV="review" CONTENT="Wed, 03 Oct 2001 16:18:29">
- <META HTTP-EQUIV="expires" CONTENT="Thu, 03 Oct 2002 16:18:29">
- </HEAD><BODY>
- <!-- (C) IBM Corporation 2000. All Rights Reserved    --> 
- <BODY bgcolor="ffffff"> 
- <!-- End Header Records  ============================================ -->
- <A NAME="Top_Of_Page"></A>
- <H1>Administration Reference</H1>
- <HR><P ALIGN="center"> <A HREF="../index.htm"><IMG SRC="../books.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Return to Library]"></A> <A HREF="auarf002.htm#ToC"><IMG SRC="../toc.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Contents]"></A> <A HREF="auarf017.htm"><IMG SRC="../prev.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Previous Topic]"></A> <A HREF="#Bot_Of_Page"><IMG SRC="../bot.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Bottom of Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf019.htm"><IMG SRC="../next.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Next Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf284.htm#HDRINDEX"><IMG SRC="../index.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Index]"></A> <P> 
- <P>
- <H2><A NAME="HDRCFG" HREF="auarf002.htm#ToC_16">CFG_<I>device_name</I></A></H2>
- <P><STRONG>Purpose</STRONG>
- <A NAME="IDX3900"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX3901"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX3902"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX3903"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX3904"></A>
- <P>Defines Tape Coordinator configuration instructions for automated tape
- devices
- <P><STRONG>Description</STRONG>
- <P>The <B>CFG_</B><VAR>device_name</VAR> file includes instructions that
- configure a Tape Coordinator for use with automated backup devices such as
- tape stackers and jukeboxes, enable the Tape Coordinator to dump and restore
- data to a <I>backup data file</I> on a local disk device, and enable
- greater automation of other aspects of the backup process.
- <P>There is a separate configuration file for each tape device or backup data
- file. Creating the file is optional, and unnecessary if none of the
- instructions it can include pertain to a given tape device. The
- ASCII-format file must reside in the <B>/usr/afs/backup</B> directory on
- the Tape Coordinator machine if it exists.
- <P>The <B>CFG_</B><VAR>device_name</VAR> file does not replace the
- <B>/usr/afs/backup/tapeconfig</B> file, a single copy of which still must
- exist on every Tape Coordinator machine.
- <P>To enable the Tape Coordinator to locate the configuration file, construct
- the variable part of the filename, <VAR>device_name</VAR>, as follows:
- <UL>
- <P><LI>For a tape device, strip off the initial <B>/dev/</B> string from the
- device name, and replace any other slashes in the name with
- underscores. For example, <B>CFG_rmt_4m</B> is the appropriate
- filename for a device called <B>/dev/rmt/4m</B>.
- <P><LI>For a backup data file, strip off the initial slash (/) and replace any
- other slashes in the name with underscores. For example,
- <B>CFG_var_tmp_FILE</B> is the appropriate filename for a backup data file
- called <B>/var/tmp/FILE</B>.
- </UL>
- <P>The <B>CFG_</B><VAR>device_name</VAR> file lists one or more of the
- following instructions, each on its own line. All are optional, and
- they can appear in any order. A more detailed description of each
- instruction follows the list:
- <DL>
- <P><DT><B>ASK
- </B><DD>Controls whether the Tape Coordinator prompts for guidance when it
- encounters error conditions
- <P><DT><B>AUTOQUERY
- </B><DD>Controls whether the Tape Coordinator prompts for the first tape
- <P><DT><B>BUFFERSIZE
- </B><DD>Sets the size of the memory buffer the Tape Coordinator uses when
- transferring data
- <P><DT><B>FILE
- </B><DD>Controls whether the dump is written to a tape device or a file
- <P><DT><B>MOUNT
- </B><DD>Identifies the file that contains routines for inserting tapes into the
- device's drive
- <P><DT><B>NAME_CHECK
- </B><DD>Controls whether the Tape Coordinator verifies that a tape's AFS tape
- name matches the dump being written
- <P><DT><B>UNMOUNT
- </B><DD>Identifies the file that contains routines for removing tapes from the
- device's drive
- </DL>
- <A NAME="IDX3905"></A>
- <P><B>The ASK Instruction</B>
- <P>The <B>ASK</B> instruction takes a boolean value as its argument, in
- the following format:
- <PRE>   ASK {<B>YES</B> | <B>NO</B>}
-    
- </PRE>
- <P>When the value is <B>YES</B>, the Tape Coordinator generates a prompt
- in its window, requesting a response to the error cases described in the
- following list. This is the default behavior if the ASK instruction
- does not appear in the <B>CFG_</B><VAR>device_name</VAR> file.
- <P>When the value is <B>NO</B>, the Tape Coordinator does not prompt in
- error cases, but instead uses the automatic default responses described in the
- following list. The Tape Coordinator also logs the error in the
- <B>TE_</B><VAR>device_name</VAR> file. Suppressing the prompts
- enables the Tape Coordinator to run unattended, though it still prompts for
- insertion of tapes unless the <B>MOUNT</B> instruction is used.
- <P>The error cases controlled by this instruction are the following:
- <UL>
- <P><LI>The Backup System is unable to dump a volume while running the <B>backup
- dump</B> command. With a <B>YES</B> value, the Tape Coordinator
- prompts to offer three choices: try to dump the volume again
- immediately, omit the volume from the dump but continue the operation, or
- terminate the operation. With a <B>NO</B> value, the Tape
- Coordinator omits the volume from the dump and continues the operation.
- <P><LI>The Backup System is unable to restore a volume while running the
- <B>backup diskrestore</B>, <B>backup volrestore</B>, or <B>backup
- volsetrestore</B> command. With a <B>YES</B> value, the Tape
- Coordinator prompts to offer two choices: omit the volume and continue
- restoring the other volumes, or terminate the operation. With a
- <B>NO</B> value, it continues the operation without prompting, omitting
- the problematic volume but restoring the remaining ones.
- <P><LI>The Backup System cannot determine if the dump set includes any more
- tapes, while running the <B>backup scantape</B> command (the reference
- page for that command discusses possible reasons for this problem).
- With a <B>YES</B> value, the Tape Coordinator prompts to ask if there are
- more tapes to scan. With a <B>NO</B> value, it proceeds as though
- there are more tapes and invokes the routine named by the <B>MOUNT</B>
- instruction in the configuration file, or prompts the operator to insert the
- next tape.
- <P><LI>The Backup System determines that the tape contains an unexpired dump
- while running the <B>backup labeltape</B> command. With a
- <B>YES</B> value, the Tape Coordinator prompts to offer two choices:
- continue or terminate the labeling operation. With a <B>NO</B>
- value, it terminates the operation without relabeling the tape.
- </UL>
- <A NAME="IDX3906"></A>
- <P><B>The AUTOQUERY Instruction</B>
- <P>The <B>AUTOQUERY</B> instruction takes a boolean value as its argument,
- in the following format:
- <PRE>   AUTOQUERY {<B>YES</B> | <B>NO</B>}
-    
- </PRE>
- <P>When the value is <B>YES</B>, the Tape Coordinator checks for the
- <B>MOUNT</B> instruction in the configuration file when it needs to read
- the first tape involved in an operation. As described for that
- instruction, it then either prompts for the tape or invokes the specified
- routine to mount the tape. This is the default behavior if the
- <B>AUTOQUERY</B> instruction does not appear in the configuration
- file.
- <P>When the value is <B>NO</B>, the Tape Coordinator assumes that the
- first tape required for an operation is already in the drive. It does
- not prompt the operator or invoke the <B>MOUNT</B> routine unless there is
- an error in accessing the first tape. This setting is equivalent in
- effect to including the <B>-noautoquery</B> flag to the <B>butc</B>
- command.
- <P>Note that the setting of the <B>AUTOQUERY</B> instruction controls the
- Tape Coordinator's behavior only with respect to the first tape required
- for an operation. For subsequent tapes, the Tape Coordinator always
- checks for the <B>MOUNT</B> instruction. It also refers to the
- <B>MOUNT</B> instruction if it encounters an error while attempting to
- access the first tape.
- <A NAME="IDX3907"></A>
- <P><B>The BUFFERSIZE Instruction</B>
- <P>The <B>BUFFERSIZE</B> instruction takes an integer value, and
- optionally units, in the following format:
- <PRE>   BUFFERSIZE <VAR>size</VAR>[{<B>k</B> | <B>K</B> | <B>m</B> | <B>M</B> | <B>g</B> | <B>G</B>}]
-    
- </PRE>
- <P>where<VAR> size</VAR> specifies the amount of memory the Tape Coordinator
- allocates to use as a buffer during both dump and restore operations.
- The default unit is bytes, but use <B>k</B> or <B>K</B> to specify
- kilobytes, <B>m</B> or <B>M</B> for megabytes, and <B>g</B> or
- <B>G</B> for gigabytes. There is no space between the
- <VAR>size</VAR>value and the units letter.
- <P>By default, the Tape Coordinator uses a 16 KB buffer during dump
- operations. As it receives volume data from the Volume Server, the Tape
- Coordinator gathers 16 KB of data in the buffer before transferring the entire
- 16 KB to the tape device or backup data file. Similarly, during a
- restore operation the Tape Coordinator by default buffers 32 KB of data from
- the tape device or backup data file before transferring the entire 32 KB to
- the Volume Server for restoration into the file system. Buffering makes
- the volume of data flowing to and from a tape device more even and so promotes
- tape streaming, which is the most efficient way for a tape device to
- operate.
- <P>In a normal network configuration, the default buffer sizes are usually
- large enough to promote tape streaming. If the network between the Tape
- Coordinator machine and file server machines is slow, it can help to increase
- the buffer size.
- <A NAME="IDX3908"></A>
- <P><B>The FILE Instruction</B>
- <P>The <B>FILE</B> instruction takes a boolean value as its argument, in
- the following format:
- <PRE>   FILE {<B>NO</B> | <B>YES</B>}
-    
- </PRE>
- <P>When the value is <B>NO</B>, the Tape Coordinator writes to a tape
- device during a dump operation and reads from one during a restore
- operation. This is the default behavior if the <B>FILE</B>
- instruction does not appear in the configuration file.
- <P>When the value is <B>YES</B>, the Tape Coordinator writes volume data
- to a backup data file on the local disk during a dump operation and reads
- volume data from a file during a restore operation. If the file does
- not exist when the Tape Coordinator attempts to access it to write a dump, the
- Tape Coordinator creates it. For a restore operation to succeed, the
- file must exist and contain volume data previously written to it by a
- <B>backup dump</B> operation.
- <P>When the value is <B>YES</B>, the backup data file's complete
- pathname must appear (instead of a tape drive device name) in the third field
- of the corresponding port offset entry in the local
- <B>/usr/afs/backup/tapeconfig</B> file. If the field instead refers
- to a tape device, dump operations appear to succeed but are
- inoperative. It is not possible to restore data that was accidently
- dumped to a tape device while the <B>FILE</B> instruction was set to
- <B>YES</B>. (In the same way, if the <B>FILE</B> instruction is
- set to <B>NO</B>, the <B>tapeconfig</B> entry must refer to an actual
- tape device.)
- <P>Rather than put an actual file pathname in the third field of the
- <B>tapeconfig</B> file, however, the recommended configuration is to
- create a symbolic link in the <B>/dev</B> directory that points to the
- actual file pathname, and record the symbolic link in this field. This
- configuration has a couple of advantages:
- <UL>
- <P><LI>It makes the <VAR>device_name</VAR> portion of the
- <B>CFG_</B><VAR>device_name</VAR>, <B>TE_</B><VAR>device_name</VAR>, and
- <B>TL_</B><VAR>device_name</VAR> names as short as possible. Because
- the symbolic link is in the <B>/dev</B> directory as though it were a tape
- device, the device configuration file's name is constructed by stripping
- off the entire <B>/dev/</B> prefix, instead of just the initial
- slash. If, for example, the symbolic link is called
- <B>/dev/FILE</B>, the device configuration file name is
- <B>CFG_FILE</B>, whereas if the actual pathname <B>/var/tmp/FILE</B>
- appears in the <B>tapeconfig</B> file, the file's name must be
- <B>CFG_var_tmp_FILE</B>.
- <P><LI>It provides for a more graceful, and potentially automated, recovery if
- the Tape Coordinator cannot write a complete dump into the backup data file
- (because the partition housing the backup data file becomes full, for
- example). The Tape Coordinator's reaction to this problem is to
- invoke the <B>MOUNT</B> script, or to prompt the operator if the
- <B>MOUNT</B> instruction does not appear in the configuration file.
- <UL>
- <P><LI>If there is a <B>MOUNT</B> routine, the operator can prepare for this
- situation by adding a subroutine that changes the symbolic link to point to
- another backup data file on a partition where there is space available.
- <P><LI>If there is no <B>MOUNT</B> instruction, the prompt enables the
- operator manually to change the symbolic link to point to another backup data
- file, then press &lt;<B>Return</B>> to signal that the Tape Coordinator
- can continue the operation.
- </UL>
- </UL>
- <P>If the third field in the <B>tapeconfig</B> file names the actual file,
- there is no way to recover from exhausting the space on the partition that
- houses the backup data file. It is not possible to change the
- <B>tapeconfig</B> file in the middle of an operation.
- <P>When writing to a backup data file, the Tape Coordinator writes data at 16
- KB offsets. If a given block of data (such as the marker that signals
- the beginning or end of a volume) does not fill the entire 16 KB, the Tape
- Coordinator still skips to the next offset before writing the next
- block. In the output of a <B>backup dumpinfo</B> command issued
- with the <B>-id</B> option, the value in the <TT>Pos</TT> column is the
- ordinal of the 16-KB offset at which the volume data begins, and so is not
- generally only one higher than the position number on the previous line, as it
- is for dumps to tape.
- <A NAME="IDX3909"></A>
- <P><B>The MOUNT Instruction</B>
- <P>The <B>MOUNT</B> instruction takes a pathname as its argument, in the
- following format:
- <PRE>   
-    MOUNT <VAR>filename</VAR>
-    
- </PRE>
- <P>The referenced executable file must reside on the local disk and contain a
- shell script or program that directs an automated tape device, such as a
- jukebox or stacker, to mount a tape (insert it into the tape reader).
- The operator must write the routine to invoke the mount command specified by
- the device's manufacturer; AFS does not include any scripts,
- although an example appears in the following <B>Examples</B>
- section. The script or program inherits the Tape Coordinator's AFS
- authentication status.
- <P>When the Tape Coordinator needs to mount a tape, it checks the
- configuration file for a <B>MOUNT</B> instruction. If there is no
- <B>MOUNT</B> instruction, the Tape Coordinator prompts the operator to
- insert a tape before it attempts to open the tape device. If there is a
- <B>MOUNT</B> instruction, the Tape Coordinator executes the routine in the
- referenced file. The routine invoked by the <B>MOUNT</B>
- instruction inherits the local identity (UNIX UID) and AFS tokens of the
- <B>butc</B> command's issuer.
- <P>There is an exception to this sequence: if the <B>AUTOQUERY
- NO</B> instruction appears in the configuration file, or the
- <B>-noautoquery</B> flag was included on the <B>butc</B> command, then
- the Tape Coordinator assumes that the operator has already inserted the first
- tape needed for a given operation. It attempts to read the tape
- immediately, and only checks for the <B>MOUNT</B> instruction or prompts
- the operator if the tape is missing or is not the required one.
- <P>When the Tape Coordinator invokes the routine indicated by the
- <B>MOUNT</B> instruction, it passes the following parameters to the
- routine in the indicated order:
- <OL TYPE=1>
- <P><LI>The tape device or backup data file's pathname, as recorded in the
- <B>/usr/afs/backup/tapeconfig</B> file.
- <P><LI>The tape operation, which (except for the exceptions noted in the
- following list) matches the <B>backup</B> command operation code used to
- initiate the operation: 
- <UL>
- <P><LI><B>appenddump</B> (when a <B>backup dump</B> command includes the
- <B>-append</B> flag)
- <P><LI><B>dump</B> (when a <B>backup dump</B> command does not include
- the <B>-append</B> flag)
- <P><LI><B>labeltape</B>
- <P><LI><B>readlabel</B>
- <P><LI><B>restore</B> (for a <B>backup diskrestore</B>, <B>backup
- volrestore</B>, or <B>backup volsetrestore</B> command)
- <P><LI><B>restoredb</B>
- <P><LI><B>savedb</B>
- <P><LI><B>scantape</B>
- </UL>
- <P><LI>The number of times the Tape Coordinator has attempted to open the tape
- device or backup data file. If the open attempt returns an error, the
- Tape Coordinator increments this value by one and again invokes the
- <B>MOUNT</B> instruction.
- <P><LI>The tape name. For some operations, the Tape Coordinator passes the
- string <TT>none</TT>, because it does not know the tape name (when running
- the <B>backup scantape</B> or <B>backup readlabel</B>, for example),
- or because the tape does not necessarily have a name (when running the
- <B>backup labeltape</B> command, for example).
- <P><LI>The tape ID recorded in the Backup Database. As with the tape name,
- the Backup System passes the string <TT>none</TT> for operations where it
- does not know the tape ID or the tape does not necessarily have an ID.
- </OL>
- <P>The routine invoked by the <B>MOUNT</B> instruction must return an exit
- code to the Tape Coordinator:
- <UL>
- <P><LI>Code <B>0</B> (zero) indicates that the routine successfully mounted
- the tape. The Tape Coordinator continues the backup operation.
- If the routine invoked by the <B>MOUNT</B> instruction does not return
- this exit code, the Tape Coordinator never calls the <B>UNMOUNT</B>
- instruction.
- <P><LI>Code <B>1</B> (one) indicates that the routine failed to mount the
- tape. The Tape Coordinator terminates the operation.
- <P><LI>Any other code indicates that the routine was not able to access the
- correct tape. The Tape Coordinator prompts the operator to insert the
- correct tape.
- </UL>
- <P>If the <B>backup</B> command was issued in interactive mode and the
- operator issues the <B>(backup) kill</B> command while the
- <B>MOUNT</B> routine is running, the Tape Coordinator passes the
- termination signal to the routine; the entire operation
- terminates.
- <A NAME="IDX3910"></A>
- <P><B>The NAME_CHECK Instruction</B>
- <P>The <B>NAME_CHECK</B> instruction takes a boolean value as its
- argument, in the following format:
- <PRE>   NAME_CHECK {<B>YES</B> | <B>NO</B>}
-    
- </PRE>
- <P>When the value is <B>YES</B> and the tape does not have a permanent
- name, the Tape Coordinator checks the AFS tape name when dumping a volume in
- response to the <B>backup dump</B> command. The AFS tape name must
- be <TT>&lt;NULL></TT> or match the tape name that the <B>backup dump</B>
- operation assigns based on the volume set and dump level names. This is
- the default behavior if the <B>NAME_CHECK</B> instruction does not appear
- in the configuration file.
- <P>When the value is <B>NO</B>, the Tape Coordinator does not check the
- AFS tape name before writing to the tape.
- <P>The Tape Coordinator always checks that all dumps on the tape are expired,
- and refuses to write to a tape that contains unexpired dumps.
- <A NAME="IDX3911"></A>
- <P><B>The UNMOUNT Instruction</B>
- <P>The <B>UNMOUNT</B> instruction takes a pathname as its argument, in the
- following format:
- <PRE>   UNMOUNT <VAR>filename</VAR>
-    
- </PRE>
- <P>The referenced executable file must reside on the local disk and contain a
- shell script or program that directs an automated tape device, such as a
- jukebox or stacker, to unmount a tape (remove it from the tape reader).
- The operator must write the routine to invoke the unmount command specified by
- the device's manufacturer; AFS does not include any scripts,
- although an example appears in the following <B>Examples</B>
- section. The script or program inherits the Tape Coordinator's AFS
- authentication status.
- <P>After closing a tape device, the Tape Coordinator checks the configuration
- file for an <B>UNMOUNT</B> instruction, whether or not the
- <B>close</B> operation succeeds. If there is no <B>UNMOUNT</B>
- instruction, the Tape Coordinator takes no action, in which case the operator
- must take the action necessary to remove the current tape from the drive
- before another can be inserted. If there is an <B>UNMOUNT</B>
- instruction, the Tape Coordinator executes the referenced file. It
- invokes the routine only once, passing in the following parameters:
- <UL>
- <P><LI>The tape device pathname (as specified in the
- <B>/usr/afs/backup/tapeconfig</B> file)
- <P><LI>The tape operation (always <B>unmount</B>)
- </UL>
- <P><STRONG>Privilege Required</STRONG>
- <P>The file is protected by UNIX mode bits. Creating the file requires
- the <B>w</B> (<B>write</B>) and <B>x</B> (<B>execute</B>)
- permissions on the <B>/usr/afs/backup</B> directory. Editing the
- file requires the <B>w</B> (<B>write</B>) permission on the
- file.
- <P><STRONG>Examples</STRONG>
- <P>The following example configuration files demonstrate one way to structure
- a configuration file for a stacker or backup dump file. The examples
- are not necessarily appropriate for a specific cell; if using them as
- models, be sure to adapt them to the cell's needs and equipment.
- <P><B>Example</B> <B>CFG_</B><VAR>device_name</VAR> <B>File for
- Stackers</B>
- <P>In this example, the administrator creates the following entry for a tape
- stacker called <B>stacker0.1</B> in the
- <B>/usr/afs/backup/tapeconfig</B> file. It has port offset
- 0.
- <PRE>   2G   5K   /dev/stacker0.1   0
-    
- </PRE>
- <P>The administrator includes the following five lines in the
- <B>/usr/afs/backup/CFG_stacker0.1</B> file. To review the
- meaning of each instruction, see the preceding <B>Description</B>
- section.
- <PRE>   MOUNT /usr/afs/backup/stacker0.1
-    UNMOUNT /usr/afs/backup/stacker0.1
-    AUTOQUERY NO
-    ASK NO
-    NAME_CHECK NO
-    
- </PRE>
- <P>Finally, the administrator writes the following executable routine in the
- <B>/usr/afs/backup/stacker0.1</B> file referenced by the
- <B>MOUNT</B> and <B>UNMOUNT</B> instructions in the
- <B>CFG_stacker0.1</B> file.
- <PRE>   #! /bin/csh -f
-      
-    set devicefile = $1
-    set operation = $2
-    set tries = $3
-    set tapename = $4
-    set tapeid = $5
-      
-    set exit_continue = 0
-    set exit_abort = 1
-    set exit_interactive = 2
-     
-    #--------------------------------------------
-      
-    if (${tries} > 1) then
-       echo "Too many tries"
-       exit ${exit_interactive}
-    endif
-      
-    if (${operation} == "unmount") then
-       echo "UnMount: Will leave tape in drive"
-       exit ${exit_continue}
-    endif
-      
-    if ((${operation} == "dump")     |\
-        (${operation} == "appenddump")     |\
-        (${operation} == "savedb"))  then
-      
-        stackerCmd_NextTape ${devicefile}
-        if (${status} != 0)exit${exit_interactive}
-        echo "Will continue"
-        exit ${exit_continue}
-    endif
-      
-    if ((${operation} == "labeltape")    |\
-        (${operation} == "readlabel")) then
-       echo "Will continue"
-       exit ${exit_continue}
-    endif
-      
-    echo "Prompt for tape"
-    exit ${exit_interactive}
-    
- </PRE>
- <P>This routine uses two of the parameters passed to it by the Backup
- System: <TT>tries</TT> and <TT>operation</TT>. It follows the
- recommended practice of prompting for a tape if the value of the
- <TT>tries</TT> parameter exceeds one, because that implies that the stacker
- is out of tapes.
- <P>For a <B>backup dump</B> or <B>backup savedb</B> operation, the
- routine calls the example <B>stackerCmd_NextTape</B> function provided by
- the stacker's manufacturer. Note that the final lines in the file
- return the exit code that prompts the operator to insert a tape; these
- lines are invoked when either the stacker cannot load a tape or a the
- operation being performed is not one of those explicitly mentioned in the file
- (such as a restore operation).
- <P><B>Example CFG_</B><VAR>device_name</VAR> <B>File for Dumping to a
- Backup Data File</B>
- <P>In this example, the administrator creates the following entry for a backup
- data file called <B>HSM_device</B> in the
- <B>/usr/afs/backup/tapeconfig</B> file. It has port offset
- 20.
- <PRE>   1G   0K   /dev/HSM_device   20
-    
- </PRE>
- <P>The administrator includes the following lines in the
- <B>/usr/afs/backup/CFG_HSM_device</B> file. To review the meaning
- of each instruction, see the preceding <B>Description</B> section.
- <PRE>   MOUNT /usr/afs/backup/file
-    FILE YES
-    ASK NO
-    
- </PRE>
- <P>Finally, the administrator writes the following executable routine in the
- <B>/usr/afs/backup/file</B> file referenced by the <B>MOUNT</B>
- instruction in the <B>CFG_HSM_device</B> file, to control how the Tape
- Coordinator handles the file.
- <PRE>   #! /bin/csh -f
-    set devicefile = $1
-    set operation = $2
-    set tries = $3
-    set tapename = $4
-    set tapeid = $5
-      
-    set exit_continue = 0
-    set exit_abort = 1
-    set exit_interactive = 2
-      
-    #--------------------------------------------
-      
-    if (${tries} > 1) then
-       echo "Too many tries"
-       exit ${exit_interactive}
-    endif
-      
-    if (${operation} == "labeltape") then
-       echo "Won't label a tape/file"
-       exit ${exit_abort}
-    endif
-      
-    if ((${operation} == "dump")   |\
-        (${operation} == "appenddump")   |\
-        (${operation} == "restore")   |\
-        (${operation} == "savedb")    |\
-        (${operation} == "restoredb")) then
-      
-       /bin/rm -f ${devicefile}
-       /bin/ln -s /hsm/${tapename}_${tapeid} ${devicefile}
-       if (${status} != 0) exit ${exit_abort}
-    endif
-      
-    exit ${exit_continue}
-    
- </PRE>
- <P>Like the example routine for a tape stacker, this routine uses the
- <TT>tries</TT> and <TT>operation</TT> parameters passed to it by the
- Backup System. The <TT>tries</TT> parameter tracks how many times the
- Tape Coordinator has attempted to access the file. A value greater than
- one indicates that the Tape Coordinator cannot access it, and the routine
- returns exit code 2 (<TT>exit_interactive</TT>), which results in a prompt
- for the operator to load a tape. The operator can use this opportunity
- to change the name of the backup data file specified in the
- <B>tapeconfig</B> file.
- <P>The primary function of this routine is to establish a link between the
- device file and the file to be dumped or restored. When the Tape
- Coordinator is executing a <B>backup dump</B>, <B>backup restore</B>,
- <B>backup savedb</B>, or <B>backup restoredb</B> operation, the
- routine invokes the UNIX <B>ln -s</B> command to create a symbolic link
- from the backup data file named in the <B>tapeconfig</B> file to the
- actual file to use (this is the recommended method). It uses the value
- of the <TT>tapename</TT> and <TT>tapeid</TT> parameters to construct the
- file name.
- <P><STRONG>Related Information</STRONG>
- <P><A HREF="auarf050.htm#HDRTAPECONFIG">tapeconfig</A>
- <P><A HREF="auarf072.htm#HDRBK_DISKRESTORE">backup diskrestore</A>
- <P><A HREF="auarf073.htm#HDRBK_DUMP">backup dump</A>
- <P><A HREF="auarf085.htm#HDRBK_RESTOREDB">backup restoredb</A>
- <P><A HREF="auarf086.htm#HDRBK_SAVEDB">backup savedb</A>
- <P><A HREF="auarf091.htm#HDRBK_VOLRESTORE">backup volrestore</A>
- <P><A HREF="auarf092.htm#HDRBK_VOLSETRESTORE">backup volsetrestore</A>
- <P>
- <HR><P ALIGN="center"> <A HREF="../index.htm"><IMG SRC="../books.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Return to Library]"></A> <A HREF="auarf002.htm#ToC"><IMG SRC="../toc.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Contents]"></A> <A HREF="auarf017.htm"><IMG SRC="../prev.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Previous Topic]"></A> <A HREF="#Top_Of_Page"><IMG SRC="../top.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Top of Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf019.htm"><IMG SRC="../next.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Next Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf284.htm#HDRINDEX"><IMG SRC="../index.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Index]"></A> <P> 
- <!-- Begin Footer Records  ========================================== -->
- <P><HR><B> 
- <br>&#169; <A HREF="http://www.ibm.com/">IBM Corporation 2000.</A>  All Rights Reserved 
- </B> 
- <!-- End Footer Records  ============================================ -->
- <A NAME="Bot_Of_Page"></A>
- </BODY></HTML>
--- 0 ----
Index: openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf019.htm
diff -c openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf019.htm:1.1 openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf019.htm:removed
*** openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf019.htm:1.1	Wed Jun  6 14:09:11 2001
--- openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf019.htm	Thu Oct  2 10:12:22 2008
***************
*** 1,120 ****
- <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 4//EN">
- <HTML><HEAD>
- <TITLE>Administration Reference</TITLE>
- <!-- Begin Header Records  ========================================== -->
- <!-- /tmp/idwt3672/auarf000.scr converted by idb2h R4.2 (359) ID      -->
- <!-- Workbench Version (AIX) on 3 Oct 2000 at 16:18:30                -->
- <META HTTP-EQUIV="updated" CONTENT="Tue, 03 Oct 2000 16:18:29">
- <META HTTP-EQUIV="review" CONTENT="Wed, 03 Oct 2001 16:18:29">
- <META HTTP-EQUIV="expires" CONTENT="Thu, 03 Oct 2002 16:18:29">
- </HEAD><BODY>
- <!-- (C) IBM Corporation 2000. All Rights Reserved    --> 
- <BODY bgcolor="ffffff"> 
- <!-- End Header Records  ============================================ -->
- <A NAME="Top_Of_Page"></A>
- <H1>Administration Reference</H1>
- <HR><P ALIGN="center"> <A HREF="../index.htm"><IMG SRC="../books.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Return to Library]"></A> <A HREF="auarf002.htm#ToC"><IMG SRC="../toc.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Contents]"></A> <A HREF="auarf018.htm"><IMG SRC="../prev.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Previous Topic]"></A> <A HREF="#Bot_Of_Page"><IMG SRC="../bot.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Bottom of Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf020.htm"><IMG SRC="../next.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Next Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf284.htm#HDRINDEX"><IMG SRC="../index.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Index]"></A> <P> 
- <P>
- <H2><A NAME="HDRCLI_CSDB" HREF="auarf002.htm#ToC_17">CellServDB (client version)</A></H2>
- <P><STRONG>Purpose</STRONG>
- <A NAME="IDX3912"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX3913"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX3914"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX3915"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX3916"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX3917"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX3918"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX3919"></A>
- <P>Lists the database server machines in all cells accessible from the machine
- <P><STRONG>Description</STRONG>
- <P>The client version of the <B>CellServDB</B> file lists the database
- server machines in the local cell and any foreign cell that is to be
- accessible from the local client machine. Database server machines run
- the Authentication Server, Backup Server, Protection Server, and Volume
- Location (VL) Server (the <B>kaserver</B>, <B>buserver</B>,
- <B>ptserver</B>, and <B>vlserver</B>) processes, which maintain the
- cell's administrative AFS databases.
- <P>The Cache Manager and other processes running on a client machine use the
- list of a cell's database server machines when performing several common
- functions, including:
- <UL>
- <P><LI>Fetching files. The Cache Manager contacts the VL Server to learn
- the location of the volume containing a requested file or directory.
- <P><LI>Authenticating users. Client-side authentication programs (such as
- an AFS-modified login utility or the <B>klog</B> command interpreter)
- contact the Authentication Server to obtain a server ticket, which the AFS
- server processes accept as proof that the user is authenticated.
- <P><LI>Creating protection groups. The <B>pts</B> command interpreter
- contacts the Protection Server when users create protection groups or request
- information from the Protection Database.
- </UL>
- <P>The Cache Manager reads the <B>CellServDB</B> file into kernel memory
- as it initializes, and not again until the machine next reboots. To
- enable users on the local machine to continue accessing the cell correctly,
- update the file whenever a database server machine is added to or removed from
- a cell. To update the kernel-resident list of database server machines
- without rebooting, use the <B>fs newcell</B> command.
- <P>The <B>CellServDB</B> file is in ASCII format and must reside in the
- <B>/usr/vice/etc</B> directory on each AFS client machine. Use a
- text editor to create and maintain it. Each cell's entry must have
- the following format:
- <UL>
- <P><LI>The first line begins at the left margin with the greater-than character
- (<B>></B>), followed immediately by the cell's name without an
- intervening space. Optionally, a comment can follow any number of
- spaces and a number sign (<B>#</B>), perhaps to identify the organization
- associated with the cell.
- <P><LI>Each subsequent line in the entry identifies one of the cell's
- database server machines, with the indicated information in order: 
- <UL>
- <P><LI>The database server machine's IP address in dotted-decimal
- format.
- <P><LI>One or more spaces.
- <P><LI>A number sign (<B>#</B>), followed by the machine's fully
- qualified hostname without an intervening space. This number sign does
- not indicate that the hostname is a comment. It is a required
- field.
- </UL>
- </UL>
- <P>No extra blank lines or newline characters are allowed in the file, even
- after the last entry. Their presence can prevent the Cache Manager from
- reading the file into kernel memory, resulting in an error message.
- <P>The AFS Product Support group maintains a list of the database server
- machines in all cells that have registered themselves as receptive to access
- from foreign cells. When a cell's administrators change its
- database server machines, it is customary to register the change with the AFS
- Product Support group for inclusion in this file. The file conforms to
- the required <B>CellServDB</B> format, and so is a suitable basis for the
- <B>CellServDB</B> file on a client machine. Contact the AFS Product
- Support group for directions on accessing the file.
- <P>The client version of the <B>CellServDB</B> file is distinct from the
- server version, which resides in the <B>/usr/afs/etc</B> directory on each
- AFS server machine. The client version lists the database server
- machines in every AFS cell that the cell administrator wants the
- machine's users to be able to access, whereas the server version lists
- only the local cell's database server machines.
- <P><STRONG>Examples</STRONG>
- <P>The following example shows entries for two cells in a client
- <B>CellServDB</B> file and illustrates the required format.
- <PRE>   >abc.com        # ABC Corporation
-    192.12.105.2	        #db1.abc.com
-    192.12.105.3	        #db2.abc.com
-    192.12.107.3	        #db3.abc.com
-    >test.abc.com   # ABC Corporation Test Cell
-    192.12.108.57        #testdb1.abc.com
-    192.12.108.55        #testdb2.abc.com
-    
- </PRE>
- <P><STRONG>Related Information</STRONG>
- <P><A HREF="auarf020.htm#HDRSV_CSDB">CellServDB (server version)</A>
- <P><A HREF="auarf154.htm#HDRFS_NEWCELL">fs newcell</A>
- <P><A HREF="auarf200.htm#HDRKLOG">klog</A>
- <P>
- <HR><P ALIGN="center"> <A HREF="../index.htm"><IMG SRC="../books.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Return to Library]"></A> <A HREF="auarf002.htm#ToC"><IMG SRC="../toc.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Contents]"></A> <A HREF="auarf018.htm"><IMG SRC="../prev.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Previous Topic]"></A> <A HREF="#Top_Of_Page"><IMG SRC="../top.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Top of Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf020.htm"><IMG SRC="../next.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Next Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf284.htm#HDRINDEX"><IMG SRC="../index.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Index]"></A> <P> 
- <!-- Begin Footer Records  ========================================== -->
- <P><HR><B> 
- <br>&#169; <A HREF="http://www.ibm.com/">IBM Corporation 2000.</A>  All Rights Reserved 
- </B> 
- <!-- End Footer Records  ============================================ -->
- <A NAME="Bot_Of_Page"></A>
- </BODY></HTML>
--- 0 ----
Index: openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf020.htm
diff -c openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf020.htm:1.1 openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf020.htm:removed
*** openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf020.htm:1.1	Wed Jun  6 14:09:11 2001
--- openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf020.htm	Thu Oct  2 10:12:22 2008
***************
*** 1,91 ****
- <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 4//EN">
- <HTML><HEAD>
- <TITLE>Administration Reference</TITLE>
- <!-- Begin Header Records  ========================================== -->
- <!-- /tmp/idwt3672/auarf000.scr converted by idb2h R4.2 (359) ID      -->
- <!-- Workbench Version (AIX) on 3 Oct 2000 at 16:18:30                -->
- <META HTTP-EQUIV="updated" CONTENT="Tue, 03 Oct 2000 16:18:29">
- <META HTTP-EQUIV="review" CONTENT="Wed, 03 Oct 2001 16:18:29">
- <META HTTP-EQUIV="expires" CONTENT="Thu, 03 Oct 2002 16:18:29">
- </HEAD><BODY>
- <!-- (C) IBM Corporation 2000. All Rights Reserved    --> 
- <BODY bgcolor="ffffff"> 
- <!-- End Header Records  ============================================ -->
- <A NAME="Top_Of_Page"></A>
- <H1>Administration Reference</H1>
- <HR><P ALIGN="center"> <A HREF="../index.htm"><IMG SRC="../books.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Return to Library]"></A> <A HREF="auarf002.htm#ToC"><IMG SRC="../toc.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Contents]"></A> <A HREF="auarf019.htm"><IMG SRC="../prev.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Previous Topic]"></A> <A HREF="#Bot_Of_Page"><IMG SRC="../bot.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Bottom of Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf021.htm"><IMG SRC="../next.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Next Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf284.htm#HDRINDEX"><IMG SRC="../index.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Index]"></A> <P> 
- <P>
- <H2><A NAME="HDRSV_CSDB" HREF="auarf002.htm#ToC_18">CellServDB (server version)</A></H2>
- <P><STRONG>Purpose</STRONG>
- <A NAME="IDX3920"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX3921"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX3922"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX3923"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX3924"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX3925"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX3926"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX3927"></A>
- <P>Lists the local cell's database server machines
- <P><STRONG>Description</STRONG>
- <P>The server version of the <B>CellServDB</B> file lists the local
- cell's database server machines. These machines run the
- Authentication Server, Backup Server, Protection Server, and Volume Location
- (VL) Server (the <B>kaserver</B>, <B>buserver</B>,
- <B>ptserver</B>, and <B>vlserver</B>) processes, which maintain the
- cell's administrative AFS databases. The initial version of the
- file is created with the <B>bos setcellname</B> command during the
- installation of the cell's server machine, which is automatically
- recorded as the cell's first database server machine. When adding
- or removing database server machines, be sure to update this file
- appropriately. It must reside in the <B>/usr/afs/etc</B> directory
- on each AFS server machine.
- <P>The database server processes consult the <B>CellServDB</B> file to
- learn about their peers, with which they must maintain constant connections in
- order to coordinate replication of changes across the multiple copies of each
- database. The other AFS server processes consult the file to learn
- which machines to contact for information from the databases when they need
- it.
- <P>Although the <B>CellServDB</B> file is in ASCII format, do not use a
- text editor to alter it. Instead always use the appropriate commands
- from the <B>bos</B> command suite:
- <UL>
- <P><LI>The <B>bos addhost</B> command to add a machine to the file
- <P><LI>The <B>bos listhosts</B> command to display the list of machines from
- the file
- <P><LI>The <B>bos removehost</B> command to remove a machine from the file
- </UL>
- <P>In cells that run the United States edition of AFS and use the Update
- Server to distribute the contents of the <B>/usr/afs/etc</B> directory, it
- is customary to edit only the copy of the file stored on the system control
- machine. In cells that run the international version of AFS, edit the
- file on each server machine individually. For instructions on adding
- and removing database server machine, see the <I>IBM AFS Quick
- Beginnings</I> chapter on installing additional server machines.
- <P>The server version of the <B>CellServDB</B> file is distinct from the
- client version, which resides in the <B>/usr/vice/etc</B> directory on
- each AFS client machine. The server version lists only the local
- cell's database server machines, whereas the client version lists the
- database server machines in every AFS cell that the cell administrator wants
- the machine's users to be able to access.
- <P><STRONG>Related Information</STRONG>
- <P><A HREF="auarf019.htm#HDRCLI_CSDB">CellServDB (client version)</A>
- <P><A HREF="auarf094.htm#HDRBOS_ADDHOST">bos addhost</A>
- <P><A HREF="auarf106.htm#HDRBOS_LISTHOSTS">bos listhosts</A>
- <P><A HREF="auarf110.htm#HDRBOS_REMOVEHOST">bos removehost</A>
- <P><A HREF="auarf116.htm#HDRBOS_SETCELLNAME">bos setcellname</A>
- <P><A HREF="auarf125.htm#HDRBUSERVER">buserver</A>
- <P><A HREF="auarf198.htm#HDRKASERVER">kaserver</A>
- <P><A HREF="auarf227.htm#HDRPTSERVER">ptserver</A>
- <P><A HREF="auarf249.htm#HDRVLSERVER">vlserver</A>
- <P><A HREF="auarf240.htm#HDRUPCLIENT">upclient</A>
- <P><A HREF="auarf241.htm#HDRUPSERVER">upserver</A>
- <P><I>IBM AFS Quick Beginnings</I>
- <P>
- <HR><P ALIGN="center"> <A HREF="../index.htm"><IMG SRC="../books.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Return to Library]"></A> <A HREF="auarf002.htm#ToC"><IMG SRC="../toc.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Contents]"></A> <A HREF="auarf019.htm"><IMG SRC="../prev.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Previous Topic]"></A> <A HREF="#Top_Of_Page"><IMG SRC="../top.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Top of Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf021.htm"><IMG SRC="../next.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Next Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf284.htm#HDRINDEX"><IMG SRC="../index.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Index]"></A> <P> 
- <!-- Begin Footer Records  ========================================== -->
- <P><HR><B> 
- <br>&#169; <A HREF="http://www.ibm.com/">IBM Corporation 2000.</A>  All Rights Reserved 
- </B> 
- <!-- End Footer Records  ============================================ -->
- <A NAME="Bot_Of_Page"></A>
- </BODY></HTML>
--- 0 ----
Index: openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf021.htm
diff -c openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf021.htm:1.1 openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf021.htm:removed
*** openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf021.htm:1.1	Wed Jun  6 14:09:11 2001
--- openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf021.htm	Thu Oct  2 10:12:22 2008
***************
*** 1,57 ****
- <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 4//EN">
- <HTML><HEAD>
- <TITLE>Administration Reference</TITLE>
- <!-- Begin Header Records  ========================================== -->
- <!-- /tmp/idwt3672/auarf000.scr converted by idb2h R4.2 (359) ID      -->
- <!-- Workbench Version (AIX) on 3 Oct 2000 at 16:18:30                -->
- <META HTTP-EQUIV="updated" CONTENT="Tue, 03 Oct 2000 16:18:29">
- <META HTTP-EQUIV="review" CONTENT="Wed, 03 Oct 2001 16:18:29">
- <META HTTP-EQUIV="expires" CONTENT="Thu, 03 Oct 2002 16:18:29">
- </HEAD><BODY>
- <!-- (C) IBM Corporation 2000. All Rights Reserved    --> 
- <BODY bgcolor="ffffff"> 
- <!-- End Header Records  ============================================ -->
- <A NAME="Top_Of_Page"></A>
- <H1>Administration Reference</H1>
- <HR><P ALIGN="center"> <A HREF="../index.htm"><IMG SRC="../books.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Return to Library]"></A> <A HREF="auarf002.htm#ToC"><IMG SRC="../toc.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Contents]"></A> <A HREF="auarf020.htm"><IMG SRC="../prev.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Previous Topic]"></A> <A HREF="#Bot_Of_Page"><IMG SRC="../bot.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Bottom of Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf022.htm"><IMG SRC="../next.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Next Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf284.htm#HDRINDEX"><IMG SRC="../index.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Index]"></A> <P> 
- <P>
- <H2><A NAME="HDRFILELOG" HREF="auarf002.htm#ToC_19">FileLog</A></H2>
- <P><STRONG>Purpose</STRONG>
- <A NAME="IDX3928"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX3929"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX3930"></A>
- <P>Traces File Server operations
- <P><STRONG>Description</STRONG>
- <P>The <B>FileLog</B> file records a trace of File Server
- (<B>fileserver</B> process) operations on the local machine and describes
- any error conditions it encounters.
- <P>If the <B>FileLog</B> file does not already exist in the
- <B>/usr/afs/logs</B> directory when the File Server starts, the server
- process creates it and writes initial start-up messages to it. If there
- is an existing file, the File Server renames it to
- <B>FileLog.old</B>, overwriting the existing
- <B>FileLog.old</B> file if it exists.
- <P>The file is in ASCII format. Administrators listed in the
- <B>/usr/afs/etc/UserList</B> file can use the <B>bos getlog</B>
- command to display its contents. Alternatively, log onto the file
- server machine and use a text editor or a file display command such as the
- UNIX <B>cat</B> command. By default, the mode bits on the
- <B>FileLog</B> file grant the required <B>r</B> (<B>read</B>)
- permission to all users.
- <P>The File Server records operations only as it completes them, and cannot
- recover from failures by reviewing the file. The log contents are
- useful for administrative evaluation of process failures and other
- problems.
- <P><STRONG>Related Information</STRONG>
- <P><A HREF="auarf035.htm#HDRUSERLIST">UserList</A>
- <P><A HREF="auarf102.htm#HDRBOS_GETLOG">bos getlog</A>
- <P><A HREF="auarf129.htm#HDRFILESERVER">fileserver</A>
- <P>
- <HR><P ALIGN="center"> <A HREF="../index.htm"><IMG SRC="../books.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Return to Library]"></A> <A HREF="auarf002.htm#ToC"><IMG SRC="../toc.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Contents]"></A> <A HREF="auarf020.htm"><IMG SRC="../prev.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Previous Topic]"></A> <A HREF="#Top_Of_Page"><IMG SRC="../top.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Top of Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf022.htm"><IMG SRC="../next.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Next Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf284.htm#HDRINDEX"><IMG SRC="../index.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Index]"></A> <P> 
- <!-- Begin Footer Records  ========================================== -->
- <P><HR><B> 
- <br>&#169; <A HREF="http://www.ibm.com/">IBM Corporation 2000.</A>  All Rights Reserved 
- </B> 
- <!-- End Footer Records  ============================================ -->
- <A NAME="Bot_Of_Page"></A>
- </BODY></HTML>
--- 0 ----
Index: openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf022.htm
diff -c openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf022.htm:1.1 openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf022.htm:removed
*** openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf022.htm:1.1	Wed Jun  6 14:09:11 2001
--- openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf022.htm	Thu Oct  2 10:12:22 2008
***************
*** 1,49 ****
- <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 4//EN">
- <HTML><HEAD>
- <TITLE>Administration Reference</TITLE>
- <!-- Begin Header Records  ========================================== -->
- <!-- /tmp/idwt3672/auarf000.scr converted by idb2h R4.2 (359) ID      -->
- <!-- Workbench Version (AIX) on 3 Oct 2000 at 16:18:30                -->
- <META HTTP-EQUIV="updated" CONTENT="Tue, 03 Oct 2000 16:18:29">
- <META HTTP-EQUIV="review" CONTENT="Wed, 03 Oct 2001 16:18:29">
- <META HTTP-EQUIV="expires" CONTENT="Thu, 03 Oct 2002 16:18:29">
- </HEAD><BODY>
- <!-- (C) IBM Corporation 2000. All Rights Reserved    --> 
- <BODY bgcolor="ffffff"> 
- <!-- End Header Records  ============================================ -->
- <A NAME="Top_Of_Page"></A>
- <H1>Administration Reference</H1>
- <HR><P ALIGN="center"> <A HREF="../index.htm"><IMG SRC="../books.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Return to Library]"></A> <A HREF="auarf002.htm#ToC"><IMG SRC="../toc.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Contents]"></A> <A HREF="auarf021.htm"><IMG SRC="../prev.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Previous Topic]"></A> <A HREF="#Bot_Of_Page"><IMG SRC="../bot.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Bottom of Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf023.htm"><IMG SRC="../next.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Next Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf284.htm#HDRINDEX"><IMG SRC="../index.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Index]"></A> <P> 
- <P>
- <H2><A NAME="HDRFORCESALVAGE" HREF="auarf002.htm#ToC_20">FORCESALVAGE</A></H2>
- <P><STRONG>Purpose</STRONG>
- <A NAME="IDX3931"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX3932"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX3933"></A>
- <P>Forces salvage of entire partition
- <P><STRONG>Description</STRONG>
- <P>The <B>FORCESALVAGE</B> file, if present on an AFS server partition
- (that is, in a <B>/vicep</B> directory), signals that the Salvager must
- salvage the entire partition. The AFS-modified version of the
- <B>fsck</B> program creates the empty (zero-length) file when it discovers
- corruption on the partition. The Salvager removes the file when it
- completes the salvage operation.
- <P>When the File Server detects the presence of the file on a partition on
- which it is attaching volumes, it stops, detaches any volumes that are already
- attached, and exits after recording a message in the
- <B>/usr/afs/logs/FileLog</B> file. The Bos Server then invokes the
- Salvager to salvage the partition.
- <P><STRONG>Related Information</STRONG>
- <P><A HREF="auarf021.htm#HDRFILELOG">FileLog</A>
- <P><A HREF="auarf124.htm#HDRBOSSERVER">bosserver</A>
- <P><A HREF="auarf129.htm#HDRFILESERVER">fileserver</A>
- <P><A HREF="auarf232.htm#HDRSALVAGER">salvager</A>
- <P>
- <HR><P ALIGN="center"> <A HREF="../index.htm"><IMG SRC="../books.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Return to Library]"></A> <A HREF="auarf002.htm#ToC"><IMG SRC="../toc.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Contents]"></A> <A HREF="auarf021.htm"><IMG SRC="../prev.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Previous Topic]"></A> <A HREF="#Top_Of_Page"><IMG SRC="../top.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Top of Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf023.htm"><IMG SRC="../next.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Next Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf284.htm#HDRINDEX"><IMG SRC="../index.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Index]"></A> <P> 
- <!-- Begin Footer Records  ========================================== -->
- <P><HR><B> 
- <br>&#169; <A HREF="http://www.ibm.com/">IBM Corporation 2000.</A>  All Rights Reserved 
- </B> 
- <!-- End Footer Records  ============================================ -->
- <A NAME="Bot_Of_Page"></A>
- </BODY></HTML>
--- 0 ----
Index: openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf023.htm
diff -c openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf023.htm:1.1 openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf023.htm:removed
*** openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf023.htm:1.1	Wed Jun  6 14:09:11 2001
--- openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf023.htm	Thu Oct  2 10:12:22 2008
***************
*** 1,73 ****
- <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 4//EN">
- <HTML><HEAD>
- <TITLE>Administration Reference</TITLE>
- <!-- Begin Header Records  ========================================== -->
- <!-- /tmp/idwt3672/auarf000.scr converted by idb2h R4.2 (359) ID      -->
- <!-- Workbench Version (AIX) on 3 Oct 2000 at 16:18:30                -->
- <META HTTP-EQUIV="updated" CONTENT="Tue, 03 Oct 2000 16:18:29">
- <META HTTP-EQUIV="review" CONTENT="Wed, 03 Oct 2001 16:18:29">
- <META HTTP-EQUIV="expires" CONTENT="Thu, 03 Oct 2002 16:18:29">
- </HEAD><BODY>
- <!-- (C) IBM Corporation 2000. All Rights Reserved    --> 
- <BODY bgcolor="ffffff"> 
- <!-- End Header Records  ============================================ -->
- <A NAME="Top_Of_Page"></A>
- <H1>Administration Reference</H1>
- <HR><P ALIGN="center"> <A HREF="../index.htm"><IMG SRC="../books.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Return to Library]"></A> <A HREF="auarf002.htm#ToC"><IMG SRC="../toc.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Contents]"></A> <A HREF="auarf022.htm"><IMG SRC="../prev.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Previous Topic]"></A> <A HREF="#Bot_Of_Page"><IMG SRC="../bot.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Bottom of Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf024.htm"><IMG SRC="../next.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Next Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf284.htm#HDRINDEX"><IMG SRC="../index.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Index]"></A> <P> 
- <P>
- <H2><A NAME="HDRKEYFILE" HREF="auarf002.htm#ToC_21">KeyFile</A></H2>
- <P><STRONG>Purpose</STRONG>
- <A NAME="IDX3934"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX3935"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX3936"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX3937"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX3938"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX3939"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX3940"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX3941"></A>
- <P>Defines AFS server encryption keys
- <P><STRONG>Description</STRONG>
- <P>The <B>KeyFile</B> file defines the server encryption keys that the AFS
- server processes running on the machine use to decrypt the tickets presented
- by clients during the mutual authentication process. AFS server
- processes perform privileged actions only for clients that possess a ticket
- encrypted with one of the keys from the file. The file must reside in
- the <B>/usr/afs/etc</B> directory on every server machine. For more
- detailed information on mutual authentication and server encryption keys, see
- the <I>IBM AFS Administration Guide</I>.
- <P>Each key has a corresponding a key version number that distinguishes it
- from the other keys. The tickets that clients present are also marked
- with a key version number to tell the server process which key to use to
- decrypt it. The <B>KeyFile</B> file must always include a key with
- the same key version number and contents as the key currently listed for the
- <B>afs</B> entry in the Authentication Database.
- <P>The <B>KeyFile</B> file is in binary format, so always use the
- appropriate commands from the <B>bos</B> command suite to administer
- it:
- <UL>
- <P><LI>The <B>bos addkey</B> command to define a new key
- <P><LI>The <B>bos listkeys</B> command to display the keys
- <P><LI>The <B>bos removekey</B> command to remove a key from the file
- </UL>
- <P>In cells that run the United States edition of AFS and use the Update
- Server to distribute the contents of the <B>/usr/afs/etc</B> directory, it
- is customary to edit only the copy of the file stored on the system control
- machine. In cells that run the international version of AFS, edit the
- file on each server machine individually.
- <P><STRONG>Related Information</STRONG>
- <P><A HREF="auarf095.htm#HDRBOS_ADDKEY">bos addkey</A>
- <P><A HREF="auarf107.htm#HDRBOS_LISTKEYS">bos listkeys</A>
- <P><A HREF="auarf111.htm#HDRBOS_REMOVEKEY">bos removekey</A>
- <P><A HREF="auarf194.htm#HDRKAS_SETPASSWORD">kas setpassword</A>
- <P><A HREF="auarf240.htm#HDRUPCLIENT">upclient</A>
- <P><A HREF="auarf241.htm#HDRUPSERVER">upserver</A>
- <P><I>IBM AFS Administration Guide</I>
- <P>
- <HR><P ALIGN="center"> <A HREF="../index.htm"><IMG SRC="../books.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Return to Library]"></A> <A HREF="auarf002.htm#ToC"><IMG SRC="../toc.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Contents]"></A> <A HREF="auarf022.htm"><IMG SRC="../prev.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Previous Topic]"></A> <A HREF="#Top_Of_Page"><IMG SRC="../top.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Top of Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf024.htm"><IMG SRC="../next.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Next Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf284.htm#HDRINDEX"><IMG SRC="../index.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Index]"></A> <P> 
- <!-- Begin Footer Records  ========================================== -->
- <P><HR><B> 
- <br>&#169; <A HREF="http://www.ibm.com/">IBM Corporation 2000.</A>  All Rights Reserved 
- </B> 
- <!-- End Footer Records  ============================================ -->
- <A NAME="Bot_Of_Page"></A>
- </BODY></HTML>
--- 0 ----
Index: openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf024.htm
diff -c openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf024.htm:1.1 openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf024.htm:removed
*** openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf024.htm:1.1	Wed Jun  6 14:09:11 2001
--- openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf024.htm	Thu Oct  2 10:12:22 2008
***************
*** 1,70 ****
- <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 4//EN">
- <HTML><HEAD>
- <TITLE>Administration Reference</TITLE>
- <!-- Begin Header Records  ========================================== -->
- <!-- /tmp/idwt3672/auarf000.scr converted by idb2h R4.2 (359) ID      -->
- <!-- Workbench Version (AIX) on 3 Oct 2000 at 16:18:30                -->
- <META HTTP-EQUIV="updated" CONTENT="Tue, 03 Oct 2000 16:18:29">
- <META HTTP-EQUIV="review" CONTENT="Wed, 03 Oct 2001 16:18:29">
- <META HTTP-EQUIV="expires" CONTENT="Thu, 03 Oct 2002 16:18:29">
- </HEAD><BODY>
- <!-- (C) IBM Corporation 2000. All Rights Reserved    --> 
- <BODY bgcolor="ffffff"> 
- <!-- End Header Records  ============================================ -->
- <A NAME="Top_Of_Page"></A>
- <H1>Administration Reference</H1>
- <HR><P ALIGN="center"> <A HREF="../index.htm"><IMG SRC="../books.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Return to Library]"></A> <A HREF="auarf002.htm#ToC"><IMG SRC="../toc.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Contents]"></A> <A HREF="auarf023.htm"><IMG SRC="../prev.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Previous Topic]"></A> <A HREF="#Bot_Of_Page"><IMG SRC="../bot.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Bottom of Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf025.htm"><IMG SRC="../next.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Next Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf284.htm#HDRINDEX"><IMG SRC="../index.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Index]"></A> <P> 
- <P>
- <H2><A NAME="HDRCLI_NETINFO" HREF="auarf002.htm#ToC_22">NetInfo (client version)</A></H2>
- <P><STRONG>Purpose</STRONG>
- <A NAME="IDX3942"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX3943"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX3944"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX3945"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX3946"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX3947"></A>
- <P>Defines client machine interfaces to register with the File Server
- <P><STRONG>Description</STRONG>
- <P>The <B>NetInfo</B> file lists the IP addresses of one or more of the
- local machine's network interfaces. If it exists in the
- <B>/usr/vice/etc</B> directory when the Cache Manager initializes, the
- Cache Manager uses its contents as the basis for a list of local
- interfaces. Otherwise, the Cache Manager uses the list of interfaces
- configured with the operating system. It then removes from the list any
- addresses that appear in the <B>/usr/vice/etc/NetRestrict</B> file, if it
- exists. The Cache Manager records the resulting list in kernel
- memory. The first time it establishes a connection to a File Server, it
- registers the list with the File Server.
- <P>The File Server uses the addresses when it initiates a remote procedure
- call (RPC) to the Cache Manager (as opposed to responding to an RPC sent by
- the Cache Manager). There are two common circumstances in which the
- File Server initiates RPCs: when it breaks callbacks and when it pings
- the client machine to verify that the Cache Manager is still
- accessible.
- <P>The <B>NetInfo</B> file is in ASCII format. One of the
- machine's IP addresses appears on each line, in dotted decimal
- format. The File Server initially uses the address that appears first
- in the list. The order of the remaining addresses is not
- significant: if an RPC to the first interface fails, the File Server
- simultaneously sends RPCs to all of the other interfaces in the list.
- Whichever interface replies first is the one to which the File Server then
- sends pings and RPCs to break callbacks.
- <P>To prohibit the Cache Manager absolutely from using one or more addresses,
- list them in the <B>NetRestrict</B> file. To display the addresses
- the Cache Manager is currently registering with File Servers, use the <B>fs
- getclientaddrs</B> command. To replace the current list of interfaces
- with a new one between reboots of the client machine, use the <B>fs
- setclientaddrs</B> command.
- <P><STRONG>Related Information</STRONG>
- <P><A HREF="auarf026.htm#HDRCLI_NETRESTRICT">NetRestrict (client version)</A>
- <P><A HREF="auarf145.htm#HDRFS_GETCLIENTADDRS">fs getclientaddrs</A>
- <P><A HREF="auarf160.htm#HDRFS_SETCLIENTADDRS">fs setclientaddrs</A>
- <P>
- <HR><P ALIGN="center"> <A HREF="../index.htm"><IMG SRC="../books.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Return to Library]"></A> <A HREF="auarf002.htm#ToC"><IMG SRC="../toc.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Contents]"></A> <A HREF="auarf023.htm"><IMG SRC="../prev.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Previous Topic]"></A> <A HREF="#Top_Of_Page"><IMG SRC="../top.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Top of Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf025.htm"><IMG SRC="../next.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Next Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf284.htm#HDRINDEX"><IMG SRC="../index.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Index]"></A> <P> 
- <!-- Begin Footer Records  ========================================== -->
- <P><HR><B> 
- <br>&#169; <A HREF="http://www.ibm.com/">IBM Corporation 2000.</A>  All Rights Reserved 
- </B> 
- <!-- End Footer Records  ============================================ -->
- <A NAME="Bot_Of_Page"></A>
- </BODY></HTML>
--- 0 ----
Index: openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf025.htm
diff -c openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf025.htm:1.1 openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf025.htm:removed
*** openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf025.htm:1.1	Wed Jun  6 14:09:11 2001
--- openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf025.htm	Thu Oct  2 10:12:22 2008
***************
*** 1,67 ****
- <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 4//EN">
- <HTML><HEAD>
- <TITLE>Administration Reference</TITLE>
- <!-- Begin Header Records  ========================================== -->
- <!-- /tmp/idwt3672/auarf000.scr converted by idb2h R4.2 (359) ID      -->
- <!-- Workbench Version (AIX) on 3 Oct 2000 at 16:18:30                -->
- <META HTTP-EQUIV="updated" CONTENT="Tue, 03 Oct 2000 16:18:29">
- <META HTTP-EQUIV="review" CONTENT="Wed, 03 Oct 2001 16:18:29">
- <META HTTP-EQUIV="expires" CONTENT="Thu, 03 Oct 2002 16:18:29">
- </HEAD><BODY>
- <!-- (C) IBM Corporation 2000. All Rights Reserved    --> 
- <BODY bgcolor="ffffff"> 
- <!-- End Header Records  ============================================ -->
- <A NAME="Top_Of_Page"></A>
- <H1>Administration Reference</H1>
- <HR><P ALIGN="center"> <A HREF="../index.htm"><IMG SRC="../books.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Return to Library]"></A> <A HREF="auarf002.htm#ToC"><IMG SRC="../toc.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Contents]"></A> <A HREF="auarf024.htm"><IMG SRC="../prev.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Previous Topic]"></A> <A HREF="#Bot_Of_Page"><IMG SRC="../bot.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Bottom of Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf026.htm"><IMG SRC="../next.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Next Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf284.htm#HDRINDEX"><IMG SRC="../index.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Index]"></A> <P> 
- <P>
- <H2><A NAME="HDRSV_NETINFO" HREF="auarf002.htm#ToC_23">NetInfo (server version)</A></H2>
- <P><STRONG>Purpose</STRONG>
- <A NAME="IDX3948"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX3949"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX3950"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX3951"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX3952"></A>
- <P>Defines interfaces that File Server registers in VLDB and Ubik uses for
- database server machines
- <P><STRONG>Description</STRONG>
- <P>The <B>NetInfo</B> file, if present in the <B>/usr/afs/local</B>
- directory, defines the following:
- <UL>
- <P><LI>On a file server machine, the local interfaces that the File Server
- (<B>fileserver</B> process) can register in the Volume Location Database
- (VLDB) at initialization time
- <P><LI>On a database server machine, the local interfaces that the Ubik database
- synchronization library uses when communicating with the database server
- processes running on other database server machines
- </UL>
- <P>If the <B>NetInfo</B> file exists when the File Server initializes, the
- File Server uses its contents as the basis for a list of interfaces to
- register in the VLDB. Otherwise, it uses the list of network interfaces
- configured with the operating system. It then removes from the list any
- addresses that appear in the <B>/usr/vice/etc/NetRestrict</B> file, if it
- exists. The File Server records the resulting list in the
- <B>/usr/afs/local/sysid</B> file and registers the interfaces in the
- VLDB. The database server processes use a similar procedure when
- initializing, to determine which interfaces to use for communication with the
- peer processes on other database machines in the cell.
- <P>The <B>NetInfo</B> file is in ASCII format. One of the
- machine's IP addresses appears on each line, in dotted decimal
- format. The order of the addresses is not significant.
- <P>To display the File Server interface addresses registered in the VLDB, use
- the <B>vos listaddrs</B> command.
- <P><STRONG>Related Information</STRONG>
- <P><A HREF="auarf027.htm#HDRSV_NETRESTRICT">NetRestrict (server version)</A>
- <P><A HREF="auarf049.htm#HDRSYSID">sysid</A>
- <P><A HREF="auarf051.htm#HDRVLDBDB">vldb.DB0 and vldb.DBSYS1</A>
- <P><A HREF="auarf129.htm#HDRFILESERVER">fileserver</A>
- <P><A HREF="auarf263.htm#HDRVOS_LISTADDRS">vos listaddrs</A>
- <P>
- <HR><P ALIGN="center"> <A HREF="../index.htm"><IMG SRC="../books.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Return to Library]"></A> <A HREF="auarf002.htm#ToC"><IMG SRC="../toc.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Contents]"></A> <A HREF="auarf024.htm"><IMG SRC="../prev.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Previous Topic]"></A> <A HREF="#Top_Of_Page"><IMG SRC="../top.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Top of Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf026.htm"><IMG SRC="../next.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Next Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf284.htm#HDRINDEX"><IMG SRC="../index.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Index]"></A> <P> 
- <!-- Begin Footer Records  ========================================== -->
- <P><HR><B> 
- <br>&#169; <A HREF="http://www.ibm.com/">IBM Corporation 2000.</A>  All Rights Reserved 
- </B> 
- <!-- End Footer Records  ============================================ -->
- <A NAME="Bot_Of_Page"></A>
- </BODY></HTML>
--- 0 ----
Index: openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf026.htm
diff -c openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf026.htm:1.1 openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf026.htm:removed
*** openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf026.htm:1.1	Wed Jun  6 14:09:11 2001
--- openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf026.htm	Thu Oct  2 10:12:22 2008
***************
*** 1,60 ****
- <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 4//EN">
- <HTML><HEAD>
- <TITLE>Administration Reference</TITLE>
- <!-- Begin Header Records  ========================================== -->
- <!-- /tmp/idwt3672/auarf000.scr converted by idb2h R4.2 (359) ID      -->
- <!-- Workbench Version (AIX) on 3 Oct 2000 at 16:18:30                -->
- <META HTTP-EQUIV="updated" CONTENT="Tue, 03 Oct 2000 16:18:29">
- <META HTTP-EQUIV="review" CONTENT="Wed, 03 Oct 2001 16:18:29">
- <META HTTP-EQUIV="expires" CONTENT="Thu, 03 Oct 2002 16:18:29">
- </HEAD><BODY>
- <!-- (C) IBM Corporation 2000. All Rights Reserved    --> 
- <BODY bgcolor="ffffff"> 
- <!-- End Header Records  ============================================ -->
- <A NAME="Top_Of_Page"></A>
- <H1>Administration Reference</H1>
- <HR><P ALIGN="center"> <A HREF="../index.htm"><IMG SRC="../books.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Return to Library]"></A> <A HREF="auarf002.htm#ToC"><IMG SRC="../toc.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Contents]"></A> <A HREF="auarf025.htm"><IMG SRC="../prev.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Previous Topic]"></A> <A HREF="#Bot_Of_Page"><IMG SRC="../bot.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Bottom of Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf027.htm"><IMG SRC="../next.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Next Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf284.htm#HDRINDEX"><IMG SRC="../index.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Index]"></A> <P> 
- <P>
- <H2><A NAME="HDRCLI_NETRESTRICT" HREF="auarf002.htm#ToC_24">NetRestrict (client version)</A></H2>
- <P><STRONG>Purpose</STRONG>
- <A NAME="IDX3953"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX3954"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX3955"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX3956"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX3957"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX3958"></A>
- <P>Defines client interfaces not to register with the File Server
- <P><STRONG>Description</STRONG>
- <P>The <B>NetRestrict</B> file, if present in a client machine's
- <B>/usr/vice/etc</B> directory, defines the IP addresses of the interfaces
- that the local Cache Manager does not register with a File Server when first
- establishing a connection to it. For an explanation of how the File
- Server uses the registered interfaces, see the reference page for the client
- version of the <B>NetInfo</B> file.
- <P>As it initializes, the Cache Manager constructs a list of interfaces to
- register, from the <B>/usr/vice/etc/NetInfo</B> file if it exists, or from
- the list of interfaces configured with the operating system otherwise.
- The Cache Manager then removes from the list any addresses that appear in the
- <B>NetRestrict</B> file, if it exists. The Cache Manager records
- the resulting list in kernel memory.
- <P>The <B>NetRestrict</B> file is in ASCII format. One IP address
- appears on each line, in dotted decimal format. The order of the
- addresses is not significant. The value <B>255</B> is a wildcard
- that represents all possible addresses in that field. For example, the
- value <B>192.12.105.255</B> indicates that the Cache
- Manager does not register any of the addresses in the
- <B>192.12.105</B> subnet.
- <P>To display the addresses the Cache Manager is currently registering with
- File Servers, use the <B>fs getclientaddrs</B> command.
- <P><STRONG>Related Information</STRONG>
- <P><A HREF="auarf024.htm#HDRCLI_NETINFO">NetInfo (client version)</A>
- <P><A HREF="auarf145.htm#HDRFS_GETCLIENTADDRS">fs getclientaddrs</A>
- <P>
- <HR><P ALIGN="center"> <A HREF="../index.htm"><IMG SRC="../books.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Return to Library]"></A> <A HREF="auarf002.htm#ToC"><IMG SRC="../toc.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Contents]"></A> <A HREF="auarf025.htm"><IMG SRC="../prev.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Previous Topic]"></A> <A HREF="#Top_Of_Page"><IMG SRC="../top.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Top of Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf027.htm"><IMG SRC="../next.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Next Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf284.htm#HDRINDEX"><IMG SRC="../index.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Index]"></A> <P> 
- <!-- Begin Footer Records  ========================================== -->
- <P><HR><B> 
- <br>&#169; <A HREF="http://www.ibm.com/">IBM Corporation 2000.</A>  All Rights Reserved 
- </B> 
- <!-- End Footer Records  ============================================ -->
- <A NAME="Bot_Of_Page"></A>
- </BODY></HTML>
--- 0 ----
Index: openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf027.htm
diff -c openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf027.htm:1.1 openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf027.htm:removed
*** openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf027.htm:1.1	Wed Jun  6 14:09:11 2001
--- openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf027.htm	Thu Oct  2 10:12:22 2008
***************
*** 1,71 ****
- <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 4//EN">
- <HTML><HEAD>
- <TITLE>Administration Reference</TITLE>
- <!-- Begin Header Records  ========================================== -->
- <!-- /tmp/idwt3672/auarf000.scr converted by idb2h R4.2 (359) ID      -->
- <!-- Workbench Version (AIX) on 3 Oct 2000 at 16:18:30                -->
- <META HTTP-EQUIV="updated" CONTENT="Tue, 03 Oct 2000 16:18:29">
- <META HTTP-EQUIV="review" CONTENT="Wed, 03 Oct 2001 16:18:29">
- <META HTTP-EQUIV="expires" CONTENT="Thu, 03 Oct 2002 16:18:29">
- </HEAD><BODY>
- <!-- (C) IBM Corporation 2000. All Rights Reserved    --> 
- <BODY bgcolor="ffffff"> 
- <!-- End Header Records  ============================================ -->
- <A NAME="Top_Of_Page"></A>
- <H1>Administration Reference</H1>
- <HR><P ALIGN="center"> <A HREF="../index.htm"><IMG SRC="../books.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Return to Library]"></A> <A HREF="auarf002.htm#ToC"><IMG SRC="../toc.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Contents]"></A> <A HREF="auarf026.htm"><IMG SRC="../prev.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Previous Topic]"></A> <A HREF="#Bot_Of_Page"><IMG SRC="../bot.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Bottom of Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf028.htm"><IMG SRC="../next.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Next Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf284.htm#HDRINDEX"><IMG SRC="../index.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Index]"></A> <P> 
- <P>
- <H2><A NAME="HDRSV_NETRESTRICT" HREF="auarf002.htm#ToC_25">NetRestrict (server version)</A></H2>
- <P><STRONG>Purpose</STRONG>
- <A NAME="IDX3959"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX3960"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX3961"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX3962"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX3963"></A>
- <P>Defines interfaces that File Server does not register in VLDB and Ubik does
- not use for database server machines
- <P><STRONG>Description</STRONG>
- <P>The <B>NetRestrict</B> file, if present in the
- <B>/usr/afs/local</B> directory, defines the following:
- <UL>
- <P><LI>On a file server machine, the local interfaces that the File Server
- (<B>fileserver</B> process) does not register in the Volume Location
- Database (VLDB) at initialization time
- <P><LI>On a database server machine, the local interfaces that the Ubik
- synchronization library does not use when communicating with the database
- server processes running on other database server machines
- </UL>
- <P>As it initializes, the File Server constructs a list of interfaces to
- register, from the <B>/usr/afs/local/NetInfo</B> file if it exists, or
- from the list of interfaces configured with the operating system
- otherwise. The File Server then removes from the list any addresses
- that appear in the <B>NetRestrict</B> file, if it exists. The File
- Server records the resulting list in the <B>/usr/afs/local/sysid</B> file
- and registers the interfaces in the VLDB. The database server processes
- use a similar procedure when initializing, to determine which interfaces to
- use for communication with the peer processes on other database machines in
- the cell.
- <P>The <B>NetRestrict</B> file is in ASCII format. One IP address
- appears on each line, in dotted decimal format. The order of the
- addresses is not significant. The value <B>255</B> is a wildcard
- that represents all possible addresses in that field. For example, the
- value <B>192.12.105.255</B> indicates that the Cache
- Manager does not register any of the addresses in the
- <B>192.12.105</B> subnet.
- <P>To display the File Server interface addresses registered in the VLDB, use
- the <B>vos listaddrs</B> command.
- <P><STRONG>Related Information</STRONG>
- <P><A HREF="auarf025.htm#HDRSV_NETINFO">NetInfo (server version)</A>
- <P><A HREF="auarf049.htm#HDRSYSID">sysid</A>
- <P><A HREF="auarf051.htm#HDRVLDBDB">vldb.DB0 and vldb.DBSYS1</A>
- <P><A HREF="auarf129.htm#HDRFILESERVER">fileserver</A>
- <P><A HREF="auarf263.htm#HDRVOS_LISTADDRS">vos listaddrs</A>
- <P>
- <HR><P ALIGN="center"> <A HREF="../index.htm"><IMG SRC="../books.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Return to Library]"></A> <A HREF="auarf002.htm#ToC"><IMG SRC="../toc.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Contents]"></A> <A HREF="auarf026.htm"><IMG SRC="../prev.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Previous Topic]"></A> <A HREF="#Top_Of_Page"><IMG SRC="../top.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Top of Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf028.htm"><IMG SRC="../next.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Next Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf284.htm#HDRINDEX"><IMG SRC="../index.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Index]"></A> <P> 
- <!-- Begin Footer Records  ========================================== -->
- <P><HR><B> 
- <br>&#169; <A HREF="http://www.ibm.com/">IBM Corporation 2000.</A>  All Rights Reserved 
- </B> 
- <!-- End Footer Records  ============================================ -->
- <A NAME="Bot_Of_Page"></A>
- </BODY></HTML>
--- 0 ----
Index: openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf028.htm
diff -c openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf028.htm:1.1 openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf028.htm:removed
*** openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf028.htm:1.1	Wed Jun  6 14:09:11 2001
--- openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf028.htm	Thu Oct  2 10:12:22 2008
***************
*** 1,67 ****
- <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 4//EN">
- <HTML><HEAD>
- <TITLE>Administration Reference</TITLE>
- <!-- Begin Header Records  ========================================== -->
- <!-- /tmp/idwt3672/auarf000.scr converted by idb2h R4.2 (359) ID      -->
- <!-- Workbench Version (AIX) on 3 Oct 2000 at 16:18:30                -->
- <META HTTP-EQUIV="updated" CONTENT="Tue, 03 Oct 2000 16:18:29">
- <META HTTP-EQUIV="review" CONTENT="Wed, 03 Oct 2001 16:18:29">
- <META HTTP-EQUIV="expires" CONTENT="Thu, 03 Oct 2002 16:18:29">
- </HEAD><BODY>
- <!-- (C) IBM Corporation 2000. All Rights Reserved    --> 
- <BODY bgcolor="ffffff"> 
- <!-- End Header Records  ============================================ -->
- <A NAME="Top_Of_Page"></A>
- <H1>Administration Reference</H1>
- <HR><P ALIGN="center"> <A HREF="../index.htm"><IMG SRC="../books.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Return to Library]"></A> <A HREF="auarf002.htm#ToC"><IMG SRC="../toc.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Contents]"></A> <A HREF="auarf027.htm"><IMG SRC="../prev.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Previous Topic]"></A> <A HREF="#Bot_Of_Page"><IMG SRC="../bot.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Bottom of Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf029.htm"><IMG SRC="../next.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Next Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf284.htm#HDRINDEX"><IMG SRC="../index.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Index]"></A> <P> 
- <P>
- <H2><A NAME="HDRNOAUTH" HREF="auarf002.htm#ToC_26">NoAuth</A></H2>
- <P><STRONG>Purpose</STRONG>
- <A NAME="IDX3964"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX3965"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX3966"></A>
- <P>Disables authorization checking
- <P><STRONG>Description</STRONG>
- <P>The <B>NoAuth</B> file, if present in a server machine's
- <B>/usr/afs/local</B> directory, indicates to the AFS server processes
- running on the machine that it is not necessary to perform authorization
- checking. They perform any action for any user who logs into the
- machine's local file system or issues a remote command that affects the
- machine's AFS server functioning, such as commands from the AFS command
- suites. Because failure to check authorization exposes the
- machine's AFS server functionality to attack, there are normally only two
- circumstances in which the file is present:
- <UL>
- <P><LI>During installation of the machine, as instructed in the <I>IBM AFS
- Quick Beginnings</I>
- <P><LI>During correction of a server encryption key emergency, as discussed in
- the <I>IBM AFS Administration Guide</I>
- </UL>
- <P>In all other circumstances, the absence of the file means that the AFS
- server processes perform authorization checking, verifying that the issuer of
- a command has the required privilege.
- <P>Create the file in one of the following ways:
- <UL>
- <P><LI>By issuing the <B>bosserver</B> initialization command with the
- <B>-noauth</B> flag, if the Basic OverSeer (BOS) Server is not already
- running
- <P><LI>By issuing the <B>bos setauth</B> command with <B>off</B> as the
- value for the <B>-authrequired</B> argument, if the BOS Server is already
- running
- </UL>
- <P>To remove the file, issue the <B>bos setauth</B> command with
- <B>on</B> as the value for the <B>-authrequired</B> argument.
- <P>The file's contents, if any, are ignored; an empty (zero-length)
- file is effective.
- <P><STRONG>Related Information</STRONG>
- <P><A HREF="auarf115.htm#HDRBOS_SETAUTH">bos setauth</A>
- <P><A HREF="auarf124.htm#HDRBOSSERVER">bosserver</A>
- <P>
- <HR><P ALIGN="center"> <A HREF="../index.htm"><IMG SRC="../books.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Return to Library]"></A> <A HREF="auarf002.htm#ToC"><IMG SRC="../toc.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Contents]"></A> <A HREF="auarf027.htm"><IMG SRC="../prev.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Previous Topic]"></A> <A HREF="#Top_Of_Page"><IMG SRC="../top.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Top of Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf029.htm"><IMG SRC="../next.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Next Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf284.htm#HDRINDEX"><IMG SRC="../index.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Index]"></A> <P> 
- <!-- Begin Footer Records  ========================================== -->
- <P><HR><B> 
- <br>&#169; <A HREF="http://www.ibm.com/">IBM Corporation 2000.</A>  All Rights Reserved 
- </B> 
- <!-- End Footer Records  ============================================ -->
- <A NAME="Bot_Of_Page"></A>
- </BODY></HTML>
--- 0 ----
Index: openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf029.htm
diff -c openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf029.htm:1.1 openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf029.htm:removed
*** openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf029.htm:1.1	Wed Jun  6 14:09:11 2001
--- openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf029.htm	Thu Oct  2 10:12:22 2008
***************
*** 1,58 ****
- <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 4//EN">
- <HTML><HEAD>
- <TITLE>Administration Reference</TITLE>
- <!-- Begin Header Records  ========================================== -->
- <!-- /tmp/idwt3672/auarf000.scr converted by idb2h R4.2 (359) ID      -->
- <!-- Workbench Version (AIX) on 3 Oct 2000 at 16:18:30                -->
- <META HTTP-EQUIV="updated" CONTENT="Tue, 03 Oct 2000 16:18:29">
- <META HTTP-EQUIV="review" CONTENT="Wed, 03 Oct 2001 16:18:29">
- <META HTTP-EQUIV="expires" CONTENT="Thu, 03 Oct 2002 16:18:29">
- </HEAD><BODY>
- <!-- (C) IBM Corporation 2000. All Rights Reserved    --> 
- <BODY bgcolor="ffffff"> 
- <!-- End Header Records  ============================================ -->
- <A NAME="Top_Of_Page"></A>
- <H1>Administration Reference</H1>
- <HR><P ALIGN="center"> <A HREF="../index.htm"><IMG SRC="../books.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Return to Library]"></A> <A HREF="auarf002.htm#ToC"><IMG SRC="../toc.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Contents]"></A> <A HREF="auarf028.htm"><IMG SRC="../prev.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Previous Topic]"></A> <A HREF="#Bot_Of_Page"><IMG SRC="../bot.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Bottom of Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf030.htm"><IMG SRC="../next.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Next Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf284.htm#HDRINDEX"><IMG SRC="../index.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Index]"></A> <P> 
- <P>
- <H2><A NAME="HDRSALVAGEFS" HREF="auarf002.htm#ToC_27">SALVAGE.fs</A></H2>
- <P><STRONG>Purpose</STRONG>
- <A NAME="IDX3967"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX3968"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX3969"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX3970"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX3971"></A>
- <P>Triggers salvaging of AFS server partitions
- <P><STRONG>Description</STRONG>
- <P>The <B>SALVAGE.fs</B> file, if present in a file server
- machine's <B>/usr/afs/local</B> directory, indicates to the Basic
- OverSeer (BOS) Server (<B>bosserver</B> process) that it must invoke the
- Salvager (<B>salvager</B> process) during recovery from a failure of the
- File Server (<B>fileserver</B> process).
- <P>The BOS Server creates the zero-length file each time it starts or restarts
- the <B>fs</B> process. When the File Server exits normally (for
- example, in response to the <B>bos shutdown</B> or <B>bos stop</B>
- command), the BOS Server removes the file. However, if the File Server
- exits unexpectedly, the file remains in the <B>/usr/afs/local</B>
- directory as a signal that the BOS Server must invoke the Salvager process to
- repair any file system inconsistencies possibly introduced during the failure,
- before restarting the File Server and Volume Server processes.
- <P>Do not create or remove this file. To invoke the Salvager process
- directly, use the <B>bos salvage</B> command or log onto the file server
- machine as the local superuser <B>root</B> and issue the
- <B>salvager</B> command.
- <P><STRONG>Related Information</STRONG>
- <P><A HREF="auarf114.htm#HDRBOS_SALVAGE">bos salvage</A>
- <P><A HREF="auarf124.htm#HDRBOSSERVER">bosserver</A>
- <P><A HREF="auarf129.htm#HDRFILESERVER">fileserver</A>
- <P><A HREF="auarf232.htm#HDRSALVAGER">salvager</A>
- <P><A HREF="auarf251.htm#HDRVOLSERVER">volserver</A>
- <P>
- <HR><P ALIGN="center"> <A HREF="../index.htm"><IMG SRC="../books.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Return to Library]"></A> <A HREF="auarf002.htm#ToC"><IMG SRC="../toc.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Contents]"></A> <A HREF="auarf028.htm"><IMG SRC="../prev.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Previous Topic]"></A> <A HREF="#Top_Of_Page"><IMG SRC="../top.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Top of Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf030.htm"><IMG SRC="../next.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Next Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf284.htm#HDRINDEX"><IMG SRC="../index.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Index]"></A> <P> 
- <!-- Begin Footer Records  ========================================== -->
- <P><HR><B> 
- <br>&#169; <A HREF="http://www.ibm.com/">IBM Corporation 2000.</A>  All Rights Reserved 
- </B> 
- <!-- End Footer Records  ============================================ -->
- <A NAME="Bot_Of_Page"></A>
- </BODY></HTML>
--- 0 ----
Index: openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf030.htm
diff -c openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf030.htm:1.1 openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf030.htm:removed
*** openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf030.htm:1.1	Wed Jun  6 14:09:11 2001
--- openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf030.htm	Thu Oct  2 10:12:22 2008
***************
*** 1,57 ****
- <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 4//EN">
- <HTML><HEAD>
- <TITLE>Administration Reference</TITLE>
- <!-- Begin Header Records  ========================================== -->
- <!-- /tmp/idwt3672/auarf000.scr converted by idb2h R4.2 (359) ID      -->
- <!-- Workbench Version (AIX) on 3 Oct 2000 at 16:18:30                -->
- <META HTTP-EQUIV="updated" CONTENT="Tue, 03 Oct 2000 16:18:29">
- <META HTTP-EQUIV="review" CONTENT="Wed, 03 Oct 2001 16:18:29">
- <META HTTP-EQUIV="expires" CONTENT="Thu, 03 Oct 2002 16:18:29">
- </HEAD><BODY>
- <!-- (C) IBM Corporation 2000. All Rights Reserved    --> 
- <BODY bgcolor="ffffff"> 
- <!-- End Header Records  ============================================ -->
- <A NAME="Top_Of_Page"></A>
- <H1>Administration Reference</H1>
- <HR><P ALIGN="center"> <A HREF="../index.htm"><IMG SRC="../books.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Return to Library]"></A> <A HREF="auarf002.htm#ToC"><IMG SRC="../toc.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Contents]"></A> <A HREF="auarf029.htm"><IMG SRC="../prev.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Previous Topic]"></A> <A HREF="#Bot_Of_Page"><IMG SRC="../bot.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Bottom of Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf031.htm"><IMG SRC="../next.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Next Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf284.htm#HDRINDEX"><IMG SRC="../index.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Index]"></A> <P> 
- <P>
- <H2><A NAME="HDRSALVAGELOG" HREF="auarf002.htm#ToC_28">SalvageLog</A></H2>
- <P><STRONG>Purpose</STRONG>
- <A NAME="IDX3972"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX3973"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX3974"></A>
- <P>Traces Salvager operations
- <P><STRONG>Description</STRONG>
- <P>The <B>SalvageLog</B> file records a trace of Salvager
- (<B>salvager</B> process) operations on the local machine and describes
- any error conditions it encounters.
- <P>If the <B>SalvageLog</B> file does not already exist in the
- <B>/usr/afs/logs</B> directory when the Salvager starts, the process
- creates it and writes initial start-up messages to it. If there is an
- existing file, the Salvager renames is to <B>SalvageLog.old</B>,
- overwriting the existing <B>SalvageLog.old</B> file if it
- exists.
- <P>The file is in ASCII format. Administrators listed in the
- <B>/usr/afs/etc/UserList</B> file can use the <B>bos getlog</B>
- command to display its contents. Alternatively, log onto the file
- server machine and use a text editor or a file display command such as the
- UNIX <B>cat</B> command. By default, the mode bits on the
- <B>SalvageLog</B> file grant the required <B>r</B> (<B>read</B>)
- permission to all users.
- <P>The Salvager records operations only as it completes them, and cannot
- recover from failures by reviewing the file. The log contents are
- useful for administrative evaluation of process failures and other
- problems.
- <P><STRONG>Related Information</STRONG>
- <P><A HREF="auarf035.htm#HDRUSERLIST">UserList</A>
- <P><A HREF="auarf102.htm#HDRBOS_GETLOG">bos getlog</A>
- <P><A HREF="auarf232.htm#HDRSALVAGER">salvager</A>
- <P>
- <HR><P ALIGN="center"> <A HREF="../index.htm"><IMG SRC="../books.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Return to Library]"></A> <A HREF="auarf002.htm#ToC"><IMG SRC="../toc.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Contents]"></A> <A HREF="auarf029.htm"><IMG SRC="../prev.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Previous Topic]"></A> <A HREF="#Top_Of_Page"><IMG SRC="../top.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Top of Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf031.htm"><IMG SRC="../next.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Next Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf284.htm#HDRINDEX"><IMG SRC="../index.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Index]"></A> <P> 
- <!-- Begin Footer Records  ========================================== -->
- <P><HR><B> 
- <br>&#169; <A HREF="http://www.ibm.com/">IBM Corporation 2000.</A>  All Rights Reserved 
- </B> 
- <!-- End Footer Records  ============================================ -->
- <A NAME="Bot_Of_Page"></A>
- </BODY></HTML>
--- 0 ----
Index: openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf031.htm
diff -c openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf031.htm:1.1 openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf031.htm:removed
*** openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf031.htm:1.1	Wed Jun  6 14:09:11 2001
--- openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf031.htm	Thu Oct  2 10:12:22 2008
***************
*** 1,59 ****
- <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 4//EN">
- <HTML><HEAD>
- <TITLE>Administration Reference</TITLE>
- <!-- Begin Header Records  ========================================== -->
- <!-- /tmp/idwt3672/auarf000.scr converted by idb2h R4.2 (359) ID      -->
- <!-- Workbench Version (AIX) on 3 Oct 2000 at 16:18:30                -->
- <META HTTP-EQUIV="updated" CONTENT="Tue, 03 Oct 2000 16:18:29">
- <META HTTP-EQUIV="review" CONTENT="Wed, 03 Oct 2001 16:18:29">
- <META HTTP-EQUIV="expires" CONTENT="Thu, 03 Oct 2002 16:18:29">
- </HEAD><BODY>
- <!-- (C) IBM Corporation 2000. All Rights Reserved    --> 
- <BODY bgcolor="ffffff"> 
- <!-- End Header Records  ============================================ -->
- <A NAME="Top_Of_Page"></A>
- <H1>Administration Reference</H1>
- <HR><P ALIGN="center"> <A HREF="../index.htm"><IMG SRC="../books.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Return to Library]"></A> <A HREF="auarf002.htm#ToC"><IMG SRC="../toc.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Contents]"></A> <A HREF="auarf030.htm"><IMG SRC="../prev.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Previous Topic]"></A> <A HREF="#Bot_Of_Page"><IMG SRC="../bot.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Bottom of Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf032.htm"><IMG SRC="../next.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Next Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf284.htm#HDRINDEX"><IMG SRC="../index.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Index]"></A> <P> 
- <P>
- <H2><A NAME="HDRTE" HREF="auarf002.htm#ToC_29">TE_<I>device_name</I></A></H2>
- <P><STRONG>Purpose</STRONG>
- <P>Logs error messages from the Tape Coordinator process
- <P><STRONG>Description</STRONG>
- <P>The <B>TE_</B><VAR>device_name</VAR> file logs error messages generated
- by the Backup System Tape Coordinator (<B>butc</B> process) that controls
- the tape device or backup data file indicated by <VAR>device_name</VAR>.
- <P>As the Tape Coordinator initializes, it creates the file in ASCII format in
- the <B>/usr/afs/backup</B> directory. If there is an existing file,
- the Tape Coordinator renames it to
- <B>TE_</B><VAR>device_name</VAR><B>.old</B>, overwriting the
- existing <B>TE_</B><VAR>device_name</VAR><B>.old</B> file if it
- exists.
- <P>For a tape device, the Tape Coordinator derives the variable
- <VAR>device_name</VAR> portion of the filename from the device pathname listed
- in the local <B>/usr/afs/backup/tapeconfig</B> file, by stripping off the
- initial <B>/dev/</B> string and replacing any other slashes in the name
- with underscores. For example, the filename for a device called
- <B>/dev/rmt/4m</B> is <B>TE_rmt_4m</B>. Similarly, for a backup
- data file the Tape Coordinator strips off the initial slash (/) and replaces
- any other slashes in the name with underscores. For example, the
- filename for a backup data file called <B>/var/tmp/FILE</B> is
- <B>TE_var_tmp_FILE</B>.
- <P>The messages in the file describe the error and warning conditions the Tape
- Coordinator encounters as it operates. For instance, a message can list
- the volumes that are inaccessible during a dump operation, or warn that the
- Tape Coordinator is overwriting a tape or backup data file. The
- messages also appear in the <B>/usr/afs/backup/TL_</B><VAR>device_name</VAR>
- file, which traces most of the Tape Coordinator's actions.
- <P><STRONG>Related Information</STRONG>
- <P><A HREF="auarf034.htm#HDRTL">TL_<I>device_name</I></A>
- <P><A HREF="auarf050.htm#HDRTAPECONFIG">tapeconfig</A>
- <P><A HREF="auarf126.htm#HDRBUTC">butc</A>
- <P>
- <HR><P ALIGN="center"> <A HREF="../index.htm"><IMG SRC="../books.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Return to Library]"></A> <A HREF="auarf002.htm#ToC"><IMG SRC="../toc.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Contents]"></A> <A HREF="auarf030.htm"><IMG SRC="../prev.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Previous Topic]"></A> <A HREF="#Top_Of_Page"><IMG SRC="../top.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Top of Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf032.htm"><IMG SRC="../next.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Next Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf284.htm#HDRINDEX"><IMG SRC="../index.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Index]"></A> <P> 
- <!-- Begin Footer Records  ========================================== -->
- <P><HR><B> 
- <br>&#169; <A HREF="http://www.ibm.com/">IBM Corporation 2000.</A>  All Rights Reserved 
- </B> 
- <!-- End Footer Records  ============================================ -->
- <A NAME="Bot_Of_Page"></A>
- </BODY></HTML>
--- 0 ----
Index: openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf032.htm
diff -c openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf032.htm:1.1 openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf032.htm:removed
*** openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf032.htm:1.1	Wed Jun  6 14:09:11 2001
--- openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf032.htm	Thu Oct  2 10:12:22 2008
***************
*** 1,79 ****
- <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 4//EN">
- <HTML><HEAD>
- <TITLE>Administration Reference</TITLE>
- <!-- Begin Header Records  ========================================== -->
- <!-- /tmp/idwt3672/auarf000.scr converted by idb2h R4.2 (359) ID      -->
- <!-- Workbench Version (AIX) on 3 Oct 2000 at 16:18:30                -->
- <META HTTP-EQUIV="updated" CONTENT="Tue, 03 Oct 2000 16:18:29">
- <META HTTP-EQUIV="review" CONTENT="Wed, 03 Oct 2001 16:18:29">
- <META HTTP-EQUIV="expires" CONTENT="Thu, 03 Oct 2002 16:18:29">
- </HEAD><BODY>
- <!-- (C) IBM Corporation 2000. All Rights Reserved    --> 
- <BODY bgcolor="ffffff"> 
- <!-- End Header Records  ============================================ -->
- <A NAME="Top_Of_Page"></A>
- <H1>Administration Reference</H1>
- <HR><P ALIGN="center"> <A HREF="../index.htm"><IMG SRC="../books.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Return to Library]"></A> <A HREF="auarf002.htm#ToC"><IMG SRC="../toc.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Contents]"></A> <A HREF="auarf031.htm"><IMG SRC="../prev.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Previous Topic]"></A> <A HREF="#Bot_Of_Page"><IMG SRC="../bot.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Bottom of Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf033.htm"><IMG SRC="../next.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Next Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf284.htm#HDRINDEX"><IMG SRC="../index.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Index]"></A> <P> 
- <P>
- <H2><A NAME="HDRCLI_THISCELL" HREF="auarf002.htm#ToC_30">ThisCell (client version)</A></H2>
- <P><STRONG>Purpose</STRONG>
- <A NAME="IDX3975"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX3976"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX3977"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX3978"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX3979"></A>
- <P>Defines client machine's cell membership
- <P><STRONG>Description</STRONG>
- <P>The client version of the <B>ThisCell</B> file defines the complete
- Internet domain-style name (for example, <B>abc.com</B>) of the
- cell to which the local client machine belongs. It must reside in the
- <B>/usr/vice/etc</B> directory on every AFS client machine. To
- change a client machine's cell membership, edit the file and reboot the
- machine.
- <P>The file is in ASCII format and contains a character string on a single
- line. The <I>IBM AFS Quick Beginnings</I> instructs the
- administrator to create it during the installation of each client
- machine.
- <P>The client machine's cell membership determines three defaults
- important to its functioning:
- <UL>
- <P><LI>The cell in which the machine's users authenticate by default.
- The effect is two-fold: 
- <UL>
- <P><LI>The AFS-modified login utilities and the <B>klog</B> command
- interpreter contact an Authentication Server in the cell named in the
- <B>ThisCell</B> file (unless <B>-cell</B> argument to the
- <B>klog</B> command specifies an alternate cell).
- <P><LI>The command interpreters combine the cell name with the password that the
- user provides, generating an encryption key from the combination. For
- authentication to succeed, both the cell name and password must match the ones
- used to generate the user's encryption key stored in the Authentication
- Database.
- </UL>
- <P><LI>The cell the Cache Manager considers its local, or home, cell. By
- default, the Cache Manager allows programs that reside in its home cell to run
- with setuid permission, but not programs from foreign cells. For more
- details, see the <B>fs getcellstatus</B> and <B>fs setcell</B>
- reference pages.
- <P><LI>Which AFS server processes the local AFS command interpreters contact by
- default as they execute commands issued on the machine.
- </UL>
- <P>The client version of the <B>ThisCell</B> file is distinct from the
- server version, which resides in the <B>/usr/afs/etc</B> directory on each
- AFS server machine. If a server machine also runs as a client, it is
- acceptable for the server and client versions of the file on the same machine
- to name different cells. However, the behavior that results from this
- configuration can be more confusing than useful.
- <P><STRONG>Related Information</STRONG>
- <P><A HREF="auarf033.htm#HDRSV_THISCELL">ThisCell (server version)</A>
- <P><A HREF="auarf144.htm#HDRFS_GETCELLSTATUS">fs getcellstatus</A>
- <P><A HREF="auarf159.htm#HDRFS_SETCELL">fs setcell</A>
- <P>
- <HR><P ALIGN="center"> <A HREF="../index.htm"><IMG SRC="../books.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Return to Library]"></A> <A HREF="auarf002.htm#ToC"><IMG SRC="../toc.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Contents]"></A> <A HREF="auarf031.htm"><IMG SRC="../prev.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Previous Topic]"></A> <A HREF="#Top_Of_Page"><IMG SRC="../top.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Top of Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf033.htm"><IMG SRC="../next.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Next Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf284.htm#HDRINDEX"><IMG SRC="../index.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Index]"></A> <P> 
- <!-- Begin Footer Records  ========================================== -->
- <P><HR><B> 
- <br>&#169; <A HREF="http://www.ibm.com/">IBM Corporation 2000.</A>  All Rights Reserved 
- </B> 
- <!-- End Footer Records  ============================================ -->
- <A NAME="Bot_Of_Page"></A>
- </BODY></HTML>
--- 0 ----
Index: openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf033.htm
diff -c openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf033.htm:1.1 openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf033.htm:removed
*** openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf033.htm:1.1	Wed Jun  6 14:09:11 2001
--- openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf033.htm	Thu Oct  2 10:12:22 2008
***************
*** 1,61 ****
- <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 4//EN">
- <HTML><HEAD>
- <TITLE>Administration Reference</TITLE>
- <!-- Begin Header Records  ========================================== -->
- <!-- /tmp/idwt3672/auarf000.scr converted by idb2h R4.2 (359) ID      -->
- <!-- Workbench Version (AIX) on 3 Oct 2000 at 16:18:30                -->
- <META HTTP-EQUIV="updated" CONTENT="Tue, 03 Oct 2000 16:18:29">
- <META HTTP-EQUIV="review" CONTENT="Wed, 03 Oct 2001 16:18:29">
- <META HTTP-EQUIV="expires" CONTENT="Thu, 03 Oct 2002 16:18:29">
- </HEAD><BODY>
- <!-- (C) IBM Corporation 2000. All Rights Reserved    --> 
- <BODY bgcolor="ffffff"> 
- <!-- End Header Records  ============================================ -->
- <A NAME="Top_Of_Page"></A>
- <H1>Administration Reference</H1>
- <HR><P ALIGN="center"> <A HREF="../index.htm"><IMG SRC="../books.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Return to Library]"></A> <A HREF="auarf002.htm#ToC"><IMG SRC="../toc.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Contents]"></A> <A HREF="auarf032.htm"><IMG SRC="../prev.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Previous Topic]"></A> <A HREF="#Bot_Of_Page"><IMG SRC="../bot.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Bottom of Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf034.htm"><IMG SRC="../next.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Next Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf284.htm#HDRINDEX"><IMG SRC="../index.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Index]"></A> <P> 
- <P>
- <H2><A NAME="HDRSV_THISCELL" HREF="auarf002.htm#ToC_31">ThisCell (server version)</A></H2>
- <P><STRONG>Purpose</STRONG>
- <A NAME="IDX3980"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX3981"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX3982"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX3983"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX3984"></A>
- <P>Defines server machine's cell membership
- <P><STRONG>Description</STRONG>
- <P>The server version of the <B>ThisCell</B> file defines the complete
- Internet domain-style name (for example, <B>abc.com</B>) of the
- cell to which the server machine belongs. It must reside in the
- <B>/usr/afs/etc</B> directory on every AFS server machine.
- <P>The file is in ASCII format and contains a character string on a single
- line. The initial version of the file is created with the <B>bos
- setcellname</B> command during the installation of the cell's first
- file server machine, and the <I>IBM AFS Quick Beginnings</I> includes
- instructions for copying it over to additional server machine during their
- installation.
- <P>The only reason to edit the file is as part of changing the cell's
- name, which is strongly discouraged because of the large number of
- configuration changes involved. In particular, changing the cell name
- requires rebuilding the entire Authentication Database, because the
- Authentication Server combines the cell name it finds in this file with each
- user and server password and converts the combination into an encryption key
- before recording it in the Database.
- <P>The server version of the <B>ThisCell</B> file is distinct from the
- client version, which resides in the <B>/usr/vice/etc</B> directory on
- each AFS client machine. If a server machine also runs as a client, it
- is acceptable for the server and client versions of the file on the same
- machine to name different cells. However, the behavior that results
- from this configuration can be more confusing than useful.
- <P><STRONG>Related Information</STRONG>
- <P><A HREF="auarf032.htm#HDRCLI_THISCELL">ThisCell (client version)</A>
- <P><A HREF="auarf116.htm#HDRBOS_SETCELLNAME">bos setcellname</A>
- <P>
- <HR><P ALIGN="center"> <A HREF="../index.htm"><IMG SRC="../books.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Return to Library]"></A> <A HREF="auarf002.htm#ToC"><IMG SRC="../toc.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Contents]"></A> <A HREF="auarf032.htm"><IMG SRC="../prev.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Previous Topic]"></A> <A HREF="#Top_Of_Page"><IMG SRC="../top.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Top of Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf034.htm"><IMG SRC="../next.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Next Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf284.htm#HDRINDEX"><IMG SRC="../index.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Index]"></A> <P> 
- <!-- Begin Footer Records  ========================================== -->
- <P><HR><B> 
- <br>&#169; <A HREF="http://www.ibm.com/">IBM Corporation 2000.</A>  All Rights Reserved 
- </B> 
- <!-- End Footer Records  ============================================ -->
- <A NAME="Bot_Of_Page"></A>
- </BODY></HTML>
--- 0 ----
Index: openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf034.htm
diff -c openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf034.htm:1.1 openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf034.htm:removed
*** openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf034.htm:1.1	Wed Jun  6 14:09:11 2001
--- openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf034.htm	Thu Oct  2 10:12:22 2008
***************
*** 1,55 ****
- <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 4//EN">
- <HTML><HEAD>
- <TITLE>Administration Reference</TITLE>
- <!-- Begin Header Records  ========================================== -->
- <!-- /tmp/idwt3672/auarf000.scr converted by idb2h R4.2 (359) ID      -->
- <!-- Workbench Version (AIX) on 3 Oct 2000 at 16:18:30                -->
- <META HTTP-EQUIV="updated" CONTENT="Tue, 03 Oct 2000 16:18:29">
- <META HTTP-EQUIV="review" CONTENT="Wed, 03 Oct 2001 16:18:29">
- <META HTTP-EQUIV="expires" CONTENT="Thu, 03 Oct 2002 16:18:29">
- </HEAD><BODY>
- <!-- (C) IBM Corporation 2000. All Rights Reserved    --> 
- <BODY bgcolor="ffffff"> 
- <!-- End Header Records  ============================================ -->
- <A NAME="Top_Of_Page"></A>
- <H1>Administration Reference</H1>
- <HR><P ALIGN="center"> <A HREF="../index.htm"><IMG SRC="../books.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Return to Library]"></A> <A HREF="auarf002.htm#ToC"><IMG SRC="../toc.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Contents]"></A> <A HREF="auarf033.htm"><IMG SRC="../prev.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Previous Topic]"></A> <A HREF="#Bot_Of_Page"><IMG SRC="../bot.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Bottom of Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf035.htm"><IMG SRC="../next.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Next Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf284.htm#HDRINDEX"><IMG SRC="../index.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Index]"></A> <P> 
- <P>
- <H2><A NAME="HDRTL" HREF="auarf002.htm#ToC_32">TL_<I>device_name</I></A></H2>
- <P><STRONG>Purpose</STRONG>
- <P>Traces Tape Coordinator operations and logs errors
- <P><STRONG>Description</STRONG>
- <P>The <B>TL_</B><VAR>device_name</VAR> file logs the actions performed by
- the Backup System Tape Coordinator (<B>butc</B> process) that controls the
- tape device or backup data file indicated by <VAR>device_name</VAR>. It
- also records the same error and warning messages written to the
- <B>TE_</B><VAR>device_name</VAR> file.
- <P>As the Tape Coordinator initializes, it creates the file in ASCII format in
- the <B>/usr/afs/backup</B> directory. If there is an existing file,
- the Tape Coordinator renames it to
- <B>TL_</B><VAR>device_name</VAR><B>.old</B>, overwriting the
- existing <B>TL_</B><VAR>device_name</VAR><B>.old</B> file if it
- exists.
- <P>For a tape device, the Tape Coordinator derives the variable
- <VAR>device_name</VAR> portion of the filename from the device pathname listed
- in the local <B>/usr/afs/backup/tapeconfig</B> file, by stripping off the
- initial <B>/dev/</B> string and replacing any other slashes in the name
- with underscores. For example, the filename for a device called
- <B>/dev/rmt/4m</B> is <B>TL_rmt_4m</B>. Similarly, for a backup
- data file the Tape Coordinator strips off the initial slash (/) and replaces
- any other slashes in the name with underscores. For example, the
- filename for a backup data file called <B>/var/tmp/FILE</B> is
- <B>TL_var_tmp_FILE</B>.
- <P><STRONG>Related Information</STRONG>
- <P><A HREF="auarf031.htm#HDRTE">TE_<I>device_name</I></A>
- <P><A HREF="auarf050.htm#HDRTAPECONFIG">tapeconfig</A>
- <P><A HREF="auarf126.htm#HDRBUTC">butc</A>
- <P>
- <HR><P ALIGN="center"> <A HREF="../index.htm"><IMG SRC="../books.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Return to Library]"></A> <A HREF="auarf002.htm#ToC"><IMG SRC="../toc.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Contents]"></A> <A HREF="auarf033.htm"><IMG SRC="../prev.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Previous Topic]"></A> <A HREF="#Top_Of_Page"><IMG SRC="../top.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Top of Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf035.htm"><IMG SRC="../next.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Next Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf284.htm#HDRINDEX"><IMG SRC="../index.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Index]"></A> <P> 
- <!-- Begin Footer Records  ========================================== -->
- <P><HR><B> 
- <br>&#169; <A HREF="http://www.ibm.com/">IBM Corporation 2000.</A>  All Rights Reserved 
- </B> 
- <!-- End Footer Records  ============================================ -->
- <A NAME="Bot_Of_Page"></A>
- </BODY></HTML>
--- 0 ----
Index: openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf035.htm
diff -c openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf035.htm:1.1 openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf035.htm:removed
*** openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf035.htm:1.1	Wed Jun  6 14:09:11 2001
--- openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf035.htm	Thu Oct  2 10:12:22 2008
***************
*** 1,59 ****
- <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 4//EN">
- <HTML><HEAD>
- <TITLE>Administration Reference</TITLE>
- <!-- Begin Header Records  ========================================== -->
- <!-- /tmp/idwt3672/auarf000.scr converted by idb2h R4.2 (359) ID      -->
- <!-- Workbench Version (AIX) on 3 Oct 2000 at 16:18:30                -->
- <META HTTP-EQUIV="updated" CONTENT="Tue, 03 Oct 2000 16:18:29">
- <META HTTP-EQUIV="review" CONTENT="Wed, 03 Oct 2001 16:18:29">
- <META HTTP-EQUIV="expires" CONTENT="Thu, 03 Oct 2002 16:18:29">
- </HEAD><BODY>
- <!-- (C) IBM Corporation 2000. All Rights Reserved    --> 
- <BODY bgcolor="ffffff"> 
- <!-- End Header Records  ============================================ -->
- <A NAME="Top_Of_Page"></A>
- <H1>Administration Reference</H1>
- <HR><P ALIGN="center"> <A HREF="../index.htm"><IMG SRC="../books.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Return to Library]"></A> <A HREF="auarf002.htm#ToC"><IMG SRC="../toc.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Contents]"></A> <A HREF="auarf034.htm"><IMG SRC="../prev.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Previous Topic]"></A> <A HREF="#Bot_Of_Page"><IMG SRC="../bot.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Bottom of Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf036.htm"><IMG SRC="../next.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Next Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf284.htm#HDRINDEX"><IMG SRC="../index.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Index]"></A> <P> 
- <P>
- <H2><A NAME="HDRUSERLIST" HREF="auarf002.htm#ToC_33">UserList</A></H2>
- <P><STRONG>Purpose</STRONG>
- <A NAME="IDX3985"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX3986"></A>
- <P>Defines privileged administrators
- <P><STRONG>Description</STRONG>
- <P>The <B>UserList</B> file lists the AFS usernames of the system
- administrators authorized to issue privileged <B>bos</B>, <B>vos</B>,
- and <B>backup</B> commands that affect the local server machine or the
- volumes housed on it. It must reside in the <B>/usr/afs/etc</B>
- directory on every server machine.
- <P>Although the <B>UserList</B> file is in ASCII format, do not use a text
- editor to alter it. Instead always use the appropriate commands from
- the <B>bos</B> command suite: 
- <UL>
- <P><LI>The <B>bos adduser</B> command to add a user to the file
- <P><LI>The <B>bos listusers</B> command to display the contents of the file
- <P><LI>The <B>bos removeuser</B> command to remove a user from the file
- </UL>
- <P>Although it is theoretically possible to list different administrators in
- the <B>UserList</B> files on different server machines, doing so can cause
- unanticipated authorization failures and is not recommended. In cells
- that run the United States edition of AFS and use the Update Server to
- distribute the contents of the <B>/usr/afs/etc</B> directory, it is
- customary to edit only the copy of the file stored on the system control
- machine. In cells that run the international version of AFS, edit the
- file on each server machine individually.
- <P><STRONG>Related Information</STRONG>
- <P><A HREF="auarf096.htm#HDRBOS_ADDUSER">bos adduser</A>
- <P><A HREF="auarf108.htm#HDRBOS_LISTUSERS">bos listusers</A>
- <P><A HREF="auarf112.htm#HDRBOS_REMOVEUSER">bos removeuser</A>
- <P><A HREF="auarf240.htm#HDRUPCLIENT">upclient</A>
- <P><A HREF="auarf241.htm#HDRUPSERVER">upserver</A>
- <P>
- <HR><P ALIGN="center"> <A HREF="../index.htm"><IMG SRC="../books.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Return to Library]"></A> <A HREF="auarf002.htm#ToC"><IMG SRC="../toc.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Contents]"></A> <A HREF="auarf034.htm"><IMG SRC="../prev.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Previous Topic]"></A> <A HREF="#Top_Of_Page"><IMG SRC="../top.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Top of Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf036.htm"><IMG SRC="../next.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Next Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf284.htm#HDRINDEX"><IMG SRC="../index.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Index]"></A> <P> 
- <!-- Begin Footer Records  ========================================== -->
- <P><HR><B> 
- <br>&#169; <A HREF="http://www.ibm.com/">IBM Corporation 2000.</A>  All Rights Reserved 
- </B> 
- <!-- End Footer Records  ============================================ -->
- <A NAME="Bot_Of_Page"></A>
- </BODY></HTML>
--- 0 ----
Index: openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf036.htm
diff -c openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf036.htm:1.1 openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf036.htm:removed
*** openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf036.htm:1.1	Wed Jun  6 14:09:11 2001
--- openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf036.htm	Thu Oct  2 10:12:22 2008
***************
*** 1,94 ****
- <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 4//EN">
- <HTML><HEAD>
- <TITLE>Administration Reference</TITLE>
- <!-- Begin Header Records  ========================================== -->
- <!-- /tmp/idwt3672/auarf000.scr converted by idb2h R4.2 (359) ID      -->
- <!-- Workbench Version (AIX) on 3 Oct 2000 at 16:18:30                -->
- <META HTTP-EQUIV="updated" CONTENT="Tue, 03 Oct 2000 16:18:29">
- <META HTTP-EQUIV="review" CONTENT="Wed, 03 Oct 2001 16:18:29">
- <META HTTP-EQUIV="expires" CONTENT="Thu, 03 Oct 2002 16:18:29">
- </HEAD><BODY>
- <!-- (C) IBM Corporation 2000. All Rights Reserved    --> 
- <BODY bgcolor="ffffff"> 
- <!-- End Header Records  ============================================ -->
- <A NAME="Top_Of_Page"></A>
- <H1>Administration Reference</H1>
- <HR><P ALIGN="center"> <A HREF="../index.htm"><IMG SRC="../books.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Return to Library]"></A> <A HREF="auarf002.htm#ToC"><IMG SRC="../toc.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Contents]"></A> <A HREF="auarf035.htm"><IMG SRC="../prev.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Previous Topic]"></A> <A HREF="#Bot_Of_Page"><IMG SRC="../bot.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Bottom of Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf037.htm"><IMG SRC="../next.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Next Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf284.htm#HDRINDEX"><IMG SRC="../index.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Index]"></A> <P> 
- <P>
- <H2><A NAME="HDRVN" HREF="auarf002.htm#ToC_34">V<I>n</I></A></H2>
- <P><STRONG>Purpose</STRONG>
- <A NAME="IDX3987"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX3988"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX3989"></A>
- <P>Houses a chunk of AFS data in the disk cache
- <P><STRONG>Description</STRONG>
- <P>A <B>V</B><VAR>n</VAR> file can store a chunk of cached AFS data on a
- client machine that is using a disk cache. As the Cache Manager
- initializes, it verifies that the local disk cache directory houses a number
- of <B>V</B><VAR>n</VAR> files equal to the largest of the following:
- <UL>
- <P><LI>100
- <P><LI>One and a half times the result of dividing the cache size by the chunk
- size (cachesize/chunksize * 1.5)
- <P><LI>The result of dividing the cache size by 10 MB (10,240)
- </UL>
- <P>The Cache Manager determines the cache size from the <B>-blocks</B>
- argument to the <B>afsd</B> command, or if the argument is not included,
- from the third field of the <B>/usr/vice/etc/cacheinfo</B> file.
- The default chunk size is 64 KB; use the <B>-chunksize</B> argument
- to the <B>afsd</B> command to override it. To override the default
- number of chunks resulting from the calculation, include the <B>-files</B>
- argument to the <B>afsd</B> command. The <B>afsd</B> reference
- page describes the restrictions on acceptable values for each of the
- arguments.
- <P>If the disk cache directory houses fewer <B>V</B><VAR>n</VAR> files than
- necessary, the Cache Manager creates new ones, assigning each a unique integer
- <VAR>n</VAR> that distinguishes it from the other files; the integers start
- with 1 and increment by one for each <B>V</B><VAR>n</VAR> file
- created. The Cache Manager removes files if there are more than
- necessary. The Cache Manager also adds and removes
- <B>V</B><VAR>n</VAR> files in response to the <B>fs setcachesize</B>
- command, which can be used to alter the cache size between reboots.
- <P>The standard disk cache directory name is <B>/usr/vice/cache</B>, but
- it is acceptable to use a directory on a partition with more available
- space. To designate a different directory, change the value in the
- second field of the <B>/usr/vice/etc/cacheinfo</B> file before issuing the
- <B>afsd</B> command, or include the <B>-cachedir</B> argument to the
- <B>afsd</B> command.
- <P><B>V</B><VAR>n</VAR> files expand and contract to accommodate the size of
- the AFS directory listing or file they temporarily house. As mentioned,
- by default each <B>V</B><VAR>n</VAR> file holds up to 64 KB (65,536 bytes)
- of a cached AFS element. AFS elements larger than 64 KB are divided
- among multiple <B>V</B><VAR>n</VAR> files. If an element is smaller
- than 64 KB, the <B>V</B><VAR>n</VAR> file expands only to the required
- size. A <B>V</B><VAR>n</VAR> file accommodates only a single element,
- so if there many small cached elements, it is possible to exhaust the
- available <B>V</B><VAR>n</VAR> files without reaching the maximum cache
- size.
- <P><STRONG>Cautions</STRONG>
- <P>Editing or removing a <B>V</B><VAR>n</VAR> file can cause a kernel
- panic. To alter cache size (and thus the number of
- <B>V</B><VAR>n</VAR> files) between reboots, use the <B>fs
- setcachesize</B> command. Alternatively, alter the value of the
- <B>-blocks</B>, <B>-files</B> or <B>-chunksize</B> arguments to
- the <B>afsd</B> command invoked in the machine's AFS initialization
- file, and reboot. To refresh the contents of one or more
- <B>V</B><VAR>n</VAR> files, use the <B>fs flush</B> or <B>fs
- flushvolume</B> command. If a <B>V</B><VAR>n</VAR> file is
- accidentally modified or deleted, rebooting the machine usually restores
- normal performance.
- <P><STRONG>Related Information</STRONG>
- <P><A HREF="auarf043.htm#HDRCACHEINFO">cacheinfo</A>
- <P><A HREF="auarf058.htm#HDRAFSD">afsd</A>
- <P><A HREF="auarf140.htm#HDRFS_FLUSH">fs flush</A>
- <P><A HREF="auarf142.htm#HDRFS_FLUSHVOLUME">fs flushvolume</A>
- <P><A HREF="auarf158.htm#HDRFS_SETCACHESIZE">fs setcachesize</A>
- <P>
- <HR><P ALIGN="center"> <A HREF="../index.htm"><IMG SRC="../books.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Return to Library]"></A> <A HREF="auarf002.htm#ToC"><IMG SRC="../toc.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Contents]"></A> <A HREF="auarf035.htm"><IMG SRC="../prev.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Previous Topic]"></A> <A HREF="#Top_Of_Page"><IMG SRC="../top.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Top of Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf037.htm"><IMG SRC="../next.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Next Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf284.htm#HDRINDEX"><IMG SRC="../index.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Index]"></A> <P> 
- <!-- Begin Footer Records  ========================================== -->
- <P><HR><B> 
- <br>&#169; <A HREF="http://www.ibm.com/">IBM Corporation 2000.</A>  All Rights Reserved 
- </B> 
- <!-- End Footer Records  ============================================ -->
- <A NAME="Bot_Of_Page"></A>
- </BODY></HTML>
--- 0 ----
Index: openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf037.htm
diff -c openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf037.htm:1.1 openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf037.htm:removed
*** openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf037.htm:1.1	Wed Jun  6 14:09:11 2001
--- openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf037.htm	Thu Oct  2 10:12:22 2008
***************
*** 1,46 ****
- <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 4//EN">
- <HTML><HEAD>
- <TITLE>Administration Reference</TITLE>
- <!-- Begin Header Records  ========================================== -->
- <!-- /tmp/idwt3672/auarf000.scr converted by idb2h R4.2 (359) ID      -->
- <!-- Workbench Version (AIX) on 3 Oct 2000 at 16:18:30                -->
- <META HTTP-EQUIV="updated" CONTENT="Tue, 03 Oct 2000 16:18:29">
- <META HTTP-EQUIV="review" CONTENT="Wed, 03 Oct 2001 16:18:29">
- <META HTTP-EQUIV="expires" CONTENT="Thu, 03 Oct 2002 16:18:29">
- </HEAD><BODY>
- <!-- (C) IBM Corporation 2000. All Rights Reserved    --> 
- <BODY bgcolor="ffffff"> 
- <!-- End Header Records  ============================================ -->
- <A NAME="Top_Of_Page"></A>
- <H1>Administration Reference</H1>
- <HR><P ALIGN="center"> <A HREF="../index.htm"><IMG SRC="../books.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Return to Library]"></A> <A HREF="auarf002.htm#ToC"><IMG SRC="../toc.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Contents]"></A> <A HREF="auarf036.htm"><IMG SRC="../prev.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Previous Topic]"></A> <A HREF="#Bot_Of_Page"><IMG SRC="../bot.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Bottom of Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf038.htm"><IMG SRC="../next.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Next Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf284.htm#HDRINDEX"><IMG SRC="../index.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Index]"></A> <P> 
- <P>
- <H2><A NAME="HDRVVOLID" HREF="auarf002.htm#ToC_35">V<I>vol_ID</I>.vol</A></H2>
- <P><STRONG>Purpose</STRONG>
- <A NAME="IDX3990"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX3991"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX3992"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX3993"></A>
- <P>Represents an AFS volume
- <P><STRONG>Description</STRONG>
- <P>The <B>V</B><VAR>vol_ID</VAR><B>.vol</B> file is the header
- file for the AFS volume with volume ID <VAR>vol_ID</VAR>. There is one
- such file for each volume stored on an AFS server (<B>/vicep</B>)
- partition. The header file stores information that includes the
- volume's name, ID number, type (read/write, read-only, or backup), size
- and status (online, offline, or busy). To display information from the
- header file, use the <B>vos listvol</B> or <B>vos examine</B>
- command.
- <P>The header file points to, but does not contain, the actual data in the
- volume. It is not possible to access the AFS data except by mounting
- the volume in the AFS filespace and reading its contents through the Cache
- Manager.
- <P>
- <HR><P ALIGN="center"> <A HREF="../index.htm"><IMG SRC="../books.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Return to Library]"></A> <A HREF="auarf002.htm#ToC"><IMG SRC="../toc.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Contents]"></A> <A HREF="auarf036.htm"><IMG SRC="../prev.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Previous Topic]"></A> <A HREF="#Top_Of_Page"><IMG SRC="../top.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Top of Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf038.htm"><IMG SRC="../next.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Next Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf284.htm#HDRINDEX"><IMG SRC="../index.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Index]"></A> <P> 
- <!-- Begin Footer Records  ========================================== -->
- <P><HR><B> 
- <br>&#169; <A HREF="http://www.ibm.com/">IBM Corporation 2000.</A>  All Rights Reserved 
- </B> 
- <!-- End Footer Records  ============================================ -->
- <A NAME="Bot_Of_Page"></A>
- </BODY></HTML>
--- 0 ----
Index: openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf038.htm
diff -c openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf038.htm:1.1 openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf038.htm:removed
*** openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf038.htm:1.1	Wed Jun  6 14:09:11 2001
--- openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf038.htm	Thu Oct  2 10:12:22 2008
***************
*** 1,75 ****
- <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 4//EN">
- <HTML><HEAD>
- <TITLE>Administration Reference</TITLE>
- <!-- Begin Header Records  ========================================== -->
- <!-- /tmp/idwt3672/auarf000.scr converted by idb2h R4.2 (359) ID      -->
- <!-- Workbench Version (AIX) on 3 Oct 2000 at 16:18:30                -->
- <META HTTP-EQUIV="updated" CONTENT="Tue, 03 Oct 2000 16:18:29">
- <META HTTP-EQUIV="review" CONTENT="Wed, 03 Oct 2001 16:18:29">
- <META HTTP-EQUIV="expires" CONTENT="Thu, 03 Oct 2002 16:18:29">
- </HEAD><BODY>
- <!-- (C) IBM Corporation 2000. All Rights Reserved    --> 
- <BODY bgcolor="ffffff"> 
- <!-- End Header Records  ============================================ -->
- <A NAME="Top_Of_Page"></A>
- <H1>Administration Reference</H1>
- <HR><P ALIGN="center"> <A HREF="../index.htm"><IMG SRC="../books.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Return to Library]"></A> <A HREF="auarf002.htm#ToC"><IMG SRC="../toc.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Contents]"></A> <A HREF="auarf037.htm"><IMG SRC="../prev.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Previous Topic]"></A> <A HREF="#Bot_Of_Page"><IMG SRC="../bot.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Bottom of Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf039.htm"><IMG SRC="../next.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Next Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf284.htm#HDRINDEX"><IMG SRC="../index.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Index]"></A> <P> 
- <P>
- <H2><A NAME="HDRVLLOG" HREF="auarf002.htm#ToC_36">VLLog</A></H2>
- <P><STRONG>Purpose</STRONG>
- <A NAME="IDX3994"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX3995"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX3996"></A>
- <P>Traces Volume Location Server operations
- <P><STRONG>Description</STRONG>
- <P>The <B>VLLog</B> file records a trace of Volume Location (VL) Server
- (<B>vlserver</B> process) operations on the local machine and describes
- any error conditions it encounters.
- <P>If the <B>VLLog</B> file does not already exist in the
- <B>/usr/afs/logs</B> directory when the VL Server starts, the server
- process creates it and writes initial start-up messages to it. If there
- is an existing file, the VL Server renames it to <B>VLLog.old</B>,
- overwriting the existing <B>VLLog.old</B> file if it exists.
- <P>The file is in ASCII format. Administrators listed in the
- <B>/usr/afs/etc/UserList</B> file can use the <B>bos getlog</B>
- command to display its contents. Alternatively, log onto the server
- machine and use a text editor or a file display command such as the UNIX
- <B>cat</B> command. By default, the mode bits on the
- <B>VLLog</B> file grant the required <B>r</B> (<B>read</B>)
- permission to all users.
- <P>The VL Server records operations only as it completes them, and cannot
- recover from failures by reviewing the file. The log contents are
- useful for administrative evaluation of process failures and other
- problems.
- <P>The VL Server can record messages at three levels of detail. By
- default, it records only very rudimentary messages. To increase logging
- to the first level of detail, issue the following command while logged onto
- the database server machine as the local superuser <B>root</B>.
- <PRE>   # <B>kill -TSTP</B> <VAR>vlserver_pid</VAR>
-    
- </PRE>
- <P>where <VAR>vlserver_pid</VAR> is the process ID of the <B>vlserver</B>
- process, as reported in the output from the standard UNIX <B>ps</B>
- command. To increase to the second and third levels of detail, repeat
- the command.
- <P>To disable logging, issue the following command.
- <PRE> 
-    # <B>kill -HUP</B> <VAR>vlserver_pid</VAR>
-    
- </PRE>
- <P>To decrease the level of logging, first completely disable it and then
- issue the <B>kill -TSTP</B> command as many times as necessary to reach
- the desired level.
- <P><STRONG>Related Information</STRONG>
- <P><A HREF="auarf035.htm#HDRUSERLIST">UserList</A>
- <P><A HREF="auarf102.htm#HDRBOS_GETLOG">bos getlog</A>
- <P><A HREF="auarf249.htm#HDRVLSERVER">vlserver</A>
- <P>
- <HR><P ALIGN="center"> <A HREF="../index.htm"><IMG SRC="../books.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Return to Library]"></A> <A HREF="auarf002.htm#ToC"><IMG SRC="../toc.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Contents]"></A> <A HREF="auarf037.htm"><IMG SRC="../prev.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Previous Topic]"></A> <A HREF="#Top_Of_Page"><IMG SRC="../top.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Top of Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf039.htm"><IMG SRC="../next.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Next Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf284.htm#HDRINDEX"><IMG SRC="../index.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Index]"></A> <P> 
- <!-- Begin Footer Records  ========================================== -->
- <P><HR><B> 
- <br>&#169; <A HREF="http://www.ibm.com/">IBM Corporation 2000.</A>  All Rights Reserved 
- </B> 
- <!-- End Footer Records  ============================================ -->
- <A NAME="Bot_Of_Page"></A>
- </BODY></HTML>
--- 0 ----
Index: openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf039.htm
diff -c openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf039.htm:1.1 openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf039.htm:removed
*** openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf039.htm:1.1	Wed Jun  6 14:09:11 2001
--- openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf039.htm	Thu Oct  2 10:12:22 2008
***************
*** 1,57 ****
- <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 4//EN">
- <HTML><HEAD>
- <TITLE>Administration Reference</TITLE>
- <!-- Begin Header Records  ========================================== -->
- <!-- /tmp/idwt3672/auarf000.scr converted by idb2h R4.2 (359) ID      -->
- <!-- Workbench Version (AIX) on 3 Oct 2000 at 16:18:30                -->
- <META HTTP-EQUIV="updated" CONTENT="Tue, 03 Oct 2000 16:18:29">
- <META HTTP-EQUIV="review" CONTENT="Wed, 03 Oct 2001 16:18:29">
- <META HTTP-EQUIV="expires" CONTENT="Thu, 03 Oct 2002 16:18:29">
- </HEAD><BODY>
- <!-- (C) IBM Corporation 2000. All Rights Reserved    --> 
- <BODY bgcolor="ffffff"> 
- <!-- End Header Records  ============================================ -->
- <A NAME="Top_Of_Page"></A>
- <H1>Administration Reference</H1>
- <HR><P ALIGN="center"> <A HREF="../index.htm"><IMG SRC="../books.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Return to Library]"></A> <A HREF="auarf002.htm#ToC"><IMG SRC="../toc.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Contents]"></A> <A HREF="auarf038.htm"><IMG SRC="../prev.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Previous Topic]"></A> <A HREF="#Bot_Of_Page"><IMG SRC="../bot.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Bottom of Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf040.htm"><IMG SRC="../next.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Next Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf284.htm#HDRINDEX"><IMG SRC="../index.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Index]"></A> <P> 
- <P>
- <H2><A NAME="HDRVOLSERLOG" HREF="auarf002.htm#ToC_37">VolserLog</A></H2>
- <P><STRONG>Purpose</STRONG>
- <A NAME="IDX3997"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX3998"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX3999"></A>
- <P>Traces Volume Server operations
- <P><STRONG>Description</STRONG>
- <P>The <B>VolserLog</B> file records a trace of Volume Server
- (<B>volserver</B> process) operations on the local machine and describes
- any error conditions it encounters.
- <P>If the <B>VolserLog</B> file does not already exist in the
- <B>/usr/afs/logs</B> directory when the Volume Server starts, the server
- process creates it and writes initial start-up messages to it. If there
- is an existing file, the Volume Server renames it to
- <B>VolserLog.old</B>, overwriting the existing
- <B>VolserLog.old</B> file if it exists.
- <P>The file is in ASCII format. Administrators listed in the
- <B>/usr/afs/etc/UserList</B> file can use the <B>bos getlog</B>
- command to display its contents. Alternatively, log onto the file
- server machine and use a text editor or a file display command such as the
- UNIX <B>cat</B> command. By default, the mode bits on the
- <B>VolserLog</B> file grant the required <B>r</B> (<B>read</B>)
- permission to all users.
- <P>The Volume Server records operations only as it completes them, and so
- cannot recover from failures by reviewing the file. The log contents
- are useful for administrative evaluation of process failures and other
- problems.
- <P><STRONG>Related Information</STRONG>
- <P><A HREF="auarf035.htm#HDRUSERLIST">UserList</A>
- <P><A HREF="auarf102.htm#HDRBOS_GETLOG">bos getlog</A>
- <P><A HREF="auarf251.htm#HDRVOLSERVER">volserver</A>
- <P>
- <HR><P ALIGN="center"> <A HREF="../index.htm"><IMG SRC="../books.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Return to Library]"></A> <A HREF="auarf002.htm#ToC"><IMG SRC="../toc.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Contents]"></A> <A HREF="auarf038.htm"><IMG SRC="../prev.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Previous Topic]"></A> <A HREF="#Top_Of_Page"><IMG SRC="../top.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Top of Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf040.htm"><IMG SRC="../next.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Next Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf284.htm#HDRINDEX"><IMG SRC="../index.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Index]"></A> <P> 
- <!-- Begin Footer Records  ========================================== -->
- <P><HR><B> 
- <br>&#169; <A HREF="http://www.ibm.com/">IBM Corporation 2000.</A>  All Rights Reserved 
- </B> 
- <!-- End Footer Records  ============================================ -->
- <A NAME="Bot_Of_Page"></A>
- </BODY></HTML>
--- 0 ----
Index: openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf040.htm
diff -c openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf040.htm:1.1 openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf040.htm:removed
*** openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf040.htm:1.1	Wed Jun  6 14:09:11 2001
--- openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf040.htm	Thu Oct  2 10:12:22 2008
***************
*** 1,56 ****
- <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 4//EN">
- <HTML><HEAD>
- <TITLE>Administration Reference</TITLE>
- <!-- Begin Header Records  ========================================== -->
- <!-- /tmp/idwt3672/auarf000.scr converted by idb2h R4.2 (359) ID      -->
- <!-- Workbench Version (AIX) on 3 Oct 2000 at 16:18:30                -->
- <META HTTP-EQUIV="updated" CONTENT="Tue, 03 Oct 2000 16:18:29">
- <META HTTP-EQUIV="review" CONTENT="Wed, 03 Oct 2001 16:18:29">
- <META HTTP-EQUIV="expires" CONTENT="Thu, 03 Oct 2002 16:18:29">
- </HEAD><BODY>
- <!-- (C) IBM Corporation 2000. All Rights Reserved    --> 
- <BODY bgcolor="ffffff"> 
- <!-- End Header Records  ============================================ -->
- <A NAME="Top_Of_Page"></A>
- <H1>Administration Reference</H1>
- <HR><P ALIGN="center"> <A HREF="../index.htm"><IMG SRC="../books.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Return to Library]"></A> <A HREF="auarf002.htm#ToC"><IMG SRC="../toc.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Contents]"></A> <A HREF="auarf039.htm"><IMG SRC="../prev.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Previous Topic]"></A> <A HREF="#Bot_Of_Page"><IMG SRC="../bot.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Bottom of Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf041.htm"><IMG SRC="../next.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Next Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf284.htm#HDRINDEX"><IMG SRC="../index.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Index]"></A> <P> 
- <P>
- <H2><A NAME="HDRVOLUMEITEMS" HREF="auarf002.htm#ToC_38">VolumeItems</A></H2>
- <P><STRONG>Purpose</STRONG>
- <A NAME="IDX4000"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX4001"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX4002"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX4003"></A>
- <P>Records location mappings for volumes accessed by a Cache Manager using a
- disk cache
- <P><STRONG>Description</STRONG>
- <P>The <B>VolumeItems</B> file records the mapping between volume name and
- mount point for each volume that the Cache Manager has accessed since it
- initialized on a client machine using a disk cache. The Cache Manager
- uses the mappings to respond correctly to queries about the current working
- directory, which can come from the operating system or commands such as the
- UNIX <B>pwd</B> command.
- <P>As it initializes, the Cache Manager creates the binary-format
- <B>VolumeItems</B> file in the local disk cache directory, and it must
- always remain there. The conventional directory name is
- <B>/usr/vice/cache</B>.
- <P><STRONG>Cautions</STRONG>
- <P>Editing or removing the <B>VolumeItems</B> file can cause a kernel
- panic. To refresh the contents of the file, instead use the <B>fs
- checkvolumes</B> command. If the <B>VolumeItems</B> file is
- accidentally modified or deleted, rebooting the machine usually restores
- normal performance.
- <P><STRONG>Related Information</STRONG>
- <P><A HREF="auarf017.htm#HDRCACHEITEMS">CacheItems</A>
- <P><A HREF="auarf043.htm#HDRCACHEINFO">cacheinfo</A>
- <P><A HREF="auarf058.htm#HDRAFSD">afsd</A>
- <P><A HREF="auarf134.htm#HDRFS_CHECKVOLUMES">fs checkvolumes</A>
- <P>
- <HR><P ALIGN="center"> <A HREF="../index.htm"><IMG SRC="../books.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Return to Library]"></A> <A HREF="auarf002.htm#ToC"><IMG SRC="../toc.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Contents]"></A> <A HREF="auarf039.htm"><IMG SRC="../prev.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Previous Topic]"></A> <A HREF="#Top_Of_Page"><IMG SRC="../top.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Top of Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf041.htm"><IMG SRC="../next.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Next Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf284.htm#HDRINDEX"><IMG SRC="../index.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Index]"></A> <P> 
- <!-- Begin Footer Records  ========================================== -->
- <P><HR><B> 
- <br>&#169; <A HREF="http://www.ibm.com/">IBM Corporation 2000.</A>  All Rights Reserved 
- </B> 
- <!-- End Footer Records  ============================================ -->
- <A NAME="Bot_Of_Page"></A>
- </BODY></HTML>
--- 0 ----
Index: openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf041.htm
diff -c openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf041.htm:1.1 openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf041.htm:removed
*** openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf041.htm:1.1	Wed Jun  6 14:09:11 2001
--- openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf041.htm	Thu Oct  2 10:12:22 2008
***************
*** 1,43 ****
- <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 4//EN">
- <HTML><HEAD>
- <TITLE>Administration Reference</TITLE>
- <!-- Begin Header Records  ========================================== -->
- <!-- /tmp/idwt3672/auarf000.scr converted by idb2h R4.2 (359) ID      -->
- <!-- Workbench Version (AIX) on 3 Oct 2000 at 16:18:30                -->
- <META HTTP-EQUIV="updated" CONTENT="Tue, 03 Oct 2000 16:18:29">
- <META HTTP-EQUIV="review" CONTENT="Wed, 03 Oct 2001 16:18:29">
- <META HTTP-EQUIV="expires" CONTENT="Thu, 03 Oct 2002 16:18:29">
- </HEAD><BODY>
- <!-- (C) IBM Corporation 2000. All Rights Reserved    --> 
- <BODY bgcolor="ffffff"> 
- <!-- End Header Records  ============================================ -->
- <A NAME="Top_Of_Page"></A>
- <H1>Administration Reference</H1>
- <HR><P ALIGN="center"> <A HREF="../index.htm"><IMG SRC="../books.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Return to Library]"></A> <A HREF="auarf002.htm#ToC"><IMG SRC="../toc.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Contents]"></A> <A HREF="auarf040.htm"><IMG SRC="../prev.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Previous Topic]"></A> <A HREF="#Bot_Of_Page"><IMG SRC="../bot.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Bottom of Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf042.htm"><IMG SRC="../next.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Next Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf284.htm#HDRINDEX"><IMG SRC="../index.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Index]"></A> <P> 
- <P>
- <H2><A NAME="HDRAFSZCM" HREF="auarf002.htm#ToC_39">afszcm.cat</A></H2>
- <P><STRONG>Purpose</STRONG>
- <A NAME="IDX4004"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX4005"></A>
- <P>Error message catalog for debugging the Cache Manager
- <P><STRONG>Description</STRONG>
- <P>The <B>afszcm.cat</B> file is a message catalog for the Cache
- Manager. The <B>fstrace dump</B> command interpreter uses it in
- conjunction with the standard UNIX catalog utilities to translate Cache
- Manager operation codes into character strings as it writes traces in the
- <B>fstrace</B> trace log, which makes the log more readable.
- <P>The conventional location for the file is the <B>/usr/vice/etc/C/</B>
- directory. It can be placed in another directory if the NLSPATH and
- LANG environment variables are set appropriately.
- <P><STRONG>Related Information</STRONG>
- <P><A HREF="auarf058.htm#HDRAFSD">afsd</A>
- <P><A HREF="auarf172.htm#HDRFSTRACE_DUMP">fstrace dump</A>
- <P>
- <HR><P ALIGN="center"> <A HREF="../index.htm"><IMG SRC="../books.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Return to Library]"></A> <A HREF="auarf002.htm#ToC"><IMG SRC="../toc.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Contents]"></A> <A HREF="auarf040.htm"><IMG SRC="../prev.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Previous Topic]"></A> <A HREF="#Top_Of_Page"><IMG SRC="../top.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Top of Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf042.htm"><IMG SRC="../next.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Next Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf284.htm#HDRINDEX"><IMG SRC="../index.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Index]"></A> <P> 
- <!-- Begin Footer Records  ========================================== -->
- <P><HR><B> 
- <br>&#169; <A HREF="http://www.ibm.com/">IBM Corporation 2000.</A>  All Rights Reserved 
- </B> 
- <!-- End Footer Records  ============================================ -->
- <A NAME="Bot_Of_Page"></A>
- </BODY></HTML>
--- 0 ----
Index: openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf042.htm
diff -c openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf042.htm:1.1 openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf042.htm:removed
*** openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf042.htm:1.1	Wed Jun  6 14:09:11 2001
--- openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf042.htm	Thu Oct  2 10:12:22 2008
***************
*** 1,59 ****
- <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 4//EN">
- <HTML><HEAD>
- <TITLE>Administration Reference</TITLE>
- <!-- Begin Header Records  ========================================== -->
- <!-- /tmp/idwt3672/auarf000.scr converted by idb2h R4.2 (359) ID      -->
- <!-- Workbench Version (AIX) on 3 Oct 2000 at 16:18:30                -->
- <META HTTP-EQUIV="updated" CONTENT="Tue, 03 Oct 2000 16:18:29">
- <META HTTP-EQUIV="review" CONTENT="Wed, 03 Oct 2001 16:18:29">
- <META HTTP-EQUIV="expires" CONTENT="Thu, 03 Oct 2002 16:18:29">
- </HEAD><BODY>
- <!-- (C) IBM Corporation 2000. All Rights Reserved    --> 
- <BODY bgcolor="ffffff"> 
- <!-- End Header Records  ============================================ -->
- <A NAME="Top_Of_Page"></A>
- <H1>Administration Reference</H1>
- <HR><P ALIGN="center"> <A HREF="../index.htm"><IMG SRC="../books.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Return to Library]"></A> <A HREF="auarf002.htm#ToC"><IMG SRC="../toc.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Contents]"></A> <A HREF="auarf041.htm"><IMG SRC="../prev.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Previous Topic]"></A> <A HREF="#Bot_Of_Page"><IMG SRC="../bot.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Bottom of Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf043.htm"><IMG SRC="../next.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Next Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf284.htm#HDRINDEX"><IMG SRC="../index.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Index]"></A> <P> 
- <P>
- <H2><A NAME="HDRBDBDB" HREF="auarf002.htm#ToC_40">bdb.DB0 and bdb.DBSYS1</A></H2>
- <P><STRONG>Purpose</STRONG>
- <A NAME="IDX4006"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX4007"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX4008"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX4009"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX4010"></A>
- <P>Contain the Backup Database and associated log
- <P><STRONG>Description</STRONG>
- <P>The <B>bdb.DB0</B> file contains the Backup Database, which
- records configuration information used by the AFS Backup System along with
- cross-indexed records of the tapes created and volumes dumped using the Backup
- System commands.
- <P>The <B>bdb.DBSYS1</B> file is a log file in which the Backup
- Server (<B>buserver</B> process) logs each database operation before
- performing it. When an operation is interrupted, the Backup Server
- replays the log to complete the operation.
- <P>Both files are in binary format and reside in the <B>/usr/afs/db</B>
- directory on each database server machine that runs the Backup Server.
- When the Backup Server starts or restarts on a given machine, it establishes a
- connection with its peers and verifies that its copy of the
- <B>bdb.DB0</B> file matches the copy on the other database server
- machines. If not, the Backup Servers use AFS's distributed
- database technology, Ubik, to distribute to all of the machines the copy of
- the database with the highest version number.
- <P>Use the commands in the <B>backup</B> suite to administer the Backup
- Database. It is advisable to create a backup copy of the
- <B>bdb.DB0</B> file on tape on a regular basis, using the UNIX
- <B>tar</B> command or another local disk backup utility.
- <P><STRONG>Related Information</STRONG>
- <P><A HREF="auarf060.htm#HDRBK_INTRO">backup</A>
- <P><A HREF="auarf086.htm#HDRBK_SAVEDB">backup savedb</A>
- <P><A HREF="auarf125.htm#HDRBUSERVER">buserver</A>
- <P>
- <HR><P ALIGN="center"> <A HREF="../index.htm"><IMG SRC="../books.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Return to Library]"></A> <A HREF="auarf002.htm#ToC"><IMG SRC="../toc.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Contents]"></A> <A HREF="auarf041.htm"><IMG SRC="../prev.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Previous Topic]"></A> <A HREF="#Top_Of_Page"><IMG SRC="../top.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Top of Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf043.htm"><IMG SRC="../next.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Next Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf284.htm#HDRINDEX"><IMG SRC="../index.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Index]"></A> <P> 
- <!-- Begin Footer Records  ========================================== -->
- <P><HR><B> 
- <br>&#169; <A HREF="http://www.ibm.com/">IBM Corporation 2000.</A>  All Rights Reserved 
- </B> 
- <!-- End Footer Records  ============================================ -->
- <A NAME="Bot_Of_Page"></A>
- </BODY></HTML>
--- 0 ----
Index: openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf043.htm
diff -c openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf043.htm:1.1 openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf043.htm:removed
*** openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf043.htm:1.1	Wed Jun  6 14:09:11 2001
--- openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf043.htm	Thu Oct  2 10:12:22 2008
***************
*** 1,79 ****
- <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 4//EN">
- <HTML><HEAD>
- <TITLE>Administration Reference</TITLE>
- <!-- Begin Header Records  ========================================== -->
- <!-- /tmp/idwt3672/auarf000.scr converted by idb2h R4.2 (359) ID      -->
- <!-- Workbench Version (AIX) on 3 Oct 2000 at 16:18:30                -->
- <META HTTP-EQUIV="updated" CONTENT="Tue, 03 Oct 2000 16:18:29">
- <META HTTP-EQUIV="review" CONTENT="Wed, 03 Oct 2001 16:18:29">
- <META HTTP-EQUIV="expires" CONTENT="Thu, 03 Oct 2002 16:18:29">
- </HEAD><BODY>
- <!-- (C) IBM Corporation 2000. All Rights Reserved    --> 
- <BODY bgcolor="ffffff"> 
- <!-- End Header Records  ============================================ -->
- <A NAME="Top_Of_Page"></A>
- <H1>Administration Reference</H1>
- <HR><P ALIGN="center"> <A HREF="../index.htm"><IMG SRC="../books.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Return to Library]"></A> <A HREF="auarf002.htm#ToC"><IMG SRC="../toc.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Contents]"></A> <A HREF="auarf042.htm"><IMG SRC="../prev.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Previous Topic]"></A> <A HREF="#Bot_Of_Page"><IMG SRC="../bot.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Bottom of Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf044.htm"><IMG SRC="../next.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Next Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf284.htm#HDRINDEX"><IMG SRC="../index.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Index]"></A> <P> 
- <P>
- <H2><A NAME="HDRCACHEINFO" HREF="auarf002.htm#ToC_41">cacheinfo</A></H2>
- <P><STRONG>Purpose</STRONG>
- <P>Defines configuration parameters for the Cache Manager
- <P><STRONG>Description</STRONG>
- <P>The <B>cacheinfo</B> file defines configuration parameters for the
- Cache Manager, which reads the file as it initializes.
- <P>The file contains a single line of ASCII text and must reside in the
- <B>/usr/vice/etc</B> directory. Use a text editor to create it
- during initial configuration of the client machine; the required format
- is as follows:
- <PRE>   <VAR>mount_dir</VAR>:<VAR>cache_dir</VAR>:<VAR>cache_size</VAR>
-     
- </PRE>
- <P>where
- <DL>
- <P><DT><B><VAR>mount_dir</VAR>
- </B><DD>Names the local disk directory at which the Cache Manager mounts the AFS
- namespace. It must exist before the <B>afsd</B> program
- runs. The conventional value is <B>/afs</B>. Using any other
- value prevents traversal of pathnames that begin with <B>/afs</B> (such as
- pathnames to files in foreign cells that do use the conventional name).
- The <B>-mountdir</B> argument to the <B>afsd</B> command overrides
- this value.
- <P><DT><B><VAR>cache_dir</VAR>
- </B><DD>Names the local disk directory to use as a cache. It must exist
- before the <B>afsd</B> program runs. The standard value is
- <B>/usr/vice/cache</B>, but it is acceptable to substitute a directory on
- a partition with more available space. Although the Cache Manager
- ignores this field when configuring a memory cache, a value must always appear
- in it. The <B>-cachedir</B> argument to the <B>afsd</B> command
- overrides this value.
- <P><DT><B><VAR>cache_size</VAR>
- </B><DD>Specifies the cache size as a number of 1-kilobyte blocks. Larger
- caches generally yield better performance, but a disk cache must not exceed
- 90% of the space available on the cache partition (85% for AIX systems), and a
- memory cache must use no more than 25% of available machine memory. 
- <P>The <B>-blocks</B> argument to the <B>afsd</B> command overrides
- this value. To reset cache size without rebooting on a machine that
- uses disk caching, use the <B>fs setcachesize</B> command. To
- display the current size of a disk or memory cache between reboots, use the
- <B>fs getcacheparms</B> command.
- </DL>
- <P><STRONG>Examples</STRONG>
- <P>The following example <B>cacheinfo</B> file mounts the AFS namespace at
- <B>/afs</B>, establishes a disk cache in the <B>/usr/vice/cache</B>
- directory, and defines cache size as 50,000 1-kilobyte blocks.
- <PRE>   /afs:/usr/vice/cache:50000
-    
- </PRE>
- <P><STRONG>Related Information</STRONG>
- <P><A HREF="auarf058.htm#HDRAFSD">afsd</A>
- <P><A HREF="auarf143.htm#HDRFS_GETCACHEPARMS">fs getcacheparms</A>
- <P><A HREF="auarf158.htm#HDRFS_SETCACHESIZE">fs setcachesize</A>
- <P>
- <HR><P ALIGN="center"> <A HREF="../index.htm"><IMG SRC="../books.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Return to Library]"></A> <A HREF="auarf002.htm#ToC"><IMG SRC="../toc.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Contents]"></A> <A HREF="auarf042.htm"><IMG SRC="../prev.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Previous Topic]"></A> <A HREF="#Top_Of_Page"><IMG SRC="../top.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Top of Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf044.htm"><IMG SRC="../next.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Next Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf284.htm#HDRINDEX"><IMG SRC="../index.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Index]"></A> <P> 
- <!-- Begin Footer Records  ========================================== -->
- <P><HR><B> 
- <br>&#169; <A HREF="http://www.ibm.com/">IBM Corporation 2000.</A>  All Rights Reserved 
- </B> 
- <!-- End Footer Records  ============================================ -->
- <A NAME="Bot_Of_Page"></A>
- </BODY></HTML>
--- 0 ----
Index: openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf044.htm
diff -c openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf044.htm:1.1 openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf044.htm:removed
*** openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf044.htm:1.1	Wed Jun  6 14:09:11 2001
--- openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf044.htm	Thu Oct  2 10:12:22 2008
***************
*** 1,82 ****
- <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 4//EN">
- <HTML><HEAD>
- <TITLE>Administration Reference</TITLE>
- <!-- Begin Header Records  ========================================== -->
- <!-- /tmp/idwt3672/auarf000.scr converted by idb2h R4.2 (359) ID      -->
- <!-- Workbench Version (AIX) on 3 Oct 2000 at 16:18:30                -->
- <META HTTP-EQUIV="updated" CONTENT="Tue, 03 Oct 2000 16:18:29">
- <META HTTP-EQUIV="review" CONTENT="Wed, 03 Oct 2001 16:18:29">
- <META HTTP-EQUIV="expires" CONTENT="Thu, 03 Oct 2002 16:18:29">
- </HEAD><BODY>
- <!-- (C) IBM Corporation 2000. All Rights Reserved    --> 
- <BODY bgcolor="ffffff"> 
- <!-- End Header Records  ============================================ -->
- <A NAME="Top_Of_Page"></A>
- <H1>Administration Reference</H1>
- <HR><P ALIGN="center"> <A HREF="../index.htm"><IMG SRC="../books.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Return to Library]"></A> <A HREF="auarf002.htm#ToC"><IMG SRC="../toc.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Contents]"></A> <A HREF="auarf043.htm"><IMG SRC="../prev.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Previous Topic]"></A> <A HREF="#Bot_Of_Page"><IMG SRC="../bot.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Bottom of Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf045.htm"><IMG SRC="../next.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Next Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf284.htm#HDRINDEX"><IMG SRC="../index.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Index]"></A> <P> 
- <P>
- <H2><A NAME="HDRFMSLOG" HREF="auarf002.htm#ToC_42">fms.log</A></H2>
- <P><STRONG>Purpose</STRONG>
- <P>Records output from the <B>fms</B> command
- <P><STRONG>Description</STRONG>
- <P>The <B>fms.log</B> file records the output generated by the
- <B>fms</B> command. The output includes two numbers that can appear
- in a tape device's entry in the <B>/usr/afs/backup/tapeconfig</B>
- file on the Tape Coordinator machine to which the tape device is
- attached:
- <UL>
- <P><LI>The capacity in bytes of the tape in the device
- <P><LI>The size in bytes of the end-of-file (EOF) marks (often referred to simply
- as <I>filemarks</I>) that the tape device writes
- </UL>
- <P>When transferring the numbers recorded in this file to the
- <B>tapeconfig</B> file, adjust them as specified on the reference page for
- the <B>tapeconfig</B> file, to improve Tape Coordinator performance during
- dump operations.
- <P>If the <B>fms.log</B> file does not already exist in the current
- working directory, the <B>fms</B> command interpreter creates it.
- In this case, the directory's mode bits must grant the <B>rwx</B>
- (<B>read</B>, <B>write</B>, and <B>execute</B>) permissions to the
- issuer of the command. If there is an existing file, the command
- interpreter overwrites it, so the file's mode bits need to grant only the
- <B>w</B> permission to the issuer of the <B>fms</B> command.
- The <B>fms</B> command interpreter also writes similar information to the
- standard output stream as it runs.
- <P>The file is in ASCII format. To display its contents, log onto the
- client machine and use a text editor or a file display command such as the
- UNIX <B>cat</B> command. By default, the mode bits on the
- <B>fms.log</B> file grant the required <B>r</B> permission only
- to the owner (which is the local superuser <B>root</B> by default).
- <P><STRONG>Output</STRONG>
- <P>The first few lines of the file provide a simple trace of the
- <B>fms</B> command interpreter's actions, specifying (for example)
- how many blocks it wrote on the tape. The final two lines in the file
- specify tape capacity and filemark size in bytes, using the following
- format:
- <PRE>   Tape capacity is <VAR>tape_size</VAR> bytes
-    File marks are <VAR>filemark_size</VAR> bytes
-    
- </PRE>
- <P><STRONG>Examples</STRONG>
- <P>The following example of the <B>fms.log</B> file specifies that
- the tape used during the execution of the <B>fms</B> command had a
- capacity of 2,136,604,672 bytes, and that the tape device writes filemarks of
- size 1,910,220 bytes.
- <PRE>   fms test started
-    wrote 130408 blocks
-    Tape capacity is 2136604672 bytes
-    File marks are 1910220 bytes
-    
- </PRE>
- <P><STRONG>Related Information</STRONG>
- <P><A HREF="auarf050.htm#HDRTAPECONFIG">tapeconfig</A>
- <P><A HREF="auarf130.htm#HDRFMS">fms</A>
- <P>
- <HR><P ALIGN="center"> <A HREF="../index.htm"><IMG SRC="../books.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Return to Library]"></A> <A HREF="auarf002.htm#ToC"><IMG SRC="../toc.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Contents]"></A> <A HREF="auarf043.htm"><IMG SRC="../prev.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Previous Topic]"></A> <A HREF="#Top_Of_Page"><IMG SRC="../top.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Top of Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf045.htm"><IMG SRC="../next.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Next Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf284.htm#HDRINDEX"><IMG SRC="../index.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Index]"></A> <P> 
- <!-- Begin Footer Records  ========================================== -->
- <P><HR><B> 
- <br>&#169; <A HREF="http://www.ibm.com/">IBM Corporation 2000.</A>  All Rights Reserved 
- </B> 
- <!-- End Footer Records  ============================================ -->
- <A NAME="Bot_Of_Page"></A>
- </BODY></HTML>
--- 0 ----
Index: openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf045.htm
diff -c openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf045.htm:1.1 openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf045.htm:removed
*** openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf045.htm:1.1	Wed Jun  6 14:09:11 2001
--- openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf045.htm	Thu Oct  2 10:12:22 2008
***************
*** 1,60 ****
- <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 4//EN">
- <HTML><HEAD>
- <TITLE>Administration Reference</TITLE>
- <!-- Begin Header Records  ========================================== -->
- <!-- /tmp/idwt3672/auarf000.scr converted by idb2h R4.2 (359) ID      -->
- <!-- Workbench Version (AIX) on 3 Oct 2000 at 16:18:30                -->
- <META HTTP-EQUIV="updated" CONTENT="Tue, 03 Oct 2000 16:18:29">
- <META HTTP-EQUIV="review" CONTENT="Wed, 03 Oct 2001 16:18:29">
- <META HTTP-EQUIV="expires" CONTENT="Thu, 03 Oct 2002 16:18:29">
- </HEAD><BODY>
- <!-- (C) IBM Corporation 2000. All Rights Reserved    --> 
- <BODY bgcolor="ffffff"> 
- <!-- End Header Records  ============================================ -->
- <A NAME="Top_Of_Page"></A>
- <H1>Administration Reference</H1>
- <HR><P ALIGN="center"> <A HREF="../index.htm"><IMG SRC="../books.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Return to Library]"></A> <A HREF="auarf002.htm#ToC"><IMG SRC="../toc.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Contents]"></A> <A HREF="auarf044.htm"><IMG SRC="../prev.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Previous Topic]"></A> <A HREF="#Bot_Of_Page"><IMG SRC="../bot.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Bottom of Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf046.htm"><IMG SRC="../next.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Next Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf284.htm#HDRINDEX"><IMG SRC="../index.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Index]"></A> <P> 
- <P>
- <H2><A NAME="HDRKASERVERDB" HREF="auarf002.htm#ToC_43">kaserver.DB0 and kaserver.DBSYS1</A></H2>
- <P><STRONG>Purpose</STRONG>
- <A NAME="IDX4011"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX4012"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX4013"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX4014"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX4015"></A>
- <P>Contain the Authentication Database and associated log
- <P><STRONG>Description</STRONG>
- <P>The <B>kaserver.DB0</B> file contains the Authentication
- Database, which records server encryption keys and an encrypted form of all
- user passwords. The Authentication Server (<B>kaserver</B> process)
- uses the information in the database to enable secured communications between
- AFS server and client processes.
- <P>The <B>kaserver.DBSYS1</B> file is a log file in which the
- Authentication Server logs each database operation before performing
- it. When an operation is interrupted, the Authentication Server replays
- the log to complete the operation.
- <P>Both files are in binary format and reside in the <B>/usr/afs/db</B>
- directory on each of the cell's database server machines. When the
- Authentication Server starts or restarts on a given machine, it establishes a
- connection with its peers and verifies that its copy of the database matches
- the copy on the other database server machines. If not, the
- Authentication Servers call on AFS's distributed database technology,
- Ubik, to distribute to all of the machines the copy of the database with the
- highest version number.
- <P>Always use the commands in the <B>kas</B> suite to administer the
- Authentication Database. It is advisable to create an archive copy of
- the database on a regular basis, using a tool such as the UNIX <B>tar</B>
- command.
- <P><STRONG>Related Information</STRONG>
- <P><A HREF="auarf180.htm#HDRKADB_CHECK">kadb_check</A>
- <P><A HREF="auarf181.htm#HDRKAS_INTRO">kas</A>
- <P><A HREF="auarf198.htm#HDRKASERVER">kaserver</A>
- <P>
- <HR><P ALIGN="center"> <A HREF="../index.htm"><IMG SRC="../books.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Return to Library]"></A> <A HREF="auarf002.htm#ToC"><IMG SRC="../toc.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Contents]"></A> <A HREF="auarf044.htm"><IMG SRC="../prev.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Previous Topic]"></A> <A HREF="#Top_Of_Page"><IMG SRC="../top.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Top of Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf046.htm"><IMG SRC="../next.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Next Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf284.htm#HDRINDEX"><IMG SRC="../index.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Index]"></A> <P> 
- <!-- Begin Footer Records  ========================================== -->
- <P><HR><B> 
- <br>&#169; <A HREF="http://www.ibm.com/">IBM Corporation 2000.</A>  All Rights Reserved 
- </B> 
- <!-- End Footer Records  ============================================ -->
- <A NAME="Bot_Of_Page"></A>
- </BODY></HTML>
--- 0 ----
Index: openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf046.htm
diff -c openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf046.htm:1.1 openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf046.htm:removed
*** openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf046.htm:1.1	Wed Jun  6 14:09:11 2001
--- openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf046.htm	Thu Oct  2 10:12:22 2008
***************
*** 1,55 ****
- <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 4//EN">
- <HTML><HEAD>
- <TITLE>Administration Reference</TITLE>
- <!-- Begin Header Records  ========================================== -->
- <!-- /tmp/idwt3672/auarf000.scr converted by idb2h R4.2 (359) ID      -->
- <!-- Workbench Version (AIX) on 3 Oct 2000 at 16:18:30                -->
- <META HTTP-EQUIV="updated" CONTENT="Tue, 03 Oct 2000 16:18:29">
- <META HTTP-EQUIV="review" CONTENT="Wed, 03 Oct 2001 16:18:29">
- <META HTTP-EQUIV="expires" CONTENT="Thu, 03 Oct 2002 16:18:29">
- </HEAD><BODY>
- <!-- (C) IBM Corporation 2000. All Rights Reserved    --> 
- <BODY bgcolor="ffffff"> 
- <!-- End Header Records  ============================================ -->
- <A NAME="Top_Of_Page"></A>
- <H1>Administration Reference</H1>
- <HR><P ALIGN="center"> <A HREF="../index.htm"><IMG SRC="../books.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Return to Library]"></A> <A HREF="auarf002.htm#ToC"><IMG SRC="../toc.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Contents]"></A> <A HREF="auarf045.htm"><IMG SRC="../prev.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Previous Topic]"></A> <A HREF="#Bot_Of_Page"><IMG SRC="../bot.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Bottom of Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf047.htm"><IMG SRC="../next.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Next Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf284.htm#HDRINDEX"><IMG SRC="../index.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Index]"></A> <P> 
- <P>
- <H2><A NAME="HDRKASERVERAUXDB" HREF="auarf002.htm#ToC_44">kaserverauxdb</A></H2>
- <P><STRONG>Purpose</STRONG>
- <A NAME="IDX4016"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX4017"></A>
- <P>Records failed authentication attempts
- <P><STRONG>Description</STRONG>
- <P>The file <B>kaserverauxdb</B> records failed authentication attempts
- for the local Authentication Server. The server creates it
- automatically in the <B>/usr/afs/local</B> directory by default; use
- the <B>-localfiles</B> argument to the <B>kaserver</B> command to
- specify an alternate directory.
- <P>The <B>kaserverauxdb</B> file is an internal database used by the
- Authentication Server to prevent access by users who have exceeded the limit
- on failed authentication attempts defined in their Authentication Database
- entry. The Authentication Server refuses further attempts to
- authenticate to an account listed in the database until either an AFS system
- administrator issues the <B>kas unlock</B> command to unlock the account,
- or the timeout period defined in the user's Authentication Database entry
- passes.
- <P>The <B>kaserverauxdb</B> file is in binary format, so its contents are
- not directly accessible. However, the output from the <B>kas
- examine</B> command reports an account's maximum number of failed
- attempts, the lockout time, and whether the account is currently
- locked.
- <P><STRONG>Related Information</STRONG>
- <P><A HREF="auarf045.htm#HDRKASERVERDB">kaserver.DB0 and kaserver.DBSYS1</A>
- <P><A HREF="auarf185.htm#HDRKAS_EXAMINE">kas examine</A>
- <P><A HREF="auarf197.htm#HDRKAS_UNLOCK">kas unlock</A>
- <P><A HREF="auarf198.htm#HDRKASERVER">kaserver</A>
- <P>
- <HR><P ALIGN="center"> <A HREF="../index.htm"><IMG SRC="../books.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Return to Library]"></A> <A HREF="auarf002.htm#ToC"><IMG SRC="../toc.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Contents]"></A> <A HREF="auarf045.htm"><IMG SRC="../prev.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Previous Topic]"></A> <A HREF="#Top_Of_Page"><IMG SRC="../top.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Top of Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf047.htm"><IMG SRC="../next.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Next Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf284.htm#HDRINDEX"><IMG SRC="../index.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Index]"></A> <P> 
- <!-- Begin Footer Records  ========================================== -->
- <P><HR><B> 
- <br>&#169; <A HREF="http://www.ibm.com/">IBM Corporation 2000.</A>  All Rights Reserved 
- </B> 
- <!-- End Footer Records  ============================================ -->
- <A NAME="Bot_Of_Page"></A>
- </BODY></HTML>
--- 0 ----
Index: openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf047.htm
diff -c openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf047.htm:1.1 openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf047.htm:removed
*** openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf047.htm:1.1	Wed Jun  6 14:09:11 2001
--- openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf047.htm	Thu Oct  2 10:12:22 2008
***************
*** 1,60 ****
- <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 4//EN">
- <HTML><HEAD>
- <TITLE>Administration Reference</TITLE>
- <!-- Begin Header Records  ========================================== -->
- <!-- /tmp/idwt3672/auarf000.scr converted by idb2h R4.2 (359) ID      -->
- <!-- Workbench Version (AIX) on 3 Oct 2000 at 16:18:30                -->
- <META HTTP-EQUIV="updated" CONTENT="Tue, 03 Oct 2000 16:18:29">
- <META HTTP-EQUIV="review" CONTENT="Wed, 03 Oct 2001 16:18:29">
- <META HTTP-EQUIV="expires" CONTENT="Thu, 03 Oct 2002 16:18:29">
- </HEAD><BODY>
- <!-- (C) IBM Corporation 2000. All Rights Reserved    --> 
- <BODY bgcolor="ffffff"> 
- <!-- End Header Records  ============================================ -->
- <A NAME="Top_Of_Page"></A>
- <H1>Administration Reference</H1>
- <HR><P ALIGN="center"> <A HREF="../index.htm"><IMG SRC="../books.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Return to Library]"></A> <A HREF="auarf002.htm#ToC"><IMG SRC="../toc.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Contents]"></A> <A HREF="auarf046.htm"><IMG SRC="../prev.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Previous Topic]"></A> <A HREF="#Bot_Of_Page"><IMG SRC="../bot.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Bottom of Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf048.htm"><IMG SRC="../next.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Next Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf284.htm#HDRINDEX"><IMG SRC="../index.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Index]"></A> <P> 
- <P>
- <H2><A NAME="HDRPRDBDB" HREF="auarf002.htm#ToC_45">prdb.DB0 and prdb.DBSYS1</A></H2>
- <P><STRONG>Purpose</STRONG>
- <A NAME="IDX4018"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX4019"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX4020"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX4021"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX4022"></A>
- <P>Contain the Protection Database and associated log
- <P><STRONG>Description</STRONG>
- <P>The <B>prdb.DB0</B> file contains the Protection Database, which
- maps AFS user, machine, and group names to their respective IDs (AFS UIDs and
- GIDs) and tracks group memberships. The Protection Server
- (<B>ptserver</B> process) uses the information in the database to help the
- File Server grant data access to authorized users.
- <P>The <B>prdb.DBSYS1</B> file is a log file in which the
- Protection Server logs each database operation before performing it.
- When an operation is interrupted, the Protection Server replays the log to
- complete the operation.
- <P>Both files are in binary format and reside in the <B>/usr/afs/db</B>
- directory on each of the cell's database server machines. When the
- Protection Server starts or restarts on a given machine, it establishes a
- connection with its peers and verifies that its copy of the database matches
- the copy on the other database server machines. If not, the Protection
- Servers call on AFS's distributed database technology, Ubik, to
- distribute to all of the machines the copy of the database with the highest
- version number.
- <P>Always use the commands in the <B>pts</B> suite to administer the
- Protection Database. It is advisable to create an archive copy of the
- database on a regular basis, using a tool such as the UNIX <B>tar</B>
- command.
- <P><STRONG>Related Information</STRONG>
- <P><A HREF="auarf209.htm#HDRPRDB_CHECK">prdb_check</A>
- <P><A HREF="auarf210.htm#HDRPTS_INTRO">pts</A>
- <P><A HREF="auarf227.htm#HDRPTSERVER">ptserver</A>
- <P>
- <HR><P ALIGN="center"> <A HREF="../index.htm"><IMG SRC="../books.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Return to Library]"></A> <A HREF="auarf002.htm#ToC"><IMG SRC="../toc.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Contents]"></A> <A HREF="auarf046.htm"><IMG SRC="../prev.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Previous Topic]"></A> <A HREF="#Top_Of_Page"><IMG SRC="../top.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Top of Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf048.htm"><IMG SRC="../next.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Next Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf284.htm#HDRINDEX"><IMG SRC="../index.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Index]"></A> <P> 
- <!-- Begin Footer Records  ========================================== -->
- <P><HR><B> 
- <br>&#169; <A HREF="http://www.ibm.com/">IBM Corporation 2000.</A>  All Rights Reserved 
- </B> 
- <!-- End Footer Records  ============================================ -->
- <A NAME="Bot_Of_Page"></A>
- </BODY></HTML>
--- 0 ----
Index: openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf048.htm
diff -c openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf048.htm:1.1 openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf048.htm:removed
*** openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf048.htm:1.1	Wed Jun  6 14:09:11 2001
--- openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf048.htm	Thu Oct  2 10:12:22 2008
***************
*** 1,40 ****
- <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 4//EN">
- <HTML><HEAD>
- <TITLE>Administration Reference</TITLE>
- <!-- Begin Header Records  ========================================== -->
- <!-- /tmp/idwt3672/auarf000.scr converted by idb2h R4.2 (359) ID      -->
- <!-- Workbench Version (AIX) on 3 Oct 2000 at 16:18:30                -->
- <META HTTP-EQUIV="updated" CONTENT="Tue, 03 Oct 2000 16:18:29">
- <META HTTP-EQUIV="review" CONTENT="Wed, 03 Oct 2001 16:18:29">
- <META HTTP-EQUIV="expires" CONTENT="Thu, 03 Oct 2002 16:18:29">
- </HEAD><BODY>
- <!-- (C) IBM Corporation 2000. All Rights Reserved    --> 
- <BODY bgcolor="ffffff"> 
- <!-- End Header Records  ============================================ -->
- <A NAME="Top_Of_Page"></A>
- <H1>Administration Reference</H1>
- <HR><P ALIGN="center"> <A HREF="../index.htm"><IMG SRC="../books.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Return to Library]"></A> <A HREF="auarf002.htm#ToC"><IMG SRC="../toc.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Contents]"></A> <A HREF="auarf047.htm"><IMG SRC="../prev.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Previous Topic]"></A> <A HREF="#Bot_Of_Page"><IMG SRC="../bot.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Bottom of Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf049.htm"><IMG SRC="../next.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Next Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf284.htm#HDRINDEX"><IMG SRC="../index.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Index]"></A> <P> 
- <P>
- <H2><A NAME="HDRSALVAGELOCK" HREF="auarf002.htm#ToC_46">salvage.lock</A></H2>
- <P><STRONG>Purpose</STRONG>
- <P>Prevents multiple simultaneous salvage operations on a partition
- <P><STRONG>Description</STRONG>
- <P>The <B>salvage.lock</B> file guarantees that only one Salvager
- (<B>salvager</B> process) runs at a time on a file server machine (the
- single process can fork multiple subprocesses to salvage multiple partitions
- in parallel). As the Salvager initializes, it creates the empty
- (zero-length) file in the <B>/usr/afs/local</B> directory and invokes the
- <B>flock</B> system call on it. It removes the file when it
- completes the salvage operation. Because the Salvager must lock the
- file to run, only one Salvager can run at a time.
- <P><STRONG>Related Information</STRONG>
- <P><A HREF="auarf232.htm#HDRSALVAGER">salvager</A>
- <P>
- <HR><P ALIGN="center"> <A HREF="../index.htm"><IMG SRC="../books.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Return to Library]"></A> <A HREF="auarf002.htm#ToC"><IMG SRC="../toc.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Contents]"></A> <A HREF="auarf047.htm"><IMG SRC="../prev.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Previous Topic]"></A> <A HREF="#Top_Of_Page"><IMG SRC="../top.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Top of Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf049.htm"><IMG SRC="../next.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Next Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf284.htm#HDRINDEX"><IMG SRC="../index.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Index]"></A> <P> 
- <!-- Begin Footer Records  ========================================== -->
- <P><HR><B> 
- <br>&#169; <A HREF="http://www.ibm.com/">IBM Corporation 2000.</A>  All Rights Reserved 
- </B> 
- <!-- End Footer Records  ============================================ -->
- <A NAME="Bot_Of_Page"></A>
- </BODY></HTML>
--- 0 ----
Index: openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf049.htm
diff -c openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf049.htm:1.1 openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf049.htm:removed
*** openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf049.htm:1.1	Wed Jun  6 14:09:11 2001
--- openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf049.htm	Thu Oct  2 10:12:22 2008
***************
*** 1,66 ****
- <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 4//EN">
- <HTML><HEAD>
- <TITLE>Administration Reference</TITLE>
- <!-- Begin Header Records  ========================================== -->
- <!-- /tmp/idwt3672/auarf000.scr converted by idb2h R4.2 (359) ID      -->
- <!-- Workbench Version (AIX) on 3 Oct 2000 at 16:18:30                -->
- <META HTTP-EQUIV="updated" CONTENT="Tue, 03 Oct 2000 16:18:29">
- <META HTTP-EQUIV="review" CONTENT="Wed, 03 Oct 2001 16:18:29">
- <META HTTP-EQUIV="expires" CONTENT="Thu, 03 Oct 2002 16:18:29">
- </HEAD><BODY>
- <!-- (C) IBM Corporation 2000. All Rights Reserved    --> 
- <BODY bgcolor="ffffff"> 
- <!-- End Header Records  ============================================ -->
- <A NAME="Top_Of_Page"></A>
- <H1>Administration Reference</H1>
- <HR><P ALIGN="center"> <A HREF="../index.htm"><IMG SRC="../books.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Return to Library]"></A> <A HREF="auarf002.htm#ToC"><IMG SRC="../toc.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Contents]"></A> <A HREF="auarf048.htm"><IMG SRC="../prev.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Previous Topic]"></A> <A HREF="#Bot_Of_Page"><IMG SRC="../bot.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Bottom of Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf050.htm"><IMG SRC="../next.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Next Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf284.htm#HDRINDEX"><IMG SRC="../index.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Index]"></A> <P> 
- <P>
- <H2><A NAME="HDRSYSID" HREF="auarf002.htm#ToC_47">sysid</A></H2>
- <P><STRONG>Purpose</STRONG>
- <A NAME="IDX4023"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX4024"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX4025"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX4026"></A>
- <P>Lists file server machine interface addresses registered in VLDB
- <P><STRONG>Description</STRONG>
- <P>The <B>sysid</B> file records the network interface addresses that the
- File Server (<B>fileserver</B> process) registers in the Volume Location
- Database (VLDB) for the local file server machine.
- <P>Each time the File Server restarts, it builds a list of interfaces on the
- local machine by reading the <B>/usr/afs/local/NetInfo</B> file, if it
- exists. If the file does not exist, the File Server uses the list of
- network interfaces configured with the operating system. It then
- removes from the list any addresses that appear in the
- <B>/usr/afs/local/NetRestrict</B> file, if it exists. The File
- Server records the resulting list in the binary-format <B>sysid</B> file
- and registers the interfaces in the VLDB.
- <P>When the Cache Manager requests volume location information, the Volume
- Location (VL) Server provides all of the interfaces registered for each server
- machine that houses the volume. This enables the Cache Manager to make
- use of multiple addresses when accessing AFS data stored on a multihomed file
- server machine.
- <P><STRONG>Cautions</STRONG>
- <P>The <B>sysid</B> file is unique to each file server machine, and must
- not be copied from one machine to another. If it is a common practice
- in the cell to copy the contents of the <B>/usr/afs/local</B> directory
- from an existing file server machine to a newly installed one, be sure to
- remove the <B>sysid</B> file from the new machine before starting the
- <B>fs</B> trio of processes, which includes the <B>fileserver</B>
- process.
- <P>Some versions of AFS limit how many of a file server machine's
- interface addresses that can be registered. Consult the <I>IBM AFS
- Release Notes</I>.
- <P><STRONG>Related Information</STRONG>
- <P><A HREF="auarf025.htm#HDRSV_NETINFO">NetInfo (server version)</A>
- <P><A HREF="auarf027.htm#HDRSV_NETRESTRICT">NetRestrict (server version)</A>
- <P><A HREF="auarf051.htm#HDRVLDBDB">vldb.DB0 and vldb.DBSYS1</A>
- <P><A HREF="auarf129.htm#HDRFILESERVER">fileserver</A>
- <P>
- <HR><P ALIGN="center"> <A HREF="../index.htm"><IMG SRC="../books.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Return to Library]"></A> <A HREF="auarf002.htm#ToC"><IMG SRC="../toc.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Contents]"></A> <A HREF="auarf048.htm"><IMG SRC="../prev.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Previous Topic]"></A> <A HREF="#Top_Of_Page"><IMG SRC="../top.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Top of Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf050.htm"><IMG SRC="../next.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Next Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf284.htm#HDRINDEX"><IMG SRC="../index.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Index]"></A> <P> 
- <!-- Begin Footer Records  ========================================== -->
- <P><HR><B> 
- <br>&#169; <A HREF="http://www.ibm.com/">IBM Corporation 2000.</A>  All Rights Reserved 
- </B> 
- <!-- End Footer Records  ============================================ -->
- <A NAME="Bot_Of_Page"></A>
- </BODY></HTML>
--- 0 ----
Index: openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf050.htm
diff -c openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf050.htm:1.1 openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf050.htm:removed
*** openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf050.htm:1.1	Wed Jun  6 14:09:11 2001
--- openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf050.htm	Thu Oct  2 10:12:22 2008
***************
*** 1,165 ****
- <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 4//EN">
- <HTML><HEAD>
- <TITLE>Administration Reference</TITLE>
- <!-- Begin Header Records  ========================================== -->
- <!-- /tmp/idwt3672/auarf000.scr converted by idb2h R4.2 (359) ID      -->
- <!-- Workbench Version (AIX) on 3 Oct 2000 at 16:18:30                -->
- <META HTTP-EQUIV="updated" CONTENT="Tue, 03 Oct 2000 16:18:29">
- <META HTTP-EQUIV="review" CONTENT="Wed, 03 Oct 2001 16:18:29">
- <META HTTP-EQUIV="expires" CONTENT="Thu, 03 Oct 2002 16:18:29">
- </HEAD><BODY>
- <!-- (C) IBM Corporation 2000. All Rights Reserved    --> 
- <BODY bgcolor="ffffff"> 
- <!-- End Header Records  ============================================ -->
- <A NAME="Top_Of_Page"></A>
- <H1>Administration Reference</H1>
- <HR><P ALIGN="center"> <A HREF="../index.htm"><IMG SRC="../books.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Return to Library]"></A> <A HREF="auarf002.htm#ToC"><IMG SRC="../toc.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Contents]"></A> <A HREF="auarf049.htm"><IMG SRC="../prev.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Previous Topic]"></A> <A HREF="#Bot_Of_Page"><IMG SRC="../bot.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Bottom of Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf051.htm"><IMG SRC="../next.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Next Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf284.htm#HDRINDEX"><IMG SRC="../index.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Index]"></A> <P> 
- <P>
- <H2><A NAME="HDRTAPECONFIG" HREF="auarf002.htm#ToC_48">tapeconfig</A></H2>
- <P><STRONG>Purpose</STRONG>
- <A NAME="IDX4027"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX4028"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX4029"></A>
- <P>Defines configuration parameters for all tape devices and backup data files
- on a Tape Coordinator machine
- <P><STRONG>Description</STRONG>
- <P>The <B>tapeconfig</B> file defines basic configuration parameters for
- all of the tape devices or backup data files available for backup operations
- on a Tape Coordinator machine. The file is in ASCII format and must
- reside in the local <B>/usr/afs/backup</B> directory. The
- instruction for each tape device or backup data file appears on its own line
- and each has the following format:
- <PRE>   [<VAR>capacity</VAR>    <VAR>filemark_size</VAR>]    <VAR>device_name</VAR>    <VAR>port_offset</VAR>
-    
- </PRE>
- <P>where
- <DL>
- <P><DT><B><VAR>capacity</VAR>
- </B><DD>Specifies the capacity of the tapes used with a tape device, or the amount
- of data to write into a backup data file. The Tape Coordinator refers
- to this value in two circumstances: 
- <UL>
- <P><LI>When the capacity field of a tape or backup data file's label is
- empty (because the tape has never been labeled). The Tape Coordinator
- records this value on the label and uses it when determining how much data it
- can write to the tape or file during a <B>backup dump</B> or <B>backup
- savedb</B> operation. If there is already a capacity value on the
- label, the Tape Coordinator uses it instead.
- <P><LI>When the <B>-size</B> argument is omitted the first time the
- <B>backup labeltape</B> command is used on a given tape or file.
- The Tape Coordinator copies this value into the label's capacity
- field.
- </UL>
- <P>
- <P>The Tape Coordinator uses this capacity value or the one on the Backup
- System tape label to track how much space remains as it writes data to a tape
- or backup data file. The appropriate value to record for a tape depends
- on the size of the tapes usually used in the device and whether it has a
- compression mode; for suggested values, see the <I>IBM AFS
- Administration Guide</I> chapter on configuring the Backup System. If
- using a value obtained from the <B>fms</B> command, reduce it by 10% to
- 15% before recording it in the file.
- <P>For a backup data file, it is best to provide a value that helps the Tape
- Coordinator avoid reaching the end-of-file (EOF) unexpectedly. Make it
- at least somewhat smaller than the amount of space available on the partition
- housing the file when the dump operation begins, and never larger than the
- maximum file size allowed by the operating system.
- <P>Specify a (positive) integer or decimal value followed by a letter than
- indicates units, with no intervening space. In a decimal number, the
- number of digits after the decimal point must not translate to fractions of
- bytes. The maximum acceptable value is 2048 GB (2 TB). The
- acceptable units letters are as follows; if the letter is omitted, the
- default is kilobytes.
- <P>
- <UL>
- <P><LI><B>k</B>or <B>K</B> for kilobytes (KB)
- <P><LI><B>m</B> or <B>M</B> for megabytes (MB)
- <P><LI><B>g</B> or <B>G</B> for gigabytes (GB)
- <P><LI><B>t</B> or <B>T</B> for terabytes (TB)
- </UL>
- <P>If this field is omitted, the Tape Coordinator uses the maximum acceptable
- value (2048 GB or 2 TB). Either leave both this field and the
- <VAR>filemark_size</VAR> field empty, or provide a value in both of them.
- <P><DT><B><VAR>filemark_size</VAR>
- </B><DD>Specifies the size of a tape device's filemarks (also called
- end-of-file or EOF marks), which is set by the device's
- manufacturer. In a dump to tape, the Tape Coordinator inserts filemarks
- at the boundary between the data from each volume, so the filemark size
- affects how much space is available for actual data. 
- <P>The appropriate value to record for a tape depends on the size of the tapes
- usually used in the device and whether it has a compression mode; for
- suggested values, see the <I>IBM AFS Administration Guide</I> chapter on
- configuring the Backup System. If using a value obtained from the
- <B>fms</B> command, increase it by 10% to 15% before recording it in the
- file.
- <P>For backup data files, record a value of <B>0</B> (zero). The
- Tape Coordinator actually ignores this field for backup data files, because it
- does not use filemarks when writing to a file.
- <P>Use the same notation as for the <VAR>capacity</VAR> field, but note that the
- default units is bytes rather than kilobytes. The maximum acceptable
- value is 2048 GB.
- <P>If this field is empty, the Tape Coordinator uses the value <B>0</B>
- (zero). Either leave both this field and the <VAR>capacity</VAR> field
- empty, or provide a value in both of them.
- <P><DT><B><VAR>device_name</VAR>
- </B><DD>Specifies the complete pathname of the tape device or backup data
- file. The format of tape device names depends on the operating system,
- but on UNIX systems device names generally begin with the string
- <B>/dev/</B>. For a backup data file, this field defines the
- complete pathname; for a discussion of suggested naming conventions see
- the description of the <B>FILE</B> instruction in <A HREF="auarf018.htm#HDRCFG">CFG_<I>device_name</I></A>.
- <P><DT><B><VAR>port_offset</VAR>
- </B><DD>Specifies the port offset number associated with this combination of Tape
- Coordinator and tape device or backup data file. 
- <P>Acceptable values are the integers <B>0</B> through <B>58510</B>
- (the Backup System can track a maximum of 58,511 port offset numbers).
- Each value must be unique among the cell's Tape Coordinators, but any
- number of them can be associated with a single machine. Port offset
- numbers need not be assigned sequentially, and can appear in any order in the
- <B>tapeconfig</B> file. Assign port offset <B>0</B> to the Tape
- Coordinator for the tape device or backup data file used most often for backup
- operations; doing so will allow the operator to omit the
- <B>-portoffset</B> argument from the largest possible number of
- <B>backup</B> commands.
- </DL>
- <P><STRONG>Privilege Required</STRONG>
- <P>Creating the file requires UNIX <B>w</B> (<B>write</B>) and
- <B>x</B> (<B>execute</B>) permissions on the
- <B>/usr/afs/backup</B> directory. Editing the file requires UNIX
- <B>w</B> (<B>write</B>) permission on the file.
- <P><STRONG>Examples</STRONG>
- <P>The following example <B>tapeconfig</B> file configures three tape
- devices and a backup data file. The first device has device name
- <B>/dev/rmt/0h</B>, and is assigned port offset <B>0</B> because it
- will be the most frequently used device for all backup operations in the
- cell. Its default tape capacity is 2 GB and filemark size is 1
- MB. The <B>/dev/rmt/3h</B> drive has half the capacity but a much
- smaller filemark size; its port offset is <B>3</B>. The third
- device listed, <B>/dev/rmt/4h</B>, has the same capacity and filemark size
- as the first device and is assigned port offset <B>2</B>. Port
- offset <B>4</B> is assigned to the backup data file <B>/dev/FILE</B>,
- which is actually a symbolic link to the actual file located elsewhere on the
- local disk. The Tape Coordinator writes up to 1.5 GB into the
- file; as recommended, the filemark size is set to zero.
- <PRE>   2G 1M /dev/rmt/0h 0
-    1g 4k /dev/rmt/3h 3
-    2G 1m /dev/rmt/4h 2
-    1.5G 0 /dev/FILE 4
-    
- </PRE>
- <P><STRONG>Related Information</STRONG>
- <P><A HREF="auarf062.htm#HDRBK_ADDHOST">backup addhost</A>
- <P><A HREF="auarf073.htm#HDRBK_DUMP">backup dump</A>
- <P><A HREF="auarf079.htm#HDRBK_LABELTAPE">backup labeltape</A>
- <P><A HREF="auarf086.htm#HDRBK_SAVEDB">backup savedb</A>
- <P><A HREF="auarf126.htm#HDRBUTC">butc</A>
- <P><A HREF="auarf130.htm#HDRFMS">fms</A>
- <P>
- <HR><P ALIGN="center"> <A HREF="../index.htm"><IMG SRC="../books.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Return to Library]"></A> <A HREF="auarf002.htm#ToC"><IMG SRC="../toc.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Contents]"></A> <A HREF="auarf049.htm"><IMG SRC="../prev.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Previous Topic]"></A> <A HREF="#Top_Of_Page"><IMG SRC="../top.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Top of Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf051.htm"><IMG SRC="../next.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Next Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf284.htm#HDRINDEX"><IMG SRC="../index.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Index]"></A> <P> 
- <!-- Begin Footer Records  ========================================== -->
- <P><HR><B> 
- <br>&#169; <A HREF="http://www.ibm.com/">IBM Corporation 2000.</A>  All Rights Reserved 
- </B> 
- <!-- End Footer Records  ============================================ -->
- <A NAME="Bot_Of_Page"></A>
- </BODY></HTML>
--- 0 ----
Index: openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf051.htm
diff -c openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf051.htm:1.1 openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf051.htm:removed
*** openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf051.htm:1.1	Wed Jun  6 14:09:11 2001
--- openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf051.htm	Thu Oct  2 10:12:22 2008
***************
*** 1,58 ****
- <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 4//EN">
- <HTML><HEAD>
- <TITLE>Administration Reference</TITLE>
- <!-- Begin Header Records  ========================================== -->
- <!-- /tmp/idwt3672/auarf000.scr converted by idb2h R4.2 (359) ID      -->
- <!-- Workbench Version (AIX) on 3 Oct 2000 at 16:18:30                -->
- <META HTTP-EQUIV="updated" CONTENT="Tue, 03 Oct 2000 16:18:29">
- <META HTTP-EQUIV="review" CONTENT="Wed, 03 Oct 2001 16:18:29">
- <META HTTP-EQUIV="expires" CONTENT="Thu, 03 Oct 2002 16:18:29">
- </HEAD><BODY>
- <!-- (C) IBM Corporation 2000. All Rights Reserved    --> 
- <BODY bgcolor="ffffff"> 
- <!-- End Header Records  ============================================ -->
- <A NAME="Top_Of_Page"></A>
- <H1>Administration Reference</H1>
- <HR><P ALIGN="center"> <A HREF="../index.htm"><IMG SRC="../books.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Return to Library]"></A> <A HREF="auarf002.htm#ToC"><IMG SRC="../toc.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Contents]"></A> <A HREF="auarf050.htm"><IMG SRC="../prev.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Previous Topic]"></A> <A HREF="#Bot_Of_Page"><IMG SRC="../bot.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Bottom of Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf052.htm"><IMG SRC="../next.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Next Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf284.htm#HDRINDEX"><IMG SRC="../index.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Index]"></A> <P> 
- <P>
- <H2><A NAME="HDRVLDBDB" HREF="auarf002.htm#ToC_49">vldb.DB0 and vldb.DBSYS1</A></H2>
- <P><STRONG>Purpose</STRONG>
- <A NAME="IDX4030"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX4031"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX4032"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX4033"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX4034"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX4035"></A>
- <P>Contain the Volume Location Database and associated log
- <P><STRONG>Description</STRONG>
- <P>The file <B>vldb.DB0</B> contains the Volume Location Database
- (VLDB), which tracks the location of all AFS volumes stored on file server
- machines in the cell. The Volume Location (VL) Server
- (<B>vlserver</B> process) provides information from the database to Cache
- Managers when they need to access AFS data.
- <P>The file <B>vldb.DBSYS1</B> is a log file in which the VL Server
- logs each database operation before performing it. When an operation is
- interrupted, the VL Server replays the log to complete the operation.
- <P>Both files are in binary format and reside in the <B>/usr/afs/db</B>
- directory on each of the cell's database server machines. When the
- VL Server starts or restarts on a given machine, it establishes a connection
- with its peers and verifies that its copy of the database matches the copy on
- the other database server machines. If not, the VL Servers call on
- AFS's distributed database technology, Ubik, to distribute to all of the
- machines the copy of the database with the highest version number.
- <P>Always use the commands in the <B>vos</B> suite to administer the
- VLDB. It is advisable to create an archive copy of the database on a
- regular basis, using a tool such as the UNIX <B>tar</B> command.
- <P><STRONG>Related Information</STRONG>
- <P><A HREF="auarf248.htm#HDRVLDB_CHECK">vldb_check</A>
- <P><A HREF="auarf249.htm#HDRVLSERVER">vlserver</A>
- <P><A HREF="auarf252.htm#HDRVOS_INTRO">vos</A>
- <P>
- <HR><P ALIGN="center"> <A HREF="../index.htm"><IMG SRC="../books.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Return to Library]"></A> <A HREF="auarf002.htm#ToC"><IMG SRC="../toc.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Contents]"></A> <A HREF="auarf050.htm"><IMG SRC="../prev.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Previous Topic]"></A> <A HREF="#Top_Of_Page"><IMG SRC="../top.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Top of Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf052.htm"><IMG SRC="../next.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Next Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf284.htm#HDRINDEX"><IMG SRC="../index.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Index]"></A> <P> 
- <!-- Begin Footer Records  ========================================== -->
- <P><HR><B> 
- <br>&#169; <A HREF="http://www.ibm.com/">IBM Corporation 2000.</A>  All Rights Reserved 
- </B> 
- <!-- End Footer Records  ============================================ -->
- <A NAME="Bot_Of_Page"></A>
- </BODY></HTML>
--- 0 ----
Index: openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf052.htm
diff -c openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf052.htm:1.3 openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf052.htm:removed
*** openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf052.htm:1.3	Thu Jul 29 00:17:02 2004
--- openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf052.htm	Thu Oct  2 10:12:22 2008
***************
*** 1,122 ****
- <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 4//EN">
- <HTML><HEAD>
- <TITLE>Administration Reference</TITLE>
- <!-- Begin Header Records  ========================================== -->
- <!-- /tmp/idwt3672/auarf000.scr converted by idb2h R4.2 (359) ID      -->
- <!-- Workbench Version (AIX) on 3 Oct 2000 at 16:18:30                -->
- <META HTTP-EQUIV="updated" CONTENT="Tue, 03 Oct 2000 16:18:29">
- <META HTTP-EQUIV="review" CONTENT="Wed, 03 Oct 2001 16:18:29">
- <META HTTP-EQUIV="expires" CONTENT="Thu, 03 Oct 2002 16:18:29">
- </HEAD><BODY>
- <!-- (C) IBM Corporation 2000. All Rights Reserved    --> 
- <BODY bgcolor="ffffff"> 
- <!-- End Header Records  ============================================ -->
- <A NAME="Top_Of_Page"></A>
- <H1>Administration Reference</H1>
- <HR><P ALIGN="center"> <A HREF="../index.htm"><IMG SRC="../books.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Return to Library]"></A> <A HREF="auarf002.htm#ToC"><IMG SRC="../toc.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Contents]"></A> <A HREF="auarf051.htm"><IMG SRC="../prev.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Previous Topic]"></A> <A HREF="#Bot_Of_Page"><IMG SRC="../bot.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Bottom of Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf053.htm"><IMG SRC="../next.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Next Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf284.htm#HDRINDEX"><IMG SRC="../index.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Index]"></A> <P> 
- <P>
- <H2><A NAME="HDRAFSMONCONFIG" HREF="auarf002.htm#ToC_50">afsmonitor Configuration File</A></H2>
- <P><STRONG>Purpose</STRONG>
- <A NAME="IDX4036"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX4037"></A>
- <P>Provides instructions for the <B>afsmonitor</B> command
- <P><STRONG>Description</STRONG>
- <P>The <B>afsmonitor</B> configuration file determines which machines the
- <B>afsmonitor</B> command probes for File Server or Cache Manager
- statistics and which statistics it gathers. Use the <B>-config</B>
- argument to the <B>afsmonitor</B> command to identify the configuration
- file to use.
- <P>The instructions that can appear in the configuration file are as
- follows:
- <DL>
- <P><DT><B><TT>cm  <VAR>host_name</VAR></TT>
- </B><DD>Names a client machine for which to display Cache Manager
- statistics. The order of <B>cm</B> lines in the file determines the
- order in which client machines appear from top to bottom on the <TT>System
- Overview</TT> and <TT>Cache Managers</TT> output screens.
- <P><DT><B><TT>fs  <VAR>host_name</VAR></TT>
- </B><DD>Names a file server machine for which to display File Server
- statistics. The order of <B>fs</B> lines in the file determines the
- order in which file server machines appear from top to bottom on the
- <TT>System Overview</TT> and <TT>File Servers</TT> output screens.
- <P><DT><B><TT>thresh  fs | cm  <VAR>field_name</VAR>  <VAR>thresh_val</VAR> 
- [<VAR>cmd_to_run</VAR>]  [<VAR>arg</VAR><SUB>1</SUB>] . . .
- [<VAR>arg</VAR><SUB>n</SUB>]</TT>
- </B><DD>Assigns the threshold value <VAR>thresh_val</VAR> to the statistic
- <VAR>field_name</VAR>, for either a File Server statistic (<B>fs</B>) or a
- Cache Manager statistic (<B>cm</B>). The optional
- <VAR>cmd_to_execute</VAR> field names a binary or script to execute each time
- the value of the statistic changes from being below <VAR>thresh_val</VAR> to
- being at or above <VAR>thresh_val</VAR>. A change between two values that
- both exceed <VAR>thresh_val</VAR> does not retrigger the binary or
- script. The optional <VAR>arg</VAR><SUB>1</SUB> through
- <VAR>arg</VAR><SUB>n</SUB> fields are additional values that the
- <B>afsmonitor</B> program passes as arguments to the
- <VAR>cmd_to_execute</VAR> command. If any of them include one or more
- spaces, enclose the entire field in double quotes.
- <p>The <b>afsmonitor</b> program passes the following parameters to the
- <var>cmd_to_execute</var>&#58;
- <p><dt><b><var>host_name</var> fs|cm <var>field_name</var>
- <var>threshold_val</var>
- <var>actual_val</var> [&lt;<var>arg</var><sub>1</sub>>]
- . . . [&lt;<var>arg</var><sub>n</sub>>]</b>
- <P>The parameters <B>fs</B>, <B>cm</B>, <VAR>field_name</VAR>,
- <VAR>threshold_val</VAR>, and <VAR>arg</VAR><SUB>1</SUB> through
- <VAR>arg</VAR><SUB>n</SUB> correspond to the values with the same name on the
- <B>thresh</B> line. The <VAR>host_name</VAR> parameter identifies the
- file server or client machine where the statistic has crossed the threshold,
- and the <VAR>actual_val</VAR> parameter is the actual value of
- <VAR>field_name</VAR> that exceeds the threshold value.
- <P>Use the <B>thresh</B> line to set either a global threshold, which
- applies to all file server machines listed on <B>fs</B> lines or client
- machines listed on <B>cm</B> lines in the configuration file, or a
- machine-specific threshold, which applies to only one file server or client
- machine.
- <UL>
- <P><LI>To set a global threshold, place the <B>thresh</B> line before any of
- the <B>fs</B> or <B>cm</B> lines in the file.
- <P><LI>To set a machine-specific threshold, place the <B>thresh</B> line
- below the corresponding <B>fs</B> or <B>cm</B> line, and above any
- other <B>fs</B> or <B>cm</B> lines. A machine-specific
- threshold value always overrides the corresponding global threshold, if
- set. Do not place a <B>thresh fs</B> line directly after a
- <B>cm</B> line or a <B>thresh cm</B> line directly after a
- <B>fs</B> line.
- </UL>
- <P><DT><B><TT>show  fs | cm  <VAR>field/group/section</VAR></TT>
- </B><DD>Specifies which individual statistic, group of statistics, or section of
- statistics to display on the <TT>File Servers</TT> screen (<B>fs</B>) or
- <TT>Cache Managers</TT> screen (<B>cm</B>) and the order in which to
- display them. The appendix of <B>afsmonitor</B> statistics in the
- <I>IBM AFS Administration Guide</I> specifies the group and section to
- which each statistic belongs. Include as many <B>show</B> lines as
- necessary to customize the screen display as desired, and place them anywhere
- in the file. The top-to-bottom order of the <B>show</B> lines in
- the configuration file determines the left-to-right order in which the
- statistics appear on the corresponding screen.
- <P>If there are no <B>show</B> lines in the configuration file, then the
- screens display all statistics for both Cache Managers and File
- Servers. Similarly, if there are no <B>show fs</B> lines, the
- <TT>File Servers</TT> screen displays all file server statistics, and if
- there are no <B>show cm</B> lines, the <TT>Cache Managers</TT> screen
- displays all client statistics.
- <P><DT><B># <VAR>comments</VAR>
- </B><DD>Precedes a line of text that the <B>afsmonitor</B> program ignores
- because of the initial number (<B>#</B>) sign, which must appear in the
- very first column of the line.
- </DL>
- <P>For a list of the values that can appear in the
- <VAR>field/group/section</VAR> field of a <B>show</B> instruction, see the
- <B>afsmonitor</B> statistics appendix to the <I>IBM AFS Administration
- Guide</I>.
- <P><STRONG>Related Information</STRONG>
- <P><A HREF="auarf059.htm#HDRAFSMONITOR">afsmonitor</A>
- <P>
- <HR><P ALIGN="center"> <A HREF="../index.htm"><IMG SRC="../books.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Return to Library]"></A> <A HREF="auarf002.htm#ToC"><IMG SRC="../toc.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Contents]"></A> <A HREF="auarf051.htm"><IMG SRC="../prev.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Previous Topic]"></A> <A HREF="#Top_Of_Page"><IMG SRC="../top.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Top of Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf053.htm"><IMG SRC="../next.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Next Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf284.htm#HDRINDEX"><IMG SRC="../index.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Index]"></A> <P> 
- <!-- Begin Footer Records  ========================================== -->
- <P><HR><B> 
- <br>&#169; <A HREF="http://www.ibm.com/">IBM Corporation 2000.</A>  All Rights Reserved 
- </B> 
- <!-- End Footer Records  ============================================ -->
- <A NAME="Bot_Of_Page"></A>
- </BODY></HTML>
--- 0 ----
Index: openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf053.htm
diff -c openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf053.htm:1.1 openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf053.htm:removed
*** openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf053.htm:1.1	Wed Jun  6 14:09:11 2001
--- openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf053.htm	Thu Oct  2 10:12:22 2008
***************
*** 1,655 ****
- <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 4//EN">
- <HTML><HEAD>
- <TITLE>Administration Reference</TITLE>
- <!-- Begin Header Records  ========================================== -->
- <!-- /tmp/idwt3672/auarf000.scr converted by idb2h R4.2 (359) ID      -->
- <!-- Workbench Version (AIX) on 3 Oct 2000 at 16:18:30                -->
- <META HTTP-EQUIV="updated" CONTENT="Tue, 03 Oct 2000 16:18:29">
- <META HTTP-EQUIV="review" CONTENT="Wed, 03 Oct 2001 16:18:29">
- <META HTTP-EQUIV="expires" CONTENT="Thu, 03 Oct 2002 16:18:29">
- </HEAD><BODY>
- <!-- (C) IBM Corporation 2000. All Rights Reserved    --> 
- <BODY bgcolor="ffffff"> 
- <!-- End Header Records  ============================================ -->
- <A NAME="Top_Of_Page"></A>
- <H1>Administration Reference</H1>
- <HR><P ALIGN="center"> <A HREF="../index.htm"><IMG SRC="../books.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Return to Library]"></A> <A HREF="auarf002.htm#ToC"><IMG SRC="../toc.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Contents]"></A> <A HREF="auarf052.htm"><IMG SRC="../prev.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Previous Topic]"></A> <A HREF="#Bot_Of_Page"><IMG SRC="../bot.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Bottom of Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf054.htm"><IMG SRC="../next.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Next Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf284.htm#HDRINDEX"><IMG SRC="../index.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Index]"></A> <P> 
- <P>
- <H2><A NAME="HDRPACKAGECONFIG" HREF="auarf002.htm#ToC_51">package Configuration File</A></H2>
- <P><STRONG>Purpose</STRONG>
- <A NAME="IDX4038"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX4039"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX4040"></A>
- <P>Provides instructions for the <B>package</B> command
- <P><STRONG>Description</STRONG>
- <P>The <B>package</B> configuration file defines the file system elements
- that the <B>package</B> command creates or alters on the local disk of an
- AFS client machine it is configuring. Use the <B>-config</B> or
- <B>-fullconfig</B> argument to the <B>package</B> command to identify
- the configuration file to use.
- <P><B>Summary of Configuration File Instructions</B>
- <P>The configuration file can include one or more instances of each of the
- following instructions, each on its own line. A more detailed
- description of each instruction's syntax follows this list.
- <DL>
- <P><DT><B>B
- </B><DD>Defines a block special device, such as a disk, which deals with input in
- units of multi-byte command blocks
- <P><DT><B>C
- </B><DD>Defines a character special device, such as a terminal or tty, which deals
- with input in single character units
- <P><DT><B>D
- </B><DD>Creates a directory
- <P><DT><B>F
- </B><DD>Creates or alters a file to match the contents of a specified source file
- <P><DT><B>L
- </B><DD>Creates a symbolic link
- <P><DT><B>S
- </B><DD>Defines a socket, which is a communications device for UDP and TCP/IP
- connections
- <P><DT><B>%define
- </B><DD>Defines a variable or declares a string as defined
- <P><DT><B>%ifdef
- </B><DD>Specifies an action to perform if a certain string is declared or defined
- <P><DT><B>%ifndef
- </B><DD>Specifies an action to perform if a certain string is not declared or
- defined
- <P><DT><B>%include
- </B><DD>Includes a library file
- <P><DT><B>%undef
- </B><DD>Declares a string not to be defined, or a variable no longer to have a
- value
- </DL>
- <P><B>The B and C Instructions for Defining Block and Character Special
- Devices</B>
- <A NAME="IDX4041"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX4042"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX4043"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX4044"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX4045"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX4046"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX4047"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX4048"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX4049"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX4050"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX4051"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX4052"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX4053"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX4054"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX4055"></A>
- <P>The <B>B</B> instruction in a <B>package</B> configuration file
- defines a block special device, such as a disk, that deals with input in units
- of multi-byte command blocks. The <B>C</B> instruction defines a
- character special device, such as a terminal or tty, that deals with input in
- single character units. They share a common syntax:
- <PRE>   {<B>B </B>| <B>C</B>}   <VAR>device_name</VAR>  <VAR>major_device</VAR>  <VAR>minor_device</VAR>  <VAR>owner</VAR>  <VAR>group</VAR>  <VAR>mode_bits</VAR>
-    
- </PRE>
- <P>where
- <DL>
- <P><DT><B>B
- </B><DD>Indicates the definition of a block special device. It must be a
- capital letter.
- <P><DT><B>C
- </B><DD>Indicates the definition of character special device. It must be a
- capital letter.
- <P><DT><B><VAR>device_name</VAR>
- </B><DD>Names the special device to define. To learn the name format
- appropriate to the machine's system type, consult the hardware or
- operating system documentation.
- <P><DT><B><VAR>major_device</VAR>
- </B><DD>Specifies the device's major device number in decimal format.
- To learn the correct value for the machine's system type, consult the
- hardware or operating system documentation.
- <P><DT><B><VAR>minor_device</VAR>
- </B><DD>Specifies the device's minor device number in one of hexadecimal,
- octal, or decimal format. Precede a hexadecimal number with the string
- <B>0x</B> (zero and the letter <B>x</B>) or an octal number with a
- <B>0</B> (zero). A number without either prefix is interpreted as a
- decimal. To learn the correct value for the machine's system type,
- consult the hardware or operating system documentation.
- <P><DT><B><VAR>owner</VAR>
- </B><DD>Specifies the username or UNIX user ID (UID) of the user to be designated
- the device's owner in the output from the UNIX <B>ls -l</B>
- command.
- <P><DT><B><VAR>group</VAR>
- </B><DD>Specifies the group name or UNIX group ID (GID) of the group to be
- designated the device's group in the output from the UNIX <B>ls
- -lg</B> command.
- <P><DT><B><VAR>mode_bits</VAR>
- </B><DD>Defines the device's UNIX mode bits. Acceptable values are the
- standard three- or four-digit numbers corresponding to combinations of
- permissions. Examples: <B>755</B> corresponds to
- <B>rwxr-xr-x</B>, and <B>644</B> to <B>rw-r--r--</B>.
- </DL>
- <P><B>The D Instruction for Creating a Directory</B>
- <A NAME="IDX4056"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX4057"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX4058"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX4059"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX4060"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX4061"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX4062"></A>
- <P>The <B>D</B> instruction in a <B>package</B> configuration file
- creates a directory on the local disk. If a symbolic link, file, or
- other element on the local disk has the same name, it is replaced with a
- directory. If the directory already exists, its owner, group, and mode
- bits are changed if necessary to conform with the instruction. The
- instruction has the following syntax:
- <PRE>   <B>D</B>[<VAR>update_code</VAR>]  <VAR>directory</VAR>  <VAR>owner</VAR>  <VAR>group</VAR>  <VAR>mode_bits</VAR>
-    
- </PRE>
- <P>where
- <DL>
- <P><DT><B>D
- </B><DD>Indicates the creation of a directory. It must be a capital
- letter.
- <P><DT><B><VAR>update_code</VAR>
- </B><DD>Modulates the directory creation instruction. It is optional and
- follows the letter <B>D</B> directly, without an intervening space.
- Choose one of the two acceptable values: 
- <DL>
- <P><DT><B>X
- </B><DD>Indicates that the directory is a <B>lost+found</B> directory (used by
- the <B>fsck</B> program).
- <P><DT><B>R
- </B><DD>Removes any subdirectory (along its contents) or file that exists in the
- existing directory on the local disk but for which an instruction does not
- appear in the configuration file.
- </DL>
- <P><DT><B><VAR>directory</VAR>
- </B><DD>Specifies the full pathname of the directory to create.
- <P><DT><B><VAR>owner</VAR>
- </B><DD>Specifies the username or UNIX user ID (UID) of the user to be designated
- the directory's owner in the output from the UNIX <B>ls -ld</B>
- command.
- <P><DT><B><VAR>group</VAR>
- </B><DD>Specifies the name or UNIX group ID (GID) of the group to be designated
- the directory's group in the output from the UNIX <B>ls -lgd</B>
- command.
- <P><DT><B><VAR>mode_bits</VAR>
- </B><DD>Defines the directory's UNIX mode bits. Acceptable values are
- the standard three- or four-digit numbers corresponding to combinations of
- permissions. Examples: <B>755</B> corresponds to
- <B>drwxr-xr-x</B>, and <B>644</B> to <B>drw-r--r--</B>.
- </DL>
- <P><B>The F Instruction for Creating or Updating a File</B>
- <A NAME="IDX4063"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX4064"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX4065"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX4066"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX4067"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX4068"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX4069"></A>
- <P>The <B>F</B> instruction in a <B>package</B> configuration file
- creates or updates a file on the local disk by copying in the contents of the
- indicated source file, which can reside in AFS or on the local disk. If
- the <B>package</B> command interpreter cannot access the source file, it
- exits without executing any instruction in the configuration file.
- <P>If a file with the same name already exists on disk, the <B>package</B>
- command overwrites it with the contents of the source file, unless the
- <B>I</B> update code is used to prevent that. To add a
- <B>.old</B> extension to the current version of the file, include
- the <B>O</B> update code. To have the machine reboot automatically
- after the <B>package</B> program completes, include the <B>Q</B>
- update code.
- <P>If a symbolic link, directory, or other element on the local disk has the
- same name, it is replaced with the file (a directory's contents are first
- removed as necessary).
- <P>The instruction has the following syntax:
- <PRE>   <B>F</B>[<VAR>update_code</VAR>]  <VAR>file</VAR>  <VAR>source_file</VAR>  [<VAR>owner  group  mode_bits</VAR>]
-    
- </PRE>
- <P>where
- <DL>
- <P><DT><B>F
- </B><DD>Indicates the creation or update of a file. It must be a capital
- letter.
- <P><DT><B><VAR>update_code</VAR>
- </B><DD>Modulates the file creation instruction. It is optional and follows
- the letter <B>F</B> directly, without an intervening space. Choose
- one or more of the four acceptable values, and list them in any order: 
- <DL>
- <P><DT><B>A
- </B><DD>Indicates that the pathname in the <VAR>source_file</VAR> field is the
- complete pathname of the source file, including the filename. If this
- argument is omitted, the <B>package</B> command appends the pathname in
- the <VAR> file</VAR> field to the pathname in the <VAR>source_file</VAR> field to
- derive the source file's full name. This code allows the source
- and target filenames to differ.
- <P><DT><B>I
- </B><DD>Preserves the existing file called <VAR>file</VAR>, rather than overwriting
- it.
- <P><DT><B>O
- </B><DD>Saves the existing version of the file by appending a
- <B>.old</B> extension to it.
- <P><DT><B>Q
- </B><DD>Causes the <B>package</B> command to exit with status code
- <B>4</B> if it overwrites the file. If the standard
- <B>package</B>-related changes have been made to the machine's AFS
- initialization file, then status code <B>4</B> causes the machine to
- reboot automatically. Use this code when the machine must reboot if
- updates to the file are to have any effect (for example, if the operating
- system file--<B>/vmunix</B> or equivalent--has changed).
- </DL>
- <P><DT><B><VAR>file</VAR>
- </B><DD>Specifies the complete pathname on the local disk of the file to create or
- update, including the filename as the final element.
- <P><DT><B><VAR>source_file</VAR>
- </B><DD>Specifies the pathname (local or AFS) of the file to copy to the local
- disk.
- <P>If the <B>A</B> update code is included, specify the source file's
- complete pathname. Otherwise, the <B>package</B> command derives
- the source file's full name by appending the <VAR>file</VAR> pathname to
- this pathname. For example, if the <B>A</B> update code is not
- included and the file <B>/afs/abc.com/rs_aix42/bin/grep</B> is the
- source file for the <B>/bin/grep</B> binary, the proper value in this
- field is <B>/afs/abc.com/rs_aix42</B>.
- <P><DT><B><VAR>owner</VAR>
- </B><DD>Specifies the username or UNIX user ID (UID) of the user to be designated
- the file's owner in the output from the UNIX <B>ls -l</B>
- command. 
- <P>To copy the source file's owner to the target file, leave this field
- empty. In this case, the <VAR>group</VAR> and <VAR>mode_bits</VAR> fields
- must also be empty.
- <P><DT><B><VAR>group</VAR>
- </B><DD>Specifies the name or UNIX group ID (GID) of the group to be designated
- the file's group in the output from the UNIX <B>ls -lg</B>
- command. 
- <P>To copy the source file's group to the target file, leave this field
- empty. In this case, the <VAR> owner</VAR> and <VAR>mode_bits</VAR> fields
- must also be empty.
- <P><DT><B><VAR>mode_bits</VAR>
- </B><DD>Defines the file's UNIX mode bits. Acceptable values are the
- standard three- or four-digit numbers corresponding to combinations of
- permissions. Examples: <B>755</B> corresponds to
- <B>rwxr-xr-x</B>, and <B>644</B> to <B>rw-r--r--</B>. 
- <P>To copy the source file's mode bits to the target file, leave this
- field empty. In this case, the <VAR>owner</VAR> and <VAR>group</VAR> fields
- must also be empty.
- </DL>
- <P><B>The L Instruction for Creating a Symbolic Link</B>
- <A NAME="IDX4070"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX4071"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX4072"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX4073"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX4074"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX4075"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX4076"></A>
- <P>The <B>L</B> instruction in a <B>package</B> configuration file
- creates a symbolic link on the local disk to a directory or file that exists
- either in AFS or elsewhere on the local disk. As with the standard UNIX
- <B>ln -s</B> command, the link is created even if the actual file or
- directory does not exist.
- <P>If a file or directory on the local disk already has the same name, the
- <B>package</B> command replaces it with a symbolic link.
- <P>The instruction has the following syntax:
- <PRE>   <B>L</B>[<VAR>update_code</VAR>]  <VAR>link</VAR>  <VAR>actual_path</VAR>  [<VAR>owner  group  mode_bits</VAR>]
-     
- </PRE>
- <P>where
- <DL>
- <P><DT><B>L
- </B><DD>Indicates the creation of a symbolic link. It must be a capital
- letter.
- <P><DT><B><VAR>update_code</VAR>
- </B><DD>Modulates the link creation instruction. It is optional and follows
- the letter <B>L</B> directly, without an intervening space. Choose
- one or both of the acceptable values, and list them in any order: 
- <DL>
- <P><DT><B>A
- </B><DD>Indicates that the pathname in the <VAR>actual_path</VAR> field is the
- complete pathname of the actual directory or file (including the filename for
- a file). If this argument is omitted, the <B>package</B> command
- appends the value in the <VAR>link</VAR> field to the pathname in the
- <VAR>actual_path</VAR> field to derive the actual directory or file's full
- name. This code allows the name of the symbolic link and actual
- directory or file to differ.
- <P><DT><B>I
- </B><DD>Preserves the existing symbolic link called <VAR>link</VAR>, rather than
- overwriting it.
- </DL>
- <P><DT><B><VAR>link</VAR>
- </B><DD>Specifies the complete local disk pathname of the symbolic link to
- create.
- <P><DT><B><VAR>actual_path</VAR>
- </B><DD>Specifies the pathname (local or AFS) of the directory or file to which
- the link refers. If the <B>A</B> update code is included, specify
- the directory or file's complete pathname. Otherwise, the
- <B>package</B> command derives the actual directory or file's full
- name by appending the value in the <VAR>link</VAR> field to this
- pathname. For example, if the <B>A</B> update code is not included
- and <B>/etc/ftpd</B> is a symbolic link to the file
- <B>/afs/abc.com/sun4x_56/etc/ftpd</B>, the proper value in this
- field is <B>/afs/abc.com/sun4x_56</B>.
- <P>The <B>package</B> command interpreter correctly handles pathnames that
- begin with the <B>./</B> (period, slash) or
- <B>../</B> (two periods, slash) notation, interpreting them
- relative to the current working directory from which the <B>package</B>
- command is invoked.
- <P><DT><B><VAR>owner</VAR>
- </B><DD>Specifies the username or UNIX user ID (UID) of the user to be designated
- the symbolic link's owner in the output from the UNIX <B>ls -l</B>
- command.
- <P>To designate the issuer of the <B>package</B> command (usually, the
- local superuser <B>root</B>) as the symbolic link's owner, leave this
- field empty. In this case, the <VAR>group</VAR> and <VAR>mode_bits</VAR>
- fields must also be empty.
- <P><DT><B><VAR>group</VAR>
- </B><DD>Specifies the name or UNIX group ID (GID) of the group to be designated
- the link's group in the output from the UNIX <B>ls -lg</B>
- command.
- <P>To have the symbolic link's group match the default group associated
- with the <B>package</B> command's issuer, leave this field
- empty. The issuer is usually the local superuser <B>root</B> and
- the default group is designated in the issuer's entry in the local
- <B>/etc/passwd</B> file or equivalent. If this field is left empty,
- the <VAR>owner</VAR> and <VAR>mode_bits</VAR> fields must also be empty.
- <P><DT><B><VAR>mode_bits</VAR>
- </B><DD>Defines the symbolic link's UNIX mode bits. Acceptable values
- are the standard three- or four-digit numbers corresponding to combinations of
- permissions. Examples: <B>755</B> corresponds to
- <B>rwxr-xr-x</B>, and <B>644</B> to <B>rw-r--r--</B>.
- <P>Leaving this field empty sets the symbolic link's mode bits to
- <B>777</B> (<B>rwxrwxrwx</B>). In this case, the <VAR>owner</VAR>
- and <VAR>group</VAR> fields must also be empty.
- </DL>
- <P><B>The S Instruction for Creating a Socket</B>
- <A NAME="IDX4077"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX4078"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX4079"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX4080"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX4081"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX4082"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX4083"></A>
- <P>The <B>S</B> instruction in a <B>package</B> configuration file
- creates a socket (a communications device for UDP or TCP/IP connections) on
- the local disk. The instruction has the following syntax:
- <PRE>   <B>S</B>  <VAR>socket</VAR> [<VAR>owner  group  mode_bits</VAR>]
-    
- </PRE>
- <P>where
- <DL>
- <P><DT><B>S
- </B><DD>Indicates the creation of a socket. It must be a capital
- letter.
- <P><DT><B><VAR>socket</VAR>
- </B><DD>Names the socket. The proper format depends on the local
- machine's operating system.
- <P><DT><B><VAR>owner</VAR>
- </B><DD>Specifies the username or UNIX user ID (UID) of the user to be designated
- the socket's owner in the output from the UNIX <B>ls -l</B>
- command.
- <P>To designate the issuer of the <B>package</B> command (usually, the
- local superuser <B>root</B>) as the socket's owner, leave this field
- empty. In this case, the <VAR>group</VAR> and <VAR>mode_bits</VAR> fields
- must also be empty.
- <P><DT><B><VAR>group</VAR>
- </B><DD>Specifies the name or UNIX group ID (GID) of the group to be designated
- the socket's group in the output from the UNIX <B>ls -lg</B>
- command.
- <P>To have the symbolic link's group match the default group associated
- with the <B>package</B> command's issuer, leave this field
- empty. The issuer is usually the local superuser <B>root</B> and
- the default group is designated in the issuer's entry in the local
- <B>/etc/passwd</B> file or equivalent. If this field is left empty,
- the <VAR>owner</VAR> and <VAR>mode_bits</VAR> fields must also be empty.
- <P><DT><B><VAR>mode_bits</VAR>
- </B><DD>Defines the socket's UNIX mode bits. Acceptable values are the
- standard three- or four-digit numbers corresponding to combinations of
- permissions. Examples: <B>755</B> corresponds to
- <B>rwxr-xr-x</B>, and <B>644</B> to <B>rw-r--r--</B>.
- <P>Leaving this field empty sets the symbolic link's mode bits to
- <B>777</B> (<B>rwxrwxrwx</B>), modulated by the cell's
- umask. In this case, the <VAR>owner</VAR> and <VAR>group</VAR> fields must
- also be empty.
- </DL>
- <P><B>The %define or %undef Instructions Declaring or Undeclaring a
- Definition</B>
- <A NAME="IDX4084"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX4085"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX4086"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX4087"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX4088"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX4089"></A>
- <P>The <B>%define</B> instruction in a <B>package</B> configuration
- file declares or defines a variable, depending on its number of
- arguments:
- <UL>
- <P><LI>If followed by a single argument, it declares that argument to be
- defined. The argument is then available as a controller when mentioned
- in <B>%ifdef</B> and <B>%ifndef</B> statements, which evaluate to
- <B>true</B> and <B>false</B> respectively.
- <P><LI>If followed by two arguments, it defines the second argument as the value
- of the first. When the first argument appears later in this prototype
- or other prototype or library files as a variable--surrounded by curly
- braces and preceded by a dollar sign, as in the example
- <TT>${variable}</TT>--the <B>package</B> command interpreter
- substitutes the second argument for it.
- </UL>
- <P>The <B>%undef</B> statement negates the effect of a previous
- <B>%define</B> statement, declaring its argument to be defined no longer,
- or to have a value no longer if it is a variable.
- <P>The syntax for the two types of instruction are as follows:
- <PRE>   %define  <VAR>declaration</VAR>
-    %define  <VAR>variable</VAR>  <VAR>value</VAR>
-    %undef  <VAR>declaration</VAR>
-    %undef  <VAR>variable</VAR>
-    
- </PRE>
- <P>where
- <DL>
- <P><DT><B>%define
- </B><DD>Indicates a definition statement.
- <P><DT><B>%undef
- </B><DD>Indicates a statement that negates a definition.
- <P><DT><B><VAR>declaration</VAR>
- </B><DD>Names the string being declared by a <B>%define</B> statement, or
- negated by an <B>%undef</B> statement.
- <P><DT><B><VAR>variable</VAR>
- </B><DD>Specifies the name of the variable that a <B>%define</B> statement is
- defining, or an <B>%undef</B> statement is negating.
- <P><DT><B><VAR>value</VAR>
- </B><DD>Specifies the value to substitute for the string in the <VAR>variable</VAR>
- field when it appears in the appropriate format (surrounded by curly braces
- and preceded by a dollar sign, as in the example <TT>${variable}</TT>), in
- this or other prototype and library files. It can include one or more
- words.
- </DL>
- <P><B>The %ifdef and %ifndef Instructions for Specifying a Conditional
- Action to Perform</B>
- <A NAME="IDX4090"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX4091"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX4092"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX4093"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX4094"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX4095"></A>
- <P>The <B>%ifdef</B> instruction in a <B>package</B> configuration
- file specifies one or more actions to perform if the indicated string has been
- declared by a single-argument <B>%define</B> statement, or is a variable
- for which a value has been defined by a two-argument <B>%define</B>
- statement.
- <P>Similarly, the <B>%ifndef</B> instruction specifies one or more actions
- to perform if the indicated string has not been declared or is a variable
- without a value, either because no <B>%define</B> statement has defined it
- or an <B>%undef</B> statement has undefined it.
- <P>In both cases, the optional <B>%else</B> statement specifies one or
- more alternate actions to perform if the first statement evaluates to
- <B>false</B>. (For an <B>%ifdef</B> statement, the
- <B>%else</B> statement is executed if the indicated string has never been
- declared or is a variable without a value, or if an <B>%undef</B>
- statement has undefined either one; for an <B>%ifndef</B> statement,
- it is executed if the string has been declared or is a variable with a
- value.)
- <P>It is possible to nest any number of <B>%ifdef</B> and
- <B>%ifndef</B> statements.
- <P>The two types of statement share a common syntax:
- <PRE>   %ifdef | ifndef   <VAR>declaration</VAR> 
-                                   <VAR>action</VAR><SUP>+</SUP>
-    [%else [<VAR>declaration</VAR>] 
-                   <VAR>alternate_action</VAR><SUP>+</SUP>]
-    %endif <VAR>declaration</VAR>
-    
- </PRE>
- <P>where
- <DL>
- <P><DT><B>ifdef
- </B><DD>Indicates that the statement evaluates as <B>true</B> if the string in
- the <VAR>declaration</VAR> field is declared or is a variable with a defined
- value.
- <P><DT><B>ifndef
- </B><DD>Indicates that the statement evaluates as <B>true</B> if the string in
- the <VAR>declaration</VAR> field is not declared or is a variable without a
- defined value.
- <P><DT><B><VAR>declaration</VAR>
- </B><DD>Specifies the string that must be declared or the variable name that must
- have a defined value for an <B>%ifdef</B> statement to evaluate as
- <B>true</B>, which results in the specified action being performed.
- For an <B>%ifndef</B> statement, the string must not be declared or the
- variable must have no defined value for the statement to evaluate as
- <B>true</B>. The first and third occurrences of
- <VAR>declaration</VAR> (the latter following the string <B>%endif</B>) are
- required. The second occurrence (following the string <B>%else</B>)
- is optional, serving only to clarify to which <B>%ifdef</B> or
- <B>%ifndef</B> statement the <B>%else</B> statement belongs.
- <P><DT><B><VAR>action</VAR>
- </B><DD>Specifies each action to perform if the <B>%ifdef</B> or
- <B>%ifndef</B> statement evaluates as <B>true</B>. Each action
- must appear on a separate line. Acceptable types of actions are other
- statements beginning with a percent sign and definition instructions.
- <P><DT><B><VAR>alternate_action</VAR>
- </B><DD>Specifies each action to perform if the <B>%ifdef</B> or
- <B>%ifndef</B> statement evaluates to <B>false</B>. Each action
- must appear on a separate line. Acceptable types of actions are other
- statements beginning with a percent sign and definition instructions.
- </DL>
- <P><B>The %include Instruction for Including a Library File</B>
- <A NAME="IDX4096"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX4097"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX4098"></A>
- <P>The <B>%include</B> instruction in a <B>package</B> configuration
- file includes the contents of the indicated library file in a configuration
- file that results from the compilation of the prototype file in which the
- <B>%include</B> instruction appears. It has the following
- syntax:
- <PRE>   %include  <VAR>pathname</VAR>
-    
- </PRE>
- <P>where
- <DL>
- <P><DT><B>%include
- </B><DD>Indicates a library file include statement.
- <P><DT><B><VAR>pathname</VAR>
- </B><DD>Specifies the complete pathname of the library file to include. It
- can be in AFS or on the local disk, and can include one or more
- variables.
- </DL>
- <P><STRONG>Cautions</STRONG>
- <P>The configuration file must be completely correct. If there are any
- syntax errors or incorrect values, the <B>package</B> command interpreter
- exits without executing any instruction.
- <P><STRONG>Examples</STRONG>
- <P>The following example <B>B</B> and <B>C</B> instructions define a
- disk <B>/dev/hd0a</B> with major and minor device numbers <B>1</B> and
- <B>0</B> and mode bits of <B>-rw-r--r--</B>, and a tty
- <B>/dev/ttyp5</B> with major and minor device numbers <B>6</B> and
- <B>5</B> and mode bits of <B>-rw-rw-rw</B>. In both cases, the
- owner is <B>root</B> and the owning group <B>wheel</B>.
- <PRE>   B /dev/hd0a 1 0 root wheel 644
-    C /dev/ttyp5 6 5 root wheel 666
-    
- </PRE>
- <P>The following example <B>D</B> instruction creates the local
- <B>/usr</B> directory with owner <B>root</B> and group
- <B>wheel</B> and mode bits of <B>drwxr-xr-x</B>. The
- <B>R</B> update code removes any files and subdirectories that reside in
- the <B>/usr</B> directory (if it already exists) but do not appear in the
- configuration file.
- <PRE>   DR /usr root wheel 755
-    
- </PRE>
- <P>The following example <B>F</B> instruction, appropriate for a machine
- running AIX 4.2 in the ABC Corporation cell, creates or updates the
- local disk file <B>/bin/grep</B>, using
- <B>/afs/abc.com/rs_aix42/bin/grep</B> as the source.
- <PRE>   F /bin/grep /afs/abc.com/rs_aix42 root wheel 755
-    
- </PRE>
- <P>The next example <B>F</B> instruction creates the
- <B>/usr/vice/etc/ThisCell</B> file and specifies an absolute pathname for
- the source file, as indicated by the <B>A</B> update code. The
- <B>Q</B> code makes the <B>package</B> command return status code 4 as
- it exits, prompting a reboot of the machine if the standard
- <B>package</B>-related changes have been made to the machine's AFS
- initialization file. No values are provided for the owner, group and
- mode bits, so the file inherits them from the source file.
- <PRE>   FAQ /usr/vice/etc/ThisCell /afs/abc.com/common/etc/ThisCell
-    
- </PRE>
- <P>The following example <B>L</B> instruction, appropriate for a machine
- running AIX 4.2 in the ABC Corporation cell, creates a symbolic link
- from <B>/etc/ftpd</B> on the local disk to the file
- <B>/afs/abc.com/rs_aix42/etc/ftpd</B>.
- <PRE>   L /etc/ftpd /afs/abc.com/rs_aix42 root wheel 644
-    
- </PRE>
- <P>The following example <B>S</B> instruction defines the socket
- <B>/dev/printer</B>.
- <PRE> 
-    S /dev/printer root wheel 777
-    
- </PRE>
- <P>The following example <B>%define</B> instruction defines the value for
- the variable <TT>${diskmode}</TT>. This variable is used elsewhere in
- the template to fill the <VAR>owner_name</VAR>, <VAR>group_name</VAR>, and
- <VAR>mode_bits</VAR> fields in a <B>D</B>, <B>F</B>, or <B>L</B>
- instruction.
- <PRE>   %define diskmode root wheel 644
-     
- </PRE>
- <P>The following example <B>%undef</B> instruction declares the string
- <B>afsd</B> not to be defined.
- <PRE>   %undef afsd
-    
- </PRE>
- <P>The following example <B>%ifdef</B> instruction specifies that if the
- string <TT>rs_aix42</TT> is currently declared, then when the prototype file
- containing the instruction is compiled the three indicated library files are
- included. There is no alternate action defined. There must be
- <B>%define</B> statements earlier in the prototype file to declare
- <B>rs_aix42</B> and to assign a value to the <TT>${wsadmin}</TT>
- variable.
- <PRE>   %ifdef rs_aix42
-    %include ${wsadmin}/lib/rs_aix42.readonly
-    %include ${wsadmin}/lib/rs_aix42.generic
-    %include ${wsadmin}/lib/rs_aix42.generic.dev
-    %endif rs_aix42
-    
- </PRE>
- <P>The following example <B>%ifndef</B> instruction, appropriate for the
- State University cell, defines <TT>stateu.edu</TT> as the value of
- the <TT>${cell}</TT> variable if it does not already have a value.
- <PRE>   %ifndef cell
-    %define cell stateu.edu
-    %endif cell
-    
- </PRE>
- <P>The following example <B>%include</B> instruction includes the library
- file <B>base.generic</B> from the <B>lib</B> subdirectory of
- the directory in which <B>package</B>-related files reside. The
- <TT>${wsadmin}</TT> variable resolves to an actual pathname (such as
- <B>/afs/abc.com/wsadmin</B>) during compilation.
- <PRE>   %include ${wsadmin}/lib/base.generic
-    
- </PRE>
- <P><STRONG>Related Information</STRONG>
- <P><A HREF="auarf204.htm#HDRPACKAGE">package</A>
- <P>
- <HR><P ALIGN="center"> <A HREF="../index.htm"><IMG SRC="../books.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Return to Library]"></A> <A HREF="auarf002.htm#ToC"><IMG SRC="../toc.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Contents]"></A> <A HREF="auarf052.htm"><IMG SRC="../prev.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Previous Topic]"></A> <A HREF="#Top_Of_Page"><IMG SRC="../top.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Top of Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf054.htm"><IMG SRC="../next.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Next Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf284.htm#HDRINDEX"><IMG SRC="../index.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Index]"></A> <P> 
- <!-- Begin Footer Records  ========================================== -->
- <P><HR><B> 
- <br>&#169; <A HREF="http://www.ibm.com/">IBM Corporation 2000.</A>  All Rights Reserved 
- </B> 
- <!-- End Footer Records  ============================================ -->
- <A NAME="Bot_Of_Page"></A>
- </BODY></HTML>
--- 0 ----
Index: openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf054.htm
diff -c openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf054.htm:1.1 openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf054.htm:removed
*** openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf054.htm:1.1	Wed Jun  6 14:09:11 2001
--- openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf054.htm	Thu Oct  2 10:12:22 2008
***************
*** 1,343 ****
- <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 4//EN">
- <HTML><HEAD>
- <TITLE>Administration Reference</TITLE>
- <!-- Begin Header Records  ========================================== -->
- <!-- /tmp/idwt3672/auarf000.scr converted by idb2h R4.2 (359) ID      -->
- <!-- Workbench Version (AIX) on 3 Oct 2000 at 16:18:30                -->
- <META HTTP-EQUIV="updated" CONTENT="Tue, 03 Oct 2000 16:18:29">
- <META HTTP-EQUIV="review" CONTENT="Wed, 03 Oct 2001 16:18:29">
- <META HTTP-EQUIV="expires" CONTENT="Thu, 03 Oct 2002 16:18:29">
- </HEAD><BODY>
- <!-- (C) IBM Corporation 2000. All Rights Reserved    --> 
- <BODY bgcolor="ffffff"> 
- <!-- End Header Records  ============================================ -->
- <A NAME="Top_Of_Page"></A>
- <H1>Administration Reference</H1>
- <HR><P ALIGN="center"> <A HREF="../index.htm"><IMG SRC="../books.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Return to Library]"></A> <A HREF="auarf002.htm#ToC"><IMG SRC="../toc.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Contents]"></A> <A HREF="auarf053.htm"><IMG SRC="../prev.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Previous Topic]"></A> <A HREF="#Bot_Of_Page"><IMG SRC="../bot.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Bottom of Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf055.htm"><IMG SRC="../next.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Next Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf284.htm#HDRINDEX"><IMG SRC="../index.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Index]"></A> <P> 
- <P>
- <H2><A NAME="HDRUSSBULKINPUT" HREF="auarf002.htm#ToC_52">uss Bulk Input File</A></H2>
- <A NAME="IDX4099"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX4100"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX4101"></A>
- <P><STRONG>Purpose</STRONG>
- <P>Provides instructions for the <B>uss bulk</B> command
- <P><STRONG>Description</STRONG>
- <P>The <B>uss</B> bulk input file lists instructions for the
- <B>uss</B> command interpreter to execute when running the <B>uss
- bulk</B> command. If the file includes <B>add</B> instructions
- that reference a <B>uss</B> template file, then the template file must
- also exist.
- <P><B>Summary of Bulk Input File Instructions</B>
- <P>The bulk input file can include the following instructions, each on its own
- line. A more detailed description of each instruction's syntax
- follows this list.
- <DL>
- <P><DT><B>add
- </B><DD>Creates a user account. Equivalent to the <B>uss add</B>
- command.
- <P><DT><B>delete
- </B><DD>Deletes a user account. Equivalent to the <B>uss delete</B>
- command.
- <P><DT><B>delvolume
- </B><DD>Removes the volume and VLDB entry for each account referenced by a
- <B>delete</B> instruction that follows this instruction in the bulk input
- file.
- <P><DT><B>exec
- </B><DD>Executes a command.
- <P><DT><B>savevolume
- </B><DD>Preserves the volume and VLDB entry for each account referenced by a
- <B>delete</B> instruction that follows this instruction in the bulk input
- file.
- </DL>
- <P><B>The add Instruction for Creating an Account</B>
- <A NAME="IDX4102"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX4103"></A>
- <P>The <B>add</B> instruction creates a user account. Each instance
- in the bulk input file is equivalent in effect to a <B>uss add</B> command
- issued on the command line. The order of the instruction's fields
- matches the order of arguments to the <B>uss add</B> command, although
- some arguments do not have a corresponding field. Like the <B>uss
- add</B> command's arguments, many of the fields correspond to (provide
- a value for) a variable in the <B>uss</B> template file, as indicated in
- the following description of each field.
- <P>The instruction's syntax is as follows. It appears on multiple
- lines here only for the sake of legibility--each <B>add</B>
- instruction must appear on a single line in the bulk input file.
- <PRE>   add <VAR>username</VAR>[:<VAR>full_name</VAR>][:<VAR>initial_password</VAR>][:<VAR>password_expires</VAR>]
-        [:<VAR>file_server</VAR>][:<VAR>partition</VAR>][:<VAR>mount_point</VAR>][:<VAR>uid</VAR>][:<VAR>var1</VAR>][:<VAR>var2</VAR>]
-        [:<VAR>var3</VAR>][:<VAR>var4</VAR>][:<VAR>var5</VAR>][:<VAR>var6</VAR>][:<VAR>var7</VAR>][:<VAR>var8</VAR>][:<VAR>var9</VAR>][:]
-    
- </PRE>
- <P>To omit a value for a field (presumably because it is optional or the
- template specifies a constant value for it), type nothing between the two
- colons that surround it. After the last argument provided, end the line
- with either a colon and carriage return, or a carriage return alone.
- <P>The meaning of, and acceptable values for, each field are as
- follows.
- <DL>
- <P><DT><B><VAR>username</VAR>
- </B><DD>Names the user's Authentication Database and Protection Database
- entries. It can include up to eight alphanumeric characters, but not
- the <B>:</B> (colon), <B>.</B> (period), or <B>@</B>
- (at-sign) characters. Because it becomes the username (the name under
- which a user logs in), it is best not to include shell metacharacters and to
- obey the restrictions that many operating systems impose on usernames
- (usually, to contain no more than eight lowercase letters).
- <P>Corresponding argument to the <B>uss add</B> command:
- <B>-user</B>. Corresponding variable in the template file:
- $USER.
- <P><DT><B><VAR>full_name</VAR>
- </B><DD>Specifies the user's full name. Do not surround it with double
- quotes (""), even if it contains spaces. If not provided, it defaults
- to the username in the <VAR>username</VAR> field. 
- <P>Corresponding argument to the <B>uss add</B> command:
- <B>-realname</B>. Corresponding variable in the template
- file: $NAME. Many operating systems include a field for the full
- name in a user's entry in the local password file (<B>/etc/passwd</B>
- or equivalent), and this variable can be used to pass a value to be used in
- that field.
- <P><DT><B><VAR>initial_password</VAR>
- </B><DD>Specifies the user's initial password. Although the AFS
- commands that handle passwords accept strings of virtually unlimited length,
- it is best to use a password of eight characters or less, which is the maximum
- length that many applications and utilities accept. If not provided,
- this argument defaults to the string <B>changeme</B>.
- <P>Corresponding argument to the <B>uss add</B> command:
- <B>-pass</B>. Corresponding variable in the template file:
- none.
- <P><DT><B><VAR>password_expires</VAR>
- </B><DD>Sets the number of days after a user's password is changed that it
- remains valid. Provide an integer from the range <B>1</B> through
- <B>254</B> to specify the number of days until expiration, or the value
- <B>0</B> to indicate that the password never expires (the default).
- <P>When the password becomes invalid (expires), the user is unable to
- authenticate, but has 30 more days in which to issue the <B>kpasswd</B>
- command to change the password (after that, only an administrator can change
- it).
- <P>Corresponding argument to the <B>uss add</B> command:
- <B>-pwexpires</B>. Corresponding variable in the template
- file: $PWEXPIRES.
- <P><DT><B><VAR>file_server</VAR>
- </B><DD>Names the file server machine on which to create the new user's
- volume. It is best to provide a fully-qualified hostname (for example,
- <B>fs1.abc.com</B>), but an abbreviated form is acceptable
- provided that the cell's naming service is available to resolve it at the
- time the volume is created.
- <P>Corresponding argument to the <B>uss add</B> command:
- <B>-server</B>. Corresponding variable in the template file:
- $SERVER.
- <P><DT><B><VAR>partition</VAR>
- </B><DD>Specifies the partition on which to create the user's volume; it
- must reside on the file server machine named in the <VAR>file_server</VAR>
- field. Identify the partition by its complete name (for example,
- <B>/vicepa</B>, or use one of the following abbreviations: 
- <PRE>   <B>/vicepa</B>     =     <B>vicepa</B>      =      <B>a</B>      =      <B>0</B>
-    <B>/vicepb</B>     =     <B>vicepb</B>      =      <B>b</B>      =      <B>1</B>
-    
- </PRE>
- <P>
- <P>After <B>/vicepz</B> (for which the index is 25) comes 
- <PRE>   <B>/vicepaa</B>    =     <B>vicepaa</B>     =      <B>aa</B>     =      <B>26</B>
-    <B>/vicepab</B>    =     <B>vicepab</B>     =      <B>ab</B>     =      <B>27</B>
-    
- </PRE>
- <P>and so on through 
- <PRE>   <B>/vicepiv</B>    =     <B>vicepiv</B>     =      <B>iv</B>     =      <B>255</B>
-     
- </PRE>
- <P>Corresponding argument to the <B>uss add</B> command:
- <B>-partition</B>. Corresponding variable in template:
- $PART.
- <P><DT><B><VAR>mount_point</VAR>
- </B><DD>Specifies the complete pathname for the user's home directory.
- <P>Corresponding argument to the <B>uss add</B> command:
- <B>-mount</B>.
- <P>Corresponding variable in template: $MTPT, but in the template
- file's <B>V</B> instruction only. Occurrences of the $MTPT
- variable in template instructions that follow the <B>V</B> instruction
- take their value from the <B>V</B> instruction's <VAR>mount_point</VAR>
- field. Thus the value of this command line argument becomes the value
- for the $MTPT variable in instructions that follow the <B>V</B>
- instruction only if the string $MTPT appears alone in the <B>V</B>
- instruction's <VAR>mount_point</VAR> field.
- <P><DT><B><VAR>uid</VAR>
- </B><DD>Specifies a positive integer other than <B>0</B> (zero) to assign as
- the user's AFS UID. If this argument is omitted, the Protection
- Server assigns an AFS UID that is one greater than the current value of the
- <TT>max</TT> <TT>user</TT> <TT>id</TT> counter (use the <B>pts
- listmax</B> command to display the counter). If including this
- argument, first use the <B>pts examine</B> command to verify that no
- existing account already has the desired AFS UID; if one does, the
- account-creation process terminates with an error.
- <P>Corresponding argument to the <B>uss add</B> command:
- <B>-uid</B>. Corresponding variable in template: $UID.
- <P><DT><B><VAR>var1</VAR> through <VAR>var9</VAR>
- </B><DD>Specifies values for each of the number variables $1 through $9 that can
- appear in the template file. The number variables allow the
- administrator to provide values for variables other than the set defined by
- the <B>uss</B> command suite.
- <P>Corresponding argument to the <B>uss add</B> command:
- <B>-var</B>. Corresponding variables in template: $1 through
- $9.
- <P>If providing a value in any of the fields, then in every field that
- precedes it either provide an actual value or indicate an empty field by
- putting nothing between two colons. It is acceptable, but not
- necessary, to indicate empty fields by putting colons after the last field
- that contains an actual value.
- </DL>
- <P><B>The delete Instruction for Deleting an Account</B>
- <A NAME="IDX4104"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX4105"></A>
- <P>The <B>delete</B> instruction deletes a user account from the
- system. Each instance in the bulk input file is equivalent in effect to
- a <B>uss delete</B> command issued on the command line. The order
- of the instruction's fields matches the order of arguments to the
- <B>uss delete</B> command:
- <PRE>   delete <VAR>username</VAR>:<VAR>mount_point_path</VAR>[:{ savevolume | delvolume }][:]
-    
- </PRE>
- <P>where
- <DL>
- <P><DT><B><VAR>username</VAR>
- </B><DD>Names the entry to delete from the Protection and Authentication
- Databases.
- <P><DT><B><VAR>mount_point_path</VAR>
- </B><DD>Specifies the complete pathname to the user's home directory, which
- is deleted from the filespace. By default, the volume mounted there is
- also deleted from the file server machine where it resides, as is its record
- from the Volume Location Database (VLDB). To prevent deletion, include
- the <B>savevolume</B> string in the instruction's third field, or
- precede this <B>delete</B> instruction with a <B>savevolume</B>
- instruction. Partial pathnames are interpreted relative to the current
- working directory.
- <P><DT><B>savevolume
- </B><DD>Retains the volume on its file server machine, and the corresponding entry
- in the VLDB. Provide this value or <B>delvolume</B> in the third
- field, or omit both values to treat the volume according to the prevailing
- default, which is set by a preceding <B>savevolume</B> or
- <B>delvolume</B> instruction in the bulk input file.
- <P><DT><B>delvolume
- </B><DD>Removes the volume from its file server machine, and the corresponding
- entry from the VLDB. Provide this value or <B>savevolume</B> in the
- third field, or omit both values to treat the volume according to the
- prevailing default, which is set by a preceding <B>savevolume</B> or
- <B>delvolume</B> instruction in the bulk input file.
- </DL>
- <P>After the last argument provided, end the line with either a colon and
- carriage return or a carriage return alone.
- <P><B>The exec Instruction for Executing a Command</B>
- <P>The <B>exec</B> instruction executes the specified command, which can
- be a UNIX shell script or command, a program, or an AFS command. The
- <B>uss</B> command interpreter must have the necessary privileges in AFS
- and the local file system; it assumes the AFS and local identities of the
- issuer of the <B>uss bulk</B> command.
- <P>The instruction's syntax is as follows:
- <PRE>   exec <VAR>command</VAR>
-    
- </PRE>
- <P><B>The delvolume and savevolume Instructions for Setting the Default
- Treatment of Volumes</B>
- <A NAME="IDX4106"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX4107"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX4108"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX4109"></A>
- <P>The <B>savevolume</B> and <B>delvolume</B> instructions determine
- the default treatment of volumes referenced by the <B>delete</B>
- instructions that follow them in the bulk input file. Their syntax is
- as follows:
- <PRE>   savevolume
-    delvolume
-    
- </PRE>
- <P>The <B>savevolume</B> instruction prevents the removal of the volume
- and VLDB entry for all <B>delete</B> instruction that follow it in the
- bulk input file, and the <B>delvolume</B> instruction removes the volume
- and VLDB entry for all subsequent <B>delete</B> instructions.
- Either setting persists until its opposite appears in the file, or until the
- end of the bulk file.
- <P>If neither line appears in the bulk input file, the default is to remove
- the volume and the VLDB entry; <B>delete</B> instructions that appear
- before the first <B>savevolume</B> instruction are also subject to this
- default. If a <B>delete</B> instruction's third field
- specifies either <B>savevolume</B> or <B>delvolume</B>, that setting
- overrides the default.
- <P><STRONG>Examples</STRONG>
- <P>The following example <B>add</B> instruction creates an
- authentication-only account. The user's initial password is
- <B>changeme</B> (the default).
- <PRE>   add anderson
-    
- </PRE>
- <P>The following example <B>add</B> instructions refer to the indicated
- <B>V</B> instruction in a template file (which must appear on a single
- line in the template file). 
- <PRE>   add smith:John Smith:::fs1:a:::::marketing 
-    add jones:Pat Jones:::fs3:c:::::finance
-    V user.$USER $SERVER.abc.com /vicep$PART 2000 \
-        /afs/abc.com/usr/$3/$USER $UID $USER all
-    
- </PRE>
- <P>The first <B>add</B> instruction creates an account called
- <B>smith</B> in the Protection and Authentication Databases, with an
- initial password <B>changeme</B> and a value for $UID provided by the
- Protection Server. The volume <B>user.smith</B> resides on
- partition <B>/vicepa</B> of file server machine
- <B>fs1.abc.com</B> and is mounted at
- <B>/afs/abc.com/usr/marketing/smith</B>. He owns his home
- directory and has all access permissions on its root directory's access
- control list (ACL). The account for <B>jones</B> is similar, except
- that the volume resides on partition <B>/vicepc</B> of file server machine
- <B>fs3.abc.com</B> and is mounted at
- <B>/afs/abc.com/usr/finance/jones</B>.
- <P>Notice that the fields corresponding to the volume mount point, UID, $1
- variable, and $2 variable are empty (between <TT>a</TT> and
- <TT>marketing</TT> on the first example line), because their corresponding
- variables do not appear in the template file. The initial password
- field is also empty.
- <P>The following <B>add</B> instructions are equivalent in effect to the
- preceding example, but explicitly indicate empty fields for all of the number
- variables that don't have a value:
- <PRE>   add smith:John Smith:::fs1:a:::::marketing::::::
-    add jones:Pat Jones:::fs3:c:::::finance::::::
-    
- </PRE>
- <P>The following example shows a complete bulk file containing a set of
- <B>delete</B> instructions combined with a <B>savevolume</B>
- instruction. Because the <B>delete</B> instruction for users
- <B>smith</B>, <B>pat</B>, and <B>rogers</B> appear before the
- <B>savevolume</B> instruction and the third field is blank in each, the
- corresponding home volumes are removed. The volume for user
- <B>terry</B> is retained because the default established by the
- <B>savevolume</B> instruction applies to it, but user
- <B>johnson</B>'s volume is removed because the third field of her
- <B>delete</B> instruction overrides the current default.
- <PRE>   delete smith:/afs/abc.com/usr/smith
-    delete pat:/afs/abc.com/usr/pat
-    delete rogers:/afs/abc.com/usr/rogers
-    savevolume
-    delete terry:/afs/abc.com/usr/terry
-    delete johnson:/afs/abc.com/usr/johnson:delvolume
-    
- </PRE>
- <P>The following example <B>exec</B> instruction appears between sets of
- <B>add</B> and <B>delete</B> instructions in a bulk input file.
- A message appears in the command shell where the <B>uss bulk</B> command
- is issued, to indicate when the additions are finished and the deletions
- beginning.
- <PRE>   exec echo "Additions completed; beginning deletions..."
-    
- </PRE>
- <P><STRONG>Related Information</STRONG>
- <P><A HREF="auarf055.htm#HDRUSSFILE">uss Template File</A>
- <P><A HREF="auarf243.htm#HDRUSS_ADD">uss add</A>
- <P><A HREF="auarf245.htm#HDRUSS_BULK">uss bulk</A>
- <P><A HREF="auarf246.htm#HDRUSS_DELETE">uss delete</A>
- <P>
- <HR><P ALIGN="center"> <A HREF="../index.htm"><IMG SRC="../books.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Return to Library]"></A> <A HREF="auarf002.htm#ToC"><IMG SRC="../toc.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Contents]"></A> <A HREF="auarf053.htm"><IMG SRC="../prev.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Previous Topic]"></A> <A HREF="#Top_Of_Page"><IMG SRC="../top.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Top of Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf055.htm"><IMG SRC="../next.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Next Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf284.htm#HDRINDEX"><IMG SRC="../index.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Index]"></A> <P> 
- <!-- Begin Footer Records  ========================================== -->
- <P><HR><B> 
- <br>&#169; <A HREF="http://www.ibm.com/">IBM Corporation 2000.</A>  All Rights Reserved 
- </B> 
- <!-- End Footer Records  ============================================ -->
- <A NAME="Bot_Of_Page"></A>
- </BODY></HTML>
--- 0 ----
Index: openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf055.htm
diff -c openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf055.htm:1.1 openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf055.htm:removed
*** openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf055.htm:1.1	Wed Jun  6 14:09:11 2001
--- openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf055.htm	Thu Oct  2 10:12:22 2008
***************
*** 1,759 ****
- <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 4//EN">
- <HTML><HEAD>
- <TITLE>Administration Reference</TITLE>
- <!-- Begin Header Records  ========================================== -->
- <!-- /tmp/idwt3672/auarf000.scr converted by idb2h R4.2 (359) ID      -->
- <!-- Workbench Version (AIX) on 3 Oct 2000 at 16:18:30                -->
- <META HTTP-EQUIV="updated" CONTENT="Tue, 03 Oct 2000 16:18:29">
- <META HTTP-EQUIV="review" CONTENT="Wed, 03 Oct 2001 16:18:29">
- <META HTTP-EQUIV="expires" CONTENT="Thu, 03 Oct 2002 16:18:29">
- </HEAD><BODY>
- <!-- (C) IBM Corporation 2000. All Rights Reserved    --> 
- <BODY bgcolor="ffffff"> 
- <!-- End Header Records  ============================================ -->
- <A NAME="Top_Of_Page"></A>
- <H1>Administration Reference</H1>
- <HR><P ALIGN="center"> <A HREF="../index.htm"><IMG SRC="../books.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Return to Library]"></A> <A HREF="auarf002.htm#ToC"><IMG SRC="../toc.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Contents]"></A> <A HREF="auarf054.htm"><IMG SRC="../prev.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Previous Topic]"></A> <A HREF="#Bot_Of_Page"><IMG SRC="../bot.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Bottom of Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf056.htm"><IMG SRC="../next.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Next Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf284.htm#HDRINDEX"><IMG SRC="../index.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Index]"></A> <P> 
- <P>
- <H2><A NAME="HDRUSSFILE" HREF="auarf002.htm#ToC_53">uss Template File</A></H2>
- <P><STRONG>Purpose</STRONG>
- <A NAME="IDX4110"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX4111"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX4112"></A>
- <P>Provides instructions for the <B>uss add</B> command
- <P><STRONG>Description</STRONG>
- <P>The <B>uss</B> template file defines the components of an AFS user
- account that the <B>uss add</B> command (or <B>add</B> instruction in
- a <B>uss</B> bulk input file) creates. Use the <B>-template</B>
- argument to the <B>uss add</B> or <B>uss bulk</B> command to identify
- the template file.
- <P><B>Summary of Template File Instructions</B>
- <P>The template file can include the following instructions, each on its own
- line. A more detailed description of each instruction's syntax
- follows this list.
- <DL>
- <P><DT><B>A
- </B><DD>Imposes restrictions on user passwords and authentication attempts
- <P><DT><B>D
- </B><DD>Creates a directory
- <P><DT><B>E
- </B><DD>Creates a single-line file
- <P><DT><B>F
- </B><DD>Creates a file by copying a prototype
- <P><DT><B>G
- </B><DD>Defines a directory that is one of a set of parent directories into which
- the <B>uss</B> command interpreter evenly distributes newly created home
- directories
- <P><DT><B>L
- </B><DD>Creates a hard link
- <P><DT><B>S
- </B><DD>Creates a symbolic link
- <P><DT><B>V
- </B><DD>Creates a volume, mounts it in the file space and sets the ACL on the
- mount point
- <P><DT><B>X
- </B><DD>Executes a command
- </DL>
- <P>If the template file is empty (zero-length), the <B>uss add</B> command
- or <B>add</B> instruction in a bulk input file only creates an entry in
- the Protection and Authentication Databases, naming them according to the name
- specified with the <B>uss add</B> command's <B>-user</B>
- argument, or in the bulk input file <B>add</B> instruction's
- <VAR>username</VAR> field.
- <P><B>The A Instruction for Setting the Default Treatment of Volumes</B>
- <A NAME="IDX4113"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX4114"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX4115"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX4116"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX4117"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX4118"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX4119"></A>
- <P>The <B>A</B> instruction in a <B>uss</B> template file enhances
- cell security by imposing the following restrictions on users' password
- choice and authentication attempts. For further information on these
- limits, see the <I>IBM AFS Administration Guide</I> and the <B>kas
- setfields</B> reference page.
- <UL>
- <P><LI>Limiting the user's password lifetime. When the lifetime
- expires, the user can no longer authenticate using that password, and must
- change it.
- <P><LI>Prohibiting the reuse of the user's 20 most recently used
- passwords.
- <P><LI>Limiting the number of consecutive times that a user can provide an
- incorrect password during authentication, and for how long the Authentication
- Server refuses further authentication attempts after the limit is exceeded
- (referred to as an <I>account lockout</I>). For regular user
- accounts in most cells, the recommended limit is nine and lockout time is 25
- minutes.
- </UL>
- <P>The instruction has the following syntax:
- <PRE>   <B>A</B>  <VAR>username</VAR>  <VAR>password_lifetime</VAR>  <VAR>password_reuse</VAR>  <VAR>failures</VAR>  <VAR>locktime</VAR>
-    
- </PRE>
- <P>where
- <DL>
- <P><DT><B>A
- </B><DD>Indicates a security-enhancing instruction. It must be a capital
- letter.
- <P><DT><B><VAR>username</VAR>
- </B><DD>Names the Authentication Database entry on which to impose security
- restrictions. Specify the value <B>$USER</B> to read in the
- username from the <B>uss add</B> command's <B>-user</B> argument,
- or from the <VAR>username</VAR> field of an <B>add</B> instruction in a bulk
- input file.
- <P><DT><B><VAR>password_lifetime</VAR>
- </B><DD>Sets the number of days after the user's password is changed that it
- remains valid. When the password becomes invalid (expires), the user is
- unable to authenticate, but has 30 more days in which to issue the
- <B>kpasswd</B> command to change the password (after that, only an
- administrator can change it).
- <P>Specify an integer from the range <B>1</B> through <B>254</B> to
- specify the number of days until expiration, the value <B>0</B> to
- indicate that the password never expires, or the value <B>$PWEXPIRES</B>
- to read in the number of days from the <B>uss add</B> or <B>uss
- bulk</B> command's <B>-pwexpires</B> argument. If the
- <B>A</B> instruction does not appear in the template file, the default is
- for the user's password never to expire.
- <P><DT><B><VAR>password_reuse</VAR>
- </B><DD>Determines whether or not the user can change his or her password (using
- the <B>kpasswd</B> or <B>kas setpassword</B> command) to one that is
- similar to any of the last twenty passwords. The acceptable values are
- <B>reuse</B> to allow reuse and <B>noreuse</B> to prohibit it.
- If the <B>A</B> instruction does not appear in the template file, the
- default is to allow password reuse.
- <P><DT><B><VAR>failures</VAR>
- </B><DD>Sets the number of consecutive times the user can provide an incorrect
- password during authentication (using the <B>klog</B> command or a login
- utility that grants AFS tokens). When the user exceeds the limit, the
- Authentication Server rejects further authentication attempts for the amount
- of time specified in the <VAR>locktime</VAR> field.
- <P>Specify an integer from the range <B>1</B> through <B>254</B> to
- specify the number of failures permitted, or the value <B>0</B> to
- indicate that there is no limit to the number of unsuccessful attempts.
- If the <B>A</B> instruction does not appear in the template file, the
- default is to allow an unlimited number of failures.
- <P><DT><B><VAR>locktime</VAR>
- </B><DD>Specifies how long the Authentication Server refuses authentication
- attempts from a user who has exceeded the failure limit set in the
- <VAR>failures</VAR> field.
- <P>Specify a number of hours and minutes (<VAR>hh:mm</VAR>) or minutes
- only (<VAR>mm</VAR>), from the range <B>01</B> (one minute) through
- <B>36:00</B> (36 hours). The Authentication Server
- automatically reduces any larger value to <B>36:00</B> and also
- rounds up any non-zero value to the next higher multiple of 8.5
- minutes. A value of <B>0</B> (zero) sets an infinite lockout
- time; an administrator must always issue the <B>kas unlock</B>
- command to unlock the account.
- </DL>
- <P><B>The D Instruction for Creating a Directory</B>
- <A NAME="IDX4120"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX4121"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX4122"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX4123"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX4124"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX4125"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX4126"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX4127"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX4128"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX4129"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX4130"></A>
- <P>The <B>D</B> instruction in a <B>uss</B> template file creates a
- directory. Its intended use is to create a subdirectory in the user
- home directory created by the <B>V</B> instruction in the template
- file.
- <P>Any number of <B>D</B> instructions can appear in the template
- file. If any variables in the instruction take their values from the
- <B>V</B> instruction (notably, the $MTPT variable), the instruction must
- follow the <B>V</B> instruction in the file.
- <P>Although it is possible to use the <B>D</B> instruction to create a
- directory on the local disk of the machine where the <B>uss</B> command is
- issued, it is not recommended. The preferred method for automated
- creation of directories on a local disk is the <B>package</B>
- program. Two complications arise if the <VAR>pathname</VAR> field refers
- to a local disk directory:
- <UL>
- <P><LI>The <B>uss</B> command prints a warning message because it cannot
- associate an access control list (ACL) with a local disk directory. It
- creates the directory nonetheless, and some syntactically correct value must
- appear in the instruction's <VAR>ACL</VAR> field.
- <P><LI>To designate any user other than the issuer as the new directory's
- owner, the issuer must log onto the machine as the local superuser
- <B>root</B>. For local disk directories, only the local superuser
- <B>root</B> is allowed to issue the UNIX <B>chown</B> command that the
- <B>uss</B> command interpreter invokes to change the owner from the
- default value (the directory's creator, which in this case is the issuer
- of the <B>uss</B> command). The issuer must then also use the
- <B>-admin</B> argument to the <B>uss add</B> or <B>uss bulk</B>
- command to authenticate as a privileged AFS administrator, which is required
- for creating the Authentication Database and Protection Database entries that
- the <B>uss</B> command interpreter always creates for a new
- account.
- </UL>
- <P>The instruction has the following syntax:
- <PRE>   <B>D</B>  <VAR>pathname</VAR>  <VAR>mode_bits</VAR>  <VAR>owner</VAR>  <VAR>ACL</VAR>
-    
- </PRE>
- <P>where
- <DL>
- <P><DT><B>D
- </B><DD>Indicates a directory creation instruction. It must be a capital
- letter.
- <P><DT><B><VAR>pathname</VAR>
- </B><DD>Specifies the directory's full pathname. It can include
- variables.
- <P>Specify the read/write path to the directory, to avoid the failure that
- results from attempting to create a new directory in a read-only
- volume. By convention, the read/write path is indicated by placing a
- period before the cell name at the pathname's second level (for example,
- <B>/afs/.abc.com</B>). For further discussion of the
- concept of read/write and read-only paths through the filespace, see the
- reference page for the <B>fs mkmount</B> command.
- <P><DT><B><VAR>mode_bits</VAR>
- </B><DD>Sets the directory's UNIX mode bits. Acceptable values are the
- standard three- or four-digit numbers corresponding to combinations of
- permissions. Examples: <B>755</B> corresponds to
- <B>rwxr-xr-x</B>, and <B>644</B> to <B>rw-r--r--</B>. The
- first (owner) <B>x</B> bit must be turned on to enable access to a
- directory.
- <P><DT><B><VAR>owner</VAR>
- </B><DD>Specifies the username or UNIX user ID (UID) of the user to be designated
- the directory's owner in the output from the UNIX <B>ls -ld</B>
- command. If the directory resides in AFS, place the $UID variable in
- this field. If the directory resides on the local disk, this field must
- be the username or UID of the <B>uss</B> command's issuer, unless the
- issuer is logged in as the local superuser <B>root</B>.
- <P><DT><B><VAR>ACL</VAR>
- </B><DD>Sets the ACL on the new directory. It must appear even if the new
- directory resides on the local disk rather than in AFS, but is ignored in that
- case. Provide one or more paired values, each pair consisting of an AFS
- username or group name and the desired permissions, in that order.
- Separate the two parts of the pair, and each pair, with a space. The
- <B>fs setacl</B> reference page describes the available
- permissions.
- <P>For an AFS directory, grant all permissions to the directory's owner
- at least. Usually that is the new user, in which case the appropriate
- value is <B>$USER all</B>.
- <P>It is not possible to grant any permissions to the issuer of the
- <B>uss</B> command. As the last step in account creation, the
- <B>uss</B> command interpreter automatically deletes that person from any
- ACLs set during the creation process.
- </DL>
- <P><B>The E Instruction for Creating a Single-line File</B>
- <A NAME="IDX4131"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX4132"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX4133"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX4134"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX4135"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX4136"></A>
- <P>The <B>E</B> instruction in a <B>uss</B> template file creates a
- file by echoing a specified character string into it. Its intended use
- is to create files in the user home directory created by the <B>V</B>
- instruction in the template file, or in a subdirectory created by a
- <B>D</B> instruction.
- <P>Any number of <B>E</B> instructions can appear in the template
- file. If the file resides in a directory created by a <B>D</B>
- instruction, the <B>E</B> instruction must follow the <B>D</B>
- instruction in the file.
- <P>The <B>E</B> and <B>F</B> instructions have complementary
- advantages. The character string echoed into the file by an
- <B>E</B> instruction can be customized for each user, because it can
- include the standard variables for which the <B>uss</B> command
- interpreter substitutes the values specified by arguments to the <B>uss
- add</B> command or fields in a bulk input file <B>add</B>
- instruction. In contrast, a file created using the <B>F</B>
- instruction cannot include variables and so has the same content for all
- users. However, a file created by an <B>E</B> instruction can be a
- single line only, because no carriage returns (newline characters) are allowed
- in the character string.
- <P>Although it is possible to use the <B>E</B> instruction to create a
- file on the local disk of the machine where the <B>uss</B> command is
- issued, it is not recommended. The preferred method for automated
- creation of files on a local disk is the <B>package</B> program.
- The main complication is that designating any user other than the issuer as
- the new file's owner requires logging onto the machine as the local
- superuser <B>root</B>. For local disk files, only the local
- superuser <B>root</B> is allowed to issue the UNIX <B>chown</B>
- command that the <B>uss</B> command interpreter invokes to change the
- owner from the default value (the file's creator, which in this case is
- the issuer of the <B>uss</B> command). The issuer must then also
- use the <B>-admin</B> argument to the <B>uss add</B> or <B>uss
- bulk</B> command to authenticate as a privileged AFS administrator, which is
- required for creating the Authentication Database and Protection Database
- entries that the <B>uss</B> command interpreter always creates for a new
- account.
- <P>The instruction has the following syntax:
- <PRE>   <B>E</B>  <VAR>pathname</VAR>  <VAR>mode_bits</VAR>  <VAR>owner</VAR>  "<VAR>contents</VAR>"
-    
- </PRE>
- <P>where
- <DL>
- <P><DT><B>E
- </B><DD>Indicates a file creation instruction. It must be a capital
- letter.
- <P><DT><B><VAR>pathname</VAR>
- </B><DD>Specifies the file's full pathname. It can include
- variables.
- <P>Specify the read/write path to the file, to avoid the failure that results
- from attempting to create a new file in a read-only volume. By
- convention, the read/write path is indicated by placing a period before the
- cell name at the pathname's second level (for example,
- <B>/afs/.abc.com</B>). For further discussion of the
- concept of read/write and read-only paths through the filespace, see the
- reference page for the <B>fs mkmount</B> command.
- <P><DT><B><VAR>mode_bits</VAR>
- </B><DD>Sets the file's UNIX mode bits. Acceptable values are the
- standard three- or four-digit numbers corresponding to combinations of
- permissions. Examples: <B>755</B> corresponds to
- <B>rwxr-xr-x</B>, and <B>644</B> to <B>rw-r--r--</B>.
- <P><DT><B><VAR>owner</VAR>
- </B><DD>Specifies the username or UNIX user ID (UID) of the user to be designated
- the file's owner in the output from the UNIX <B>ls -l</B>
- command. If the file resides in AFS, place the $UID variable in this
- field. If the file resides on the local disk, specify the username or
- UID of the <B>uss</B> command's issuer; otherwise, the account
- creation operation halts immediately.
- <P><DT><B><VAR>contents</VAR>
- </B><DD>Specifies the one-line character string to write into the new file.
- Surround it with double quotes if it contains one or more spaces. It
- cannot contain the newline character, but can contain any of the standard
- variables, which the command interpreter resolves as it creates the
- file.
- </DL>
- <P><A NAME="SPTWQ6"></A><B>The F Instruction for Creating a File
- from a Prototype</B>
- <A NAME="IDX4137"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX4138"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX4139"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX4140"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX4141"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX4142"></A>
- <P>The <B>F</B> instruction in a <B>uss</B> template file creates a
- file by copying the contents of an existing file (the <I>prototype</I>)
- into it. Its intended use is to create files in the user home directory
- created by the <B>V</B> instruction in the template file, or in a
- subdirectory created by a <B>D</B> instruction.
- <P>Any number of <B>F</B> instructions can appear in the template
- file. If the file resides in a directory created by a <B>D</B>
- instruction, the <B>F</B> instruction must follow the <B>D</B>
- instruction in the file.
- <P>The <B>E</B> and <B>F</B> instructions have complementary
- advantages. A file created using the <B>F</B> instruction has the
- same content for all users, whereas a file created by an <B>E</B>
- instruction can be customized for each user if it includes variables.
- However, a file created by an <B>E</B> instruction can be a single line
- only, whereas the prototype file copied by an <B>F</B> instruction can be
- any length.
- <P>Although it is possible to use the <B>F</B> instruction to create a
- file on the local disk of the machine where the <B>uss</B> command is
- issued, it is not recommended. The preferred method for automated
- creation of files on a local disk is the <B>package</B> program.
- The main complication is that designating any user other than the issuer as
- the new file's owner requires logging onto the machine as the local
- superuser <B>root</B>. For local disk files, only the local
- superuser <B>root</B> is allowed to issue the UNIX <B>chown</B>
- command that the <B>uss</B> command interpreter invokes to change the
- owner from the default value (the file's creator, which in this case is
- the issuer of the <B>uss</B> command). The issuer must then also
- use the <B>-admin</B> argument to the <B>uss add</B> or <B>uss
- bulk</B> command to authenticate as a privileged AFS administrator, which is
- required for creating the Authentication Database and Protection Database
- entries that the <B>uss</B> command interpreter always creates for a new
- account.
- <P>The instruction has the following syntax:
- <PRE>   <B>F</B>  <VAR>pathname</VAR>  <VAR>mode_bits</VAR>  <VAR>owner</VAR>  <VAR>prototype_file</VAR>
-    
- </PRE>
- <P>where
- <DL>
- <P><DT><B>F
- </B><DD>Indicates a file creation instruction. It must be a capital
- letter.
- <P><DT><B><VAR>pathname</VAR>
- </B><DD>Specifies the full pathname of the file to create, including the
- filename. It can include variables.
- <P>Specify the read/write path to the file, to avoid the failure that results
- from attempting to create a new file in a read-only volume. By
- convention, the read/write path is indicated by placing a period before the
- cell name at the pathname's second level (for example,
- <B>/afs/.abc.com</B>). For further discussion of the
- concept of read/write and read-only paths through the filespace, see the
- reference page for the <B>fs mkmount</B> command.
- <P><DT><B><VAR>mode_bits</VAR>
- </B><DD>Sets the file's UNIX mode bits. Acceptable values are the
- standard three- or four-digit numbers corresponding to combinations of
- permissions. Examples: <B>755</B> corresponds to
- <B>rwxr-xr-x</B>, and <B>644</B> to <B>rw-r--r--</B>.
- <P><DT><B><VAR>owner</VAR>
- </B><DD>Specifies the username or UNIX user ID (UID) of the user to be designated
- the file's owner in the output from the UNIX <B>ls -l</B>
- command. If the file resides in AFS, place the $UID variable in this
- field. If the file resides on the local disk, specify the username or
- UID of the <B>uss</B> command's issuer; otherwise, the account
- creation operation halts immediately.
- <P><DT><B><VAR>prototype_file</VAR>
- </B><DD>Names the AFS or local disk directory that houses the prototype file to
- copy. The prototype file's name must match the final element in
- the <VAR>pathname</VAR> field.
- </DL>
- <P><A NAME="SPTWQ7"></A><B>The G Instruction for Facilitating Even
- Distribution of Home Directories</B>
- <A NAME="IDX4143"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX4144"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX4145"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX4146"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX4147"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX4148"></A>
- <P>The <B>G</B> instruction in a <B>uss</B> template file creates a
- directory as one of the set of directories from which the <B>uss</B>
- command interpreter selects when choosing a new user home directory's
- parent directory. More specifically, when the $AUTO variable appears in
- the <VAR>mount_point</VAR> field of a <B>V</B> instruction, the command
- interpreter substitutes for it the directory defined by a <B>G</B>
- instruction that currently has the fewest entries.
- <P>The instruction's intended use is to distribute user accounts evenly
- among several directories, rather than using directories that reflect
- divisions such as departmental affiliation. Distributing home
- directories in this fashion is useful mainly in very large cells where storing
- all user home directories under a single parent directory potentially slows
- directory lookup, or where a workplace-based division results in unevenly
- sized directories such that some users consistently experience slower
- directory lookup than others. See the chapter on <B>uss</B> in the
- <I>IBM AFS Administration Guide</I> for more information.
- <P>Any number of <B>G</B> instructions can appear in the template
- file. If the <B>V</B> instruction includes the $AUTO variable, it
- must appear after all of the <B>G</B> instructions in the file.
- <P>The instruction has the following syntax:
- <PRE>   <B>G</B>  <VAR>directory</VAR>
-    
- </PRE>
- <P>where
- <DL>
- <P><DT><B>G
- </B><DD>Indicates an instruction that creates a directory to be considered as a
- value for the $AUTO variable. It must be a capital letter.
- <P><DT><B><VAR>directory</VAR>
- </B><DD>Specifies the directory's name as either a complete pathname or only
- the directory name. The choice determines the appropriate format for
- the <VAR>mount_point</VAR> field of a <B>V</B> instruction, as discussed in
- the following example.
- <P>Specify the read/write path to the directory, to avoid the failure that
- results from attempting to create a new mount point in a read-only volume when
- the $AUTO variable is used in a <B>V</B> instruction's
- <VAR>mount_point</VAR> field. By convention, the read/write path is
- indicated by placing a period before the cell name at the pathname's
- second level (for example, <B>/afs/.abc.com</B>). For
- further discussion of the concept of read/write and read-only paths through
- the filespace, see the reference page for the <B>fs mkmount</B>
- command.
- </DL>
- <P><B>The L and S Instructions for Creating a Link</B>
- <A NAME="IDX4149"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX4150"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX4151"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX4152"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX4153"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX4154"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX4155"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX4156"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX4157"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX4158"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX4159"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX4160"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX4161"></A>
- <P>The <B>L</B> instruction in a <B>uss</B> template file creates a
- hard link between two files, as achieved by the standard UNIX <B>ln</B>
- command. The <B>S</B> instruction creates a symbolic link between
- two files, as achieved by the standard UNIX <B>ln -s</B> command. A
- full explanation of links is beyond the scope of this document, but the basic
- effect is to create a second name for an existing file, enabling access via
- either name. Creating a link does not create a second copy of the
- file.
- <P>AFS allows hard links only if the linked files reside in the same
- directory, because it becomes difficult to determine which access control list
- (ACL) applies to the file if the two copies reside in directories with
- different ACLs. AFS allows symbolic links between two files that reside
- in different directories, or even different volumes. The File Server
- uses the ACL associated with the actual file rather than the link.
- <P>Any number of <B>L</B> and <B>S</B> instructions can appear in the
- template file. If the existing file or link is to reside in a directory
- created by a <B>D</B> instruction, or if the existing file was created by
- an <B>E</B> or <B>F</B> instruction, the <B>L</B> or <B>S</B>
- instruction must follow the <B>D</B>, <B>E</B>, or <B>F</B>
- instruction.
- <P>The instructions share the following syntax:
- <PRE>   <B>L</B>  <VAR>existing_file</VAR>  <VAR>link</VAR>
-    <B>S</B>  <VAR>existing_file</VAR>  <VAR>link</VAR>
-    
- </PRE>
- <P>where
- <DL>
- <P><DT><B>L
- </B><DD>Indicates a hard link creation instruction. It must be a capital
- letter.
- <P><DT><B>S
- </B><DD>Indicates a symbolic link creation instruction. It must be a
- capital letter.
- <P><DT><B><VAR>existing_file</VAR>
- </B><DD>Specifies the complete pathname of the existing file.
- <P><DT><B><VAR>link</VAR>
- </B><DD>Specifies the complete pathname of the second name for the file.
- <P>Specify the read/write path to the link, to avoid the failure that results
- from attempting to create a new link in a read-only volume. By
- convention, the read/write path is indicated by placing a period before the
- cell name at the pathname's second level (for example,
- <B>/afs/.abc.com</B>). For further discussion of the
- concept of read/write and read-only paths through the filespace, see the
- reference page for the <B>fs mkmount</B> command.
- </DL>
- <P><A NAME="SPTWQ8"></A><B>The V Instruction for Creating and
- Mounting a Volume</B>
- <A NAME="IDX4162"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX4163"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX4164"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX4165"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX4166"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX4167"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX4168"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX4169"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX4170"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX4171"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX4172"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX4173"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX4174"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX4175"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX4176"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX4177"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX4178"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX4179"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX4180"></A>
- <P>The <B>V</B> instruction in a <B>uss</B> template file creates a
- volume on a specified file server machine and partition and creates an entry
- for it in the Volume Location Database (VLDB). It mounts the volume at
- a location in the AFS file space that becomes the user's home directory,
- then designates the directory's owner and sets its access control list
- (ACL).
- <P>Only one <B>V</B> instruction can appear in the template file, and one
- must appear if the template file contains any instructions at all (is not
- empty). All other instructions are optional, except that the template
- must include <B>G</B> instructions if the $AUTO variable appears in
- it. (The <B>V</B> instruction is not necessarily the first line in
- the template. If the template includes the $AUTO variable, then the
- <B>G</B> instructions which provide values for the variable must precede
- it in the file.)
- <P>The instruction has the following syntax:
- <PRE>   <B>V</B>  <VAR>volume_name</VAR>  <VAR>server</VAR>  <VAR>partition</VAR>  <VAR>quota</VAR>  <VAR>mount_point</VAR> <VAR>owner</VAR>  <VAR>ACL</VAR>
-    
- </PRE>
- <P>where
- <DL>
- <P><DT><B>V
- </B><DD>Indicates a volume creation instruction. It must be a capital
- letter.
- <P><DT><B><VAR>volume_name</VAR>
- </B><DD>Specifies the volume's name. To follow the convention for AFS
- user volume names, specify the value <B>user.$USER</B>.
- Provide a value for the $USER variable via the <B>uss add</B>
- command's <B>-user</B> argument or the <VAR>username</VAR> field in the
- bulk input file <B>add</B> instruction.
- <P><DT><B><VAR>server</VAR>
- </B><DD>Names the file server machine on which to create the new user's
- volume. It is best to provide the fully-qualified hostname (for
- example, <B>fs1.abc.com</B>), but an abbreviated form is
- acceptable provided that the cell's naming service is available to
- resolve it at the time the volume is created. To read in the value from
- the <B>uss add</B> command's <B>-server</B> argument, specify the
- value <B>$SERVER</B>.
- <P><DT><B><VAR>partition</VAR>
- </B><DD>Specifies the partition on which to create the user's volume; it
- must be on the file server machine named in the <VAR>server</VAR> field.
- Identify the partition by its complete name (for example, <B>/vicepa</B>)
- or use or use one of the following abbreviations. 
- <PRE>   <B>/vicepa</B>     =     <B>vicepa</B>      =      <B>a</B>      =      <B>0</B>
-    <B>/vicepb</B>     =     <B>vicepb</B>      =      <B>b</B>      =      <B>1</B>
-    
- </PRE>
- <P>
- <P>After <B>/vicepz</B> (for which the index is 25) comes 
- <PRE>   <B>/vicepaa</B>    =     <B>vicepaa</B>     =      <B>aa</B>     =      <B>26</B>
-    <B>/vicepab</B>    =     <B>vicepab</B>     =      <B>ab</B>     =      <B>27</B>
-    
- </PRE>
- <P>and so on through 
- <PRE>   <B>/vicepiv</B>    =     <B>vicepiv</B>     =      <B>iv</B>     =      <B>255</B>
-     
- </PRE>
- <P>To read in the value from the <B>uss add</B> command's
- <B>-partition</B> argument, specify the value <B>$PART</B>.
- <P><DT><B><VAR>quota</VAR>
- </B><DD>Sets the maximum number of kilobyte blocks the volume can occupy on the
- file server machine's disk. Specify an integer constant if all
- volumes have the same quota (<B>1024</B> equals a megabyte), or use one of
- the number variables ($1 through $9) to assign different values to different
- volumes.
- <P><DT><B><VAR>mount_point</VAR>
- </B><DD>Creates a mount point for the volume, which serves as the volume's
- root directory. Include the $USER variable as part of the pathname to
- follow the convention that user home directory names include the
- username.
- <P>Specify the read/write path to the mount point, to avoid the failure that
- results from attempting to create a new mount point in a read-only
- volume. By convention, the read/write path is indicated by placing a
- period before the cell name at the pathname's second level (for example,
- <B>/afs/.abc.com</B>). If the $AUTO variable appears
- in this field, the directories named by each <B>G</B> instruction possibly
- already indicate the read/write path. For further discussion of the
- concept of read/write and read-only paths through the filespace, see the
- reference page for the <B>fs mkmount</B> command..
- <TABLE><TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP"><B>Note:</B></TD><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP">If used, the $MTPT variable in this field takes its value from the <B>uss
- add</B> command's <B>-mount</B> argument or from the
- <VAR>mount_point</VAR> field of an <B>add</B> instruction in the bulk input
- file. However, subsequent uses of the $MTPT variable (usually in
- following <B>D</B>, <B>E</B>, or <B>F</B> instructions) take as
- their value the complete contents of this field.
- </TD></TR></TABLE>
- <P><DT><B><VAR>owner</VAR>
- </B><DD>Specifies the username or UNIX user ID (UID) of the user to be designated
- the mount point's owner in the output from the UNIX <B>ls -ld</B>
- command. To follow the convention for home directory ownership, place
- the value <B>$UID</B> in this field.
- <P><DT><B><VAR>ACL</VAR>
- </B><DD>Sets the ACL on the new directory. Provide one or more paired
- values, each pair consisting of an AFS username or group name and the desired
- permissions, in that order. Separate the two parts of the pair, and
- each pair, with a space. The <B>fs setacl</B> reference page
- describes the available permissions.
- <P>Grant all permissions to the new user at least. The appropriate
- value is <B>$USER all</B>.
- <P>AFS automatically grants the <B>system:administrators</B> group
- all permissions as well. It is not possible to grant any permissions to
- the issuer of the <B>uss</B> command. As the last step in account
- creation, the <B>uss</B> command interpreter automatically deletes that
- user from any ACLs set during the creation process.
- </DL>
- <P><A NAME="SPTWQ9"></A><B>The X Instruction for Running a
- Command</B>
- <A NAME="IDX4181"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX4182"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX4183"></A>
- <P>The <B>X</B> instruction in a <B>uss</B> template file runs the
- indicated command, which can be a standard UNIX or AFS command. It can
- include any variables from the template file, which the <B>uss</B> command
- interpreter resolves before passing the command on to the appropriate other
- command interpreter. It must be a single line only, however (cannot
- contain carriage returns or newline characters).
- <P>Any number of <B>X</B> instructions can appear in the template
- file. If an instruction manipulates an element created by another
- instruction, it must follow that instruction in the file.
- <P>The instruction has the following syntax:
- <PRE>   <B>X "</B><VAR>command</VAR><B>"</B>
-    
- </PRE>
- <P>where
- <DL>
- <P><DT><B>X
- </B><DD>Indicates a command execution instruction. It must be a capital
- letter.
- <P><DT><B><VAR>command</VAR>
- </B><DD>Specifies the command to run. Surround it with double quotes as
- shown if it contains one or more spaces. It can contain any variables
- from the template file, but not newline characters.
- </DL>
- <P><STRONG>Examples</STRONG>
- <P>The following example <B>A</B> instruction sets a password lifetime of
- 254 days, prohibits password reuse, limits the number of consecutive failed
- authentication attempts to nine and sets the corresponding locktime to
- 25:30 minutes (which is a multiple of 8.5 minutes). The
- username is read in from the <B>-user</B> argument to the <B>uss
- add</B> command or from the <I>username</I> field in each <B>add</B>
- instruction in a bulk input file.
- <PRE>   A $USER 254 noreuse 9 25:30
-    
- </PRE>
- <P>The following example <B>D</B> instruction creates a directory called
- <I>public</I> in a new user's home directory, designates the user as
- the directory's owner, and grants him or her all ACL permissions.
- <PRE>   D $MTPT/public 0755 $UID $USER all 
-    
- </PRE>
- <P>The following example <B>E</B> instruction creates a file in the
- current working directory called
- <VAR>username</VAR>.<B>etcp</B>. The contents are an entry
- suitable for incorporating into the cell's global
- <B>/etc/password</B> file.
- <PRE>   E  $USER.etcp  0644 root "$USER:X:$UID:10:$NAME:$MTPT:/bin/csh"
-    
- </PRE>
- <P>The following example <B>F</B> instruction, appropriate for the ABC
- Corporation cell, copies a prototype <B>.login</B> file into the
- user's home directory.
- <PRE>   F $MTPT/.login 0644 $UID /afs/abc.com/common/uss/skel/.login 
-    
- </PRE>
- <P>In the following example, the State University cell's administrators
- have decided to distribute user home directories evenly into three
- directories. They define three <B>G</B> instructions:
- <PRE>   G usr1
-    G usr2
-    G usr3
-    
- </PRE>
- <P>and then put the following value in the <I>mount_point</I> field of the
- <B>V</B> instruction:
- <PRE>   /afs/stateu.edu/$AUTO/$USER
-    
- </PRE>
- <P>Alternatively, if they include the entire directory pathname in the
- <B>G</B> instruction:
- <PRE>   G /afs/stateu.edu/usr1
-    G /afs/stateu.edu/usr2
-    G /afs/stateu.edu/usr3
-    
- </PRE>
- <P>then the <I>mount_point</I> field of the <B>V</B> instruction
- specifies only the following:
- <PRE>   $AUTO/$USER
-    
- </PRE>
- <P>The following example <B>L</B> instruction creates a hard link between
- the files <B>mail</B> and <B>mbox</B> in the user's home
- directory.
- <PRE>   L $MTPT/mbox $MTPT/mail
-    
- </PRE>
- <P>The following example <B>S</B> instruction, appropriate for the ABC
- Corporation cell, links the file <B>Mail/outgoing</B> in the user's
- home directory to the file
- <B>/afs/abc.com/common/mail/outgoing</B>.
- <PRE>   S /afs/abc.com/common/mail/outgoing $MTPT/Mail/outgoing
-    
- </PRE>
- <P>The following example <B>V</B> instruction creates a volume called
- <B>user.</B><VAR>username</VAR> on the <B>/vicepa</B> partition
- of the specified file server machine, assigning it a quota of 3000 kilobyte
- blocks. The mount point is under <B>/afs/abc.com/usr</B> and
- matches the username (the value of the $USER variable). The user owns
- the home directory and has all access rights to it. The instruction
- appears on two lines only for legibility; it must appear on a single line
- in the template file.
- <PRE>   V user.$USER $SERVER.abc.com /vicepa 3000   \
-            /afs/abc.com/usr/$USER $UID $USER all 
-    
- </PRE>
- <P>The following example <B>X</B> instruction mounts the backup version of
- the user's volume at the <B>OldFiles</B> subdirectory.
- <PRE>   X "fs mkm /afs/abc.com/usr/$USER/OldFiles   user.$USER.backup"
-    
- </PRE>
- <P><STRONG>Related Information</STRONG>
- <P><A HREF="auarf054.htm#HDRUSSBULKINPUT">uss Bulk Input File</A>
- <P><A HREF="auarf153.htm#HDRFS_MKMOUNT">fs mkmount</A>
- <P><A HREF="auarf243.htm#HDRUSS_ADD">uss add</A>
- <P><A HREF="auarf245.htm#HDRUSS_BULK">uss bulk</A>
- <HR><P ALIGN="center"> <A HREF="../index.htm"><IMG SRC="../books.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Return to Library]"></A> <A HREF="auarf002.htm#ToC"><IMG SRC="../toc.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Contents]"></A> <A HREF="auarf054.htm"><IMG SRC="../prev.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Previous Topic]"></A> <A HREF="#Top_Of_Page"><IMG SRC="../top.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Top of Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf056.htm"><IMG SRC="../next.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Next Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf284.htm#HDRINDEX"><IMG SRC="../index.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Index]"></A> <P> 
- <!-- Begin Footer Records  ========================================== -->
- <P><HR><B> 
- <br>&#169; <A HREF="http://www.ibm.com/">IBM Corporation 2000.</A>  All Rights Reserved 
- </B> 
- <!-- End Footer Records  ============================================ -->
- <A NAME="Bot_Of_Page"></A>
- </BODY></HTML>
--- 0 ----
Index: openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf056.htm
diff -c openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf056.htm:1.1 openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf056.htm:removed
*** openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf056.htm:1.1	Wed Jun  6 14:09:11 2001
--- openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf056.htm	Thu Oct  2 10:12:22 2008
***************
*** 1,26 ****
- <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 4//EN">
- <HTML><HEAD>
- <TITLE>Administration Reference</TITLE>
- <!-- Begin Header Records  ========================================== -->
- <!-- /tmp/idwt3672/auarf000.scr converted by idb2h R4.2 (359) ID      -->
- <!-- Workbench Version (AIX) on 3 Oct 2000 at 16:18:30                -->
- <META HTTP-EQUIV="updated" CONTENT="Tue, 03 Oct 2000 16:18:29">
- <META HTTP-EQUIV="review" CONTENT="Wed, 03 Oct 2001 16:18:29">
- <META HTTP-EQUIV="expires" CONTENT="Thu, 03 Oct 2002 16:18:29">
- </HEAD><BODY>
- <!-- (C) IBM Corporation 2000. All Rights Reserved    --> 
- <BODY bgcolor="ffffff"> 
- <!-- End Header Records  ============================================ -->
- <A NAME="Top_Of_Page"></A>
- <H1>Administration Reference</H1>
- <HR><P ALIGN="center"> <A HREF="../index.htm"><IMG SRC="../books.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Return to Library]"></A> <A HREF="auarf002.htm#ToC"><IMG SRC="../toc.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Contents]"></A> <A HREF="auarf055.htm"><IMG SRC="../prev.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Previous Topic]"></A> <A HREF="#Bot_Of_Page"><IMG SRC="../bot.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Bottom of Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf057.htm"><IMG SRC="../next.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Next Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf284.htm#HDRINDEX"><IMG SRC="../index.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Index]"></A> <P> 
- <HR><H1><A NAME="Header_54" HREF="auarf002.htm#ToC_54">AFS System Commands</A></H1>
- <P>
- <HR><P ALIGN="center"> <A HREF="../index.htm"><IMG SRC="../books.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Return to Library]"></A> <A HREF="auarf002.htm#ToC"><IMG SRC="../toc.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Contents]"></A> <A HREF="auarf055.htm"><IMG SRC="../prev.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Previous Topic]"></A> <A HREF="#Top_Of_Page"><IMG SRC="../top.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Top of Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf057.htm"><IMG SRC="../next.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Next Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf284.htm#HDRINDEX"><IMG SRC="../index.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Index]"></A> <P> 
- <!-- Begin Footer Records  ========================================== -->
- <P><HR><B> 
- <br>&#169; <A HREF="http://www.ibm.com/">IBM Corporation 2000.</A>  All Rights Reserved 
- </B> 
- <!-- End Footer Records  ============================================ -->
- <A NAME="Bot_Of_Page"></A>
- </BODY></HTML>
--- 0 ----
Index: openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf057.htm
diff -c openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf057.htm:1.1 openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf057.htm:removed
*** openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf057.htm:1.1	Wed Jun  6 14:09:11 2001
--- openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf057.htm	Thu Oct  2 10:12:22 2008
***************
*** 1,451 ****
- <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 4//EN">
- <HTML><HEAD>
- <TITLE>Administration Reference</TITLE>
- <!-- Begin Header Records  ========================================== -->
- <!-- /tmp/idwt3672/auarf000.scr converted by idb2h R4.2 (359) ID      -->
- <!-- Workbench Version (AIX) on 3 Oct 2000 at 16:18:30                -->
- <META HTTP-EQUIV="updated" CONTENT="Tue, 03 Oct 2000 16:18:29">
- <META HTTP-EQUIV="review" CONTENT="Wed, 03 Oct 2001 16:18:29">
- <META HTTP-EQUIV="expires" CONTENT="Thu, 03 Oct 2002 16:18:29">
- </HEAD><BODY>
- <!-- (C) IBM Corporation 2000. All Rights Reserved    --> 
- <BODY bgcolor="ffffff"> 
- <!-- End Header Records  ============================================ -->
- <A NAME="Top_Of_Page"></A>
- <H1>Administration Reference</H1>
- <HR><P ALIGN="center"> <A HREF="../index.htm"><IMG SRC="../books.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Return to Library]"></A> <A HREF="auarf002.htm#ToC"><IMG SRC="../toc.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Contents]"></A> <A HREF="auarf056.htm"><IMG SRC="../prev.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Previous Topic]"></A> <A HREF="#Bot_Of_Page"><IMG SRC="../bot.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Bottom of Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf058.htm"><IMG SRC="../next.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Next Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf284.htm#HDRINDEX"><IMG SRC="../index.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Index]"></A> <P> 
- <P>
- <H2><A NAME="HDRAFSINTRO" HREF="auarf002.htm#ToC_55">afs_intro</A></H2>
- <P><STRONG>Purpose</STRONG>
- <P>Introduction to AFS commands
- <P><STRONG>Description</STRONG>
- <P>AFS provides many commands that enable users and system administrators to
- use and customize its features. Many of the commands belong to the
- following categories, called <I>command suites</I>.
- <DL>
- <P><DT><B>backup
- </B><DD>Interface for configuring and operating the AFS Backup System
- <P><DT><B>bos
- </B><DD>Interface to the Basic Overseer (BOS) Server for administering server
- processes and configuration files
- <P><DT><B>fs
- </B><DD>Interface for administering access control lists (ACLs), the Cache
- Manager, and other miscellaneous file system functions
- <P><DT><B>fstrace
- </B><DD>Interface for tracing Cache Manager operations when debugging problems
- <P><DT><B>kas
- </B><DD>Interface to the Authentication Server for administering security and
- authentication information
- <P><DT><B>pts
- </B><DD>Interface to the Protection Server for administering AFS ID and group
- membership information
- <P><DT><B>uss
- </B><DD>Interface for automated administration of user accounts
- <P><DT><B>vos
- </B><DD>Interface to the Volume Server and Volume Location (VL) Server for
- administering volumes
- </DL>
- <P>In addition, there are several commands that do not belong to
- suites.
- <P><H5><A NAME="HDRWQ10">AFS Command Syntax</A></H5>
- <P>AFS commands that belong to suites have the following
- structure:
- <PRE>   <B>command_suite operation_code</B> <B>-switch</B> &lt;<VAR>value</VAR>><SUP>[+]</SUP>  [<B>-flag</B>]
-    
- </PRE>
- <P><H6><A NAME="Header_57">Command Names</A></H6>
- <P>Together, the <B>command_suite</B> and <B>operation_code</B>
- make up the <I>command name</I>.
- <P>The <B>command_suite</B> specifies the group of related commands to
- which the command belongs, and indicates which command interpreter and server
- process perform the command. AFS has several command suites, including
- <B>bos</B>, <B>fs</B>, <B>kas</B>, <B>package</B>,
- <B>pts</B>, <B>scout</B>, <B>uss</B> and <B>vos</B>.
- Some of these suites have an interactive mode in which the issuer omits the
- <B>command_suite</B> portion of the command name.
- <P>The <B>operation_code</B> tells the command interpreter and server
- process which action to perform. Most command suites include several
- operation codes. The <I>IBM AFS Administration Reference</I>
- describes each operation code in detail, and the <I>IBM AFS Administration
- Guide</I> describes how to use them in the context of performing
- administrative tasks.
- <P>Several AFS commands do not belong to a suite and so their names do not
- have a <B>command_suite</B> portion. Their structure is otherwise
- similar to the commands in the suites.
- <P><H6><A NAME="Header_58">Options</A></H6>
- <P>The term <I>option</I> refers to both arguments and flags, which
- are described in the following sections.
- <P><H6><A NAME="Header_59">Arguments</A></H6>
- <P>One or more arguments can follow the command name. Arguments
- specify the entities on which to act while performing the command (for
- example, which server machine, server process, or file). To minimize
- the potential for error, provide a command's arguments in the order
- prescribed in its syntax definition.
- <P>Each argument has two parts, which appear in the indicated order:
- <UL>
- <P><LI>The <I>switch</I> specifies the argument's type and is preceded
- by a hyphen ( <B>-</B> ). For instance, the switch
- <B>-server</B> usually indicates that the argument names a server
- machine. Switches can often be omitted, subject to the rules outlined
- in <A HREF="#HDRNOSWITCH">Conditions for Omitting Switches</A>.
- <P><LI>The <I>value</I> names a particular entity of the type specified by
- the preceding switch. For example, the proper value for a
- <B>-server</B> switch is a server machine name like
- <B>fs3.abc.com</B>. Unlike switches (which have a
- required form), values vary depending on what the issuer wants to
- accomplish. Values appear surrounded by angle brackets (<B>&lt;
- ></B>) in command descriptions and the online help to show that they are
- user-supplied variable information.
- </UL>
- <P>Some arguments accept multiple values, as indicated by trailing plus sign (
- <B>+</B> ) in the command descriptions and online help. How many of
- a command's arguments take multiple values, and their ordering with
- respect to other arguments, determine when it is acceptable to omit
- switches. See <A HREF="#HDRNOSWITCH">Conditions for Omitting Switches</A>.
- <P>Some commands have optional as well as required arguments; the command
- descriptions and online help show optional arguments in square brackets ([
- ]).
- <P><H6><A NAME="Header_60">Flags</A></H6>
- <P>Some commands have one or more flags, which specify the manner in which
- the command interpreter and server process perform the command, or what kind
- of output it produces. Flags are preceded by hyphens like switches, but
- they take no values. Although the command descriptions and online help
- generally list a command's flags after its arguments, there is no
- prescribed order for flags. They can appear anywhere on the command
- line following the operation code, except in between the parts of an
- argument. Flags are always optional.
- <P><H6><A NAME="HDRCOMMAND-EX">An Example Command</A></H6>
- <P>The following example illustrates the different parts
- of a command that belongs to an AFS command suite.
- <PRE>   % <B>bos getdate -server fs1.abc.com -file ptserver kaserver </B>
-    
- </PRE>
- <P>where
- <UL>
- <P><LI><B>bos</B> is the command suite. The BOS Server executes most
- of the commands in this suite.
- <P><LI><B>getdate</B> is the operation code. It tells the BOS Server
- on the specified server machine (in this case
- <B>fs1.abc.com</B>) to report the modification dates of
- binary files in the local <B>/usr/afs/bin</B> directory.
- <P><LI><B>-server fs1.abc.com</B> is one argument, with
- <B>-server</B> as the switch and <B>fs1.abc.com</B> as
- the value. This argument specifies the server machine on which BOS
- Server is to collect and report binary dates.
- <P><LI><B>-file ptserver kaserver</B> is an argument that takes multiple
- values. The switch is <B>-file</B> and the values are
- <B>ptserver</B> and <B>kaserver</B>. This argument tells the
- BOS Server to report the modification dates on the files
- <B>/usr/afs/bin/kaserver</B> and <B>/usr/afs/bin/ptserver</B>.
- </UL>
- <P><H6><A NAME="HDRWQ11">Rules for Entering AFS Commands</A></H6>
- <P>Enter each AFS command on a single line (press
- <B>&lt;Return></B> only at the end of the command). Some commands
- in this document appear broken across multiple lines, but that is for
- legibility only.
- <P>Use a space to separate each element on a command line from its
- neighbors. Spaces rather than commas also separate multiple values of
- an argument.
- <P>In many cases, the issuer of a command can reduce the amount of typing
- necessary by using one or both of the following methods:
- <UL>
- <P><LI>Omitting switches
- <P><LI>Using accepted abbreviations for operation codes, switches (if they are
- included at all), and some types of values
- </UL>
- <P>The following sections explain the conditions for omitting or shortening
- parts of the command line. It is always acceptable to type a command in
- full, with all of its switches and no abbreviations.
- <P><I><B><A NAME="HDRNOSWITCH">Conditions for Omitting Switches</A>:&nbsp;</B></I>&nbsp;
- It is always acceptable to type the switch part of an
- argument, but in many cases it is not necessary. Specifically, switches
- can be omitted if the following conditions are met.
- <UL>
- <P><LI>All of the command's required arguments appear in the order
- prescribed by the syntax statement
- <P><LI>No switch is provided for any argument
- <P><LI>There is only one value for each argument (but note the important
- exception discussed in the following paragraph)
- </UL>
- <P>Omitting switches is possible only because there is a prescribed order for
- each command's arguments. When the issuer does not include
- switches, the command interpreter relies instead on the order of
- arguments; it assumes that the first element after the operation code is
- the command's first argument, the next element is the command's
- second argument, and so on. The important exception is when a
- command's final required argument accepts multiple values. In this
- case, the command interpreter assumes that the issuer has correctly provided
- one value for each argument up through the final one, so any additional values
- at the end belong to the final argument.
- <P>The following list describes the rules for omitting switches from the
- opposite perspective: an argument's switch must be provided when
- any of the following conditions apply.
- <UL>
- <P><LI>The command's arguments do not appear in the prescribed order
- <P><LI>An optional argument is omitted but a subsequent optional argument is
- provided
- <P><LI>A switch is provided for a preceding argument
- <P><LI>More than one value is supplied for a preceding argument (which must take
- multiple values, of course); without a switch on the current argument,
- the command interpreter assumes that the current argument is another value for
- the preceding argument
- </UL>
- <P><I><B><A NAME="Header_64">An Example of Omitting Switches</A>:&nbsp;</B></I>&nbsp;
- Consider again the example command from <A HREF="#HDRCOMMAND-EX">An Example Command</A>.
- <PRE>   % <B> bos getdate -server fs1.abc.com -file ptserver kaserver</B>
-    
- </PRE>
- <P>This command has two required arguments: the server machine name
- (identified by the <B>-server</B> switch) and binary file name (identified
- by the <B>-file</B> switch). The second argument accepts multiple
- values. By complying with all three conditions, the issuer can omit the
- switches:
- <PRE>   % <B>bos getdate fs1.abc.com ptserver kaserver</B>
-    
- </PRE>
- <P>Because there are no switches, the <B>bos</B> command interpreter
- relies on the order of arguments. It assumes that the first element
- following the operation code, <B>fs1.abc.com</B>, is the
- server machine name, and that the next argument, <B>ptserver</B>, is a
- binary file name. Then, because the command's second (and last)
- argument accepts multiple values, the command interpreter correctly interprets
- <B>kaserver</B> as an additional value for it.
- <P>On the other hand, the following is not acceptable because it violates the
- first two conditions in <A HREF="#HDRNOSWITCH">Conditions for Omitting Switches</A>: even though there is only one value per argument, the
- arguments do not appear in the prescribed order, and a switch is provided for
- one argument but not the other.
- <PRE>   % <B>bos getdate ptserver -server fs1.abc.com</B>
-    
- </PRE>
- <P><H6><A NAME="HDRWQ12">Rules for Using Abbreviations and Aliases</A></H6>
- <P>This section explains how to abbreviate operation codes,
- option names, server machine names, partition names, and cell names. It
- is not possible to abbreviate other types of values.
- <P><I><B><A NAME="Header_66">Abbreviating Operation Codes</A>:&nbsp;</B></I>&nbsp;
- It is acceptable to abbreviate an operation code to the shortest form
- that still distinguishes it from the other operation codes in its
- suite.
- <P>For example, it is acceptable to shorten <B>bos install</B> to <B>bos
- i</B> because there are no other operation codes in the <B>bos</B>
- command suite that begin with the letter <B>i</B>. In contrast,
- there are several <B>bos</B> operation codes that start with the letter
- <B>s</B>, so the abbreviations must be longer to remain unambiguous:
- <DL>
- <DD><P><B>bos sa</B> for <B>bos salvage</B>
- <DD><P><B>bos seta</B> for <B>bos setauth</B>
- <DD><P><B>bos setc</B> for <B>bos setcellname</B>
- <DD><P><B>bos setr</B> for <B>bos setrestart</B>
- <DD><P><B>bos sh</B> for <B>bos shutdown</B>
- <DD><P><B>bos start</B> for <B>bos start</B>
- <DD><P><B>bos startu</B> for <B>bos startup</B>
- <DD><P><B>bos stat</B> for <B>bos status</B>
- <DD><P><B>bos sto</B> for <B>bos stop</B>
- </DL>
- <P>In addition to abbreviations, some operation codes have an
- <I>alias</I>, a short form that is not derived by abbreviating the
- operation code to its shortest unambiguous form. For example, the alias
- for the <B>fs setacl</B> command is <B>fs sa</B>, whereas the shortest
- unambiguous abbreviation is <B>fs seta</B>.
- <P>There are two usual reasons an operation code has an alias:
- <UL>
- <P><LI>Because the command is frequently issued, it is convenient to have a form
- shorter than the one derived by abbreviating. The <B>fs setacl</B>
- command is an example.
- <P><LI>Because the command's name has changed, but users of previous
- versions of AFS know the former name. For example, <B>bos
- listhosts</B> has the alias <B>bos getcell</B>, its former name.
- It is acceptable to abbreviate aliases to their shortest unambiguous form (for
- example, <B>bos getcell</B> to <B>bos getc</B>).
- </UL>
- <P>Even if an operation code has an alias, it is still acceptable to use the
- shortest unambiguous form. Thus, the <B>fs setacl</B> command has
- three acceptable forms: <B>fs setacl</B> (the full form), <B>fs
- seta</B> (the shortest abbreviation), and <B>fs sa</B> (the
- alias).
- <P><I><B><A NAME="Header_67">Abbreviating Switches and Flags</A>:&nbsp;</B></I>&nbsp;
- It is acceptable to shorten a switch or flag to the shortest form that
- distinguishes it from the other switches and flags for its operation
- code. It is often possible to omit switches entirely, subject to the
- conditions listed in <A HREF="#HDRNOSWITCH">Conditions for Omitting Switches</A>.
- <P><I><B><A NAME="HDRFMSABBREV">Abbreviating Server Machine Names</A>:&nbsp;</B></I>&nbsp;
- AFS server machines must have fully-qualified
- Internet-style host names (for example, <B>fs1.abc.com</B>),
- but it is not always necessary to type the full name on the command
- line. AFS commands accept unambiguous shortened forms, but depend on
- the cell's name service (such as the Domain Name Service) or a local host
- table to resolve a shortened name to the fully-qualified equivalent when the
- command is issued.
- <P>Most commands also accept the dotted decimal form of the machine's IP
- address as an identifier.
- <P><I><B><A NAME="HDRPARTABBREV">Abbreviating Partition Names</A>:&nbsp;</B></I>&nbsp;
- Partitions that house AFS volumes must have names of
- the form <B>/vicep</B><VAR>x</VAR> or <B>/vicep</B><VAR>xx</VAR>, where
- the variable final portion is one or two lowercase letters. By
- convention, the first server partition created on a file server machine is
- called <B>/vicepa</B>, the second <B>/vicepb</B>, and so on.
- The <I>IBM AFS Quick Beginnings</I> explains how to configure and name a
- file server machine's partitions in preparation for storing AFS volumes
- on them.
- <P>When issuing AFS commands, you can abbreviate a partition name using any of
- the following forms:
- <PRE>   <B>/vicepa</B>     =     <B>vicepa</B>      =      <B>a</B>      =      <B>0</B>
-    <B>/vicepb</B>     =     <B>vicepb</B>      =      <B>b</B>      =      <B>1</B>
-    
- </PRE>
- <P>After <B>/vicepz</B> (for which the index is 25) comes
- <PRE>   <B>/vicepaa</B>    =     <B>vicepaa</B>     =      <B>aa</B>     =      <B>26</B>
-    <B>/vicepab</B>    =     <B>vicepab</B>     =      <B>ab</B>     =      <B>27</B>
-    
- </PRE>
- <P>and so on through
- <PRE>   <B>/vicepiv</B>    =     <B>vicepiv</B>     =      <B>iv</B>     =      <B>255</B>
-     
- </PRE>
- <P><I><B><A NAME="HDRCELLABBREV">Abbreviating Cell Names</A>:&nbsp;</B></I>&nbsp;
- A cell's full name usually matches its Internet
- domain name (such as <B>stateu.edu</B> for the State University or
- <B>abc.com</B> for ABC Corporation). Some AFS commands
- accept unambiguous shortened forms, usually with respect to the local
- <B>/usr/vice/etc/CellServDB file</B> but sometimes depending on the
- ability of the local name service to resolve the corresponding domain
- name.
- <P><H6><A NAME="HDRWQ13">Displaying Online Help for AFS Commands</A></H6>
- <P>To display online help for AFS commands that belong to
- suites, use the <B>help</B> and <B>apropos</B> operation codes.
- A <B>-help</B> flag is also available on every almost every AFS
- command.
- <P>The online help entry for a command consists of two or three lines:
- <UL>
- <P><LI>The first line names the command and briefly describes what it does
- <P><LI>If the command has aliases, they appear on the next line
- <P><LI>The final line, which begins with the string <TT>Usage:</TT>,
- lists the command's options in the prescribed order; online help
- entries use the same typographical symbols (brackets and so on) as this
- documentation.
- </UL>
- <P>If no operation code is specified, the <B>help</B> operation code
- displays the first line (short description) for every operation code in the
- suite:
- <PRE>   
-    % <VAR>command_suite</VAR>  <B>help</B>
-    
- </PRE>
- <P>If the issuer specifies one or more operation codes, the <B>help</B>
- operation code displays each command's complete online entry (short
- description, alias if any, and syntax):
- <PRE>   
-    % <VAR>command_suite</VAR> <B>help</B> <VAR>operation_code</VAR><SUP>+</SUP>
-    
- </PRE>
- <P>The <B>-help</B> flag displays a command's syntax but not the
- short description or alias:
- <PRE>   % <VAR>command_name</VAR> <B>-help</B>  
-    
- </PRE>
- <P>The <B>apropos</B> operation code displays the short description of any
- command in a suite whose operation code or short description includes the
- specified keyword:
- <PRE>   % <VAR>command_suite</VAR> <B>apropos</B> <VAR>"&lt;help&nbsp;string>"</VAR>
-    
- </PRE>
- <P>The following example command displays the complete online help entry for
- the <B>fs setacl</B> command:
- <PRE>   
-    % <B>fs help setacl </B>  
-    fs setacl: set access control list
-    aliases: sa
-    Usage: fs setacl -dir &lt;directory>+ -acl &lt;access list entries>+ 
-    [-clear] [-negative] [-id] [-if] [-help]
-    
- </PRE>
- <P>To see only the syntax statement, use the <B>-help</B> flag:
- <PRE>   % <B>fs setacl -help</B>
-    Usage: fs setacl -dir &lt;directory>+ -acl &lt;access list entries>+ 
-    [-clear] [-negative] [-id] [-if] [-help]
-    
- </PRE>
- <P>In the following example, a user wants to display the quota for her home
- volume. She knows that the relevant command belongs to the
- <B>fs</B> suite, but cannot remember the operation code. She uses
- <B>quota</B> as the keyword:
- <PRE>   
-    % <B>fs apropos quota</B>
-    listquota: list volume quota
-    quota: show volume quota usage
-    setquota: set volume quota
-    
- </PRE>
- <P>The following illustrates the error message that results if no command name
- or short description contains the keyword:
- <PRE>   
-    % <B>fs apropos "list quota"</B>
-    Sorry, no commands found
-    
- </PRE>
- <P><STRONG>Privilege Required</STRONG>
- <P>Many AFS commands require one or more types of administrative
- privilege. See the reference page for each command.
- <P><STRONG>Related Information</STRONG>
- <DL>
- <DD><P><A HREF="auarf058.htm#HDRAFSD">afsd</A>
- <DD><P><A HREF="auarf059.htm#HDRAFSMONITOR">afsmonitor</A>
- <DD><P><A HREF="auarf060.htm#HDRBK_INTRO">backup</A>
- <DD><P><A HREF="auarf093.htm#HDRBOS_INTRO">bos</A>
- <DD><P><A HREF="auarf124.htm#HDRBOSSERVER">bosserver</A>
- <DD><P><A HREF="auarf125.htm#HDRBUSERVER">buserver</A>
- <DD><P><A HREF="auarf126.htm#HDRBUTC">butc</A>
- <DD><P><A HREF="auarf127.htm#HDRDLOG">dlog</A>
- <DD><P><A HREF="auarf128.htm#HDRDPASS">dpass</A>
- <DD><P><A HREF="auarf129.htm#HDRFILESERVER">fileserver</A>
- <DD><P><A HREF="auarf130.htm#HDRFMS">fms</A>
- <DD><P><A HREF="auarf131.htm#HDRFS_INTRO">fs</A>
- <DD><P><A HREF="auarf169.htm#HDRFSTRACE_INTRO">fstrace</A>
- <DD><P><A HREF="auarf178.htm#HDRFTPD">ftpd (AFS version)</A>
- <DD><P><A HREF="auarf179.htm#HDRINETD">inetd (AFS version)</A>
- <DD><P><A HREF="auarf180.htm#HDRKADB_CHECK">kadb_check</A>
- <DD><P><A HREF="auarf181.htm#HDRKAS_INTRO">kas</A>
- <DD><P><A HREF="auarf198.htm#HDRKASERVER">kaserver</A>
- <DD><P><A HREF="auarf199.htm#HDRKDB">kdb</A>
- <DD><P><A HREF="auarf200.htm#HDRKLOG">klog</A>
- <DD><P><A HREF="auarf201.htm#HDRKNFS">knfs</A>
- <DD><P><A HREF="auarf202.htm#HDRKPASSWD">kpasswd</A>
- <DD><P><A HREF="auarf203.htm#HDRKPWVALID">kpwvalid</A>
- <DD><P><A HREF="auarf204.htm#HDRPACKAGE">package</A>
- <DD><P><A HREF="auarf204.htm#HDRPACKAGE">package</A>
- <DD><P><A HREF="auarf207.htm#HDRPACKAGE_TEST">package_test</A>
- <DD><P><A HREF="auarf208.htm#HDRPAGSH">pagsh</A>
- <DD><P><A HREF="auarf209.htm#HDRPRDB_CHECK">prdb_check</A>
- <DD><P><A HREF="auarf210.htm#HDRPTS_INTRO">pts</A>
- <DD><P><A HREF="auarf227.htm#HDRPTSERVER">ptserver</A>
- <DD><P><A HREF="auarf228.htm#HDRRCP">rcp (AFS version)</A>
- <DD><P><A HREF="auarf229.htm#HDRRSH">rsh (AFS version)</A>
- <DD><P><A HREF="auarf230.htm#HDRRUNNTP">runntp</A>
- <DD><P><A HREF="auarf231.htm#HDRRXDEBUG">rxdebug</A>
- <DD><P><A HREF="auarf232.htm#HDRSALVAGER">salvager</A>
- <DD><P><A HREF="auarf233.htm#HDRSCOUT">scout</A>
- <DD><P><A HREF="auarf234.htm#HDRSYS">sys</A>
- <DD><P><A HREF="auarf235.htm#HDRTOKENS">tokens</A>
- <DD><P><A HREF="auarf236.htm#HDRTRANSLATE_ET">translate_et</A>
- <DD><P><A HREF="auarf238.htm#HDRUNLOG">unlog</A>
- <DD><P><A HREF="auarf239.htm#HDRUP">up</A>
- <DD><P><A HREF="auarf240.htm#HDRUPCLIENT">upclient</A>
- <DD><P><A HREF="auarf241.htm#HDRUPSERVER">upserver</A>
- <DD><P><A HREF="auarf242.htm#HDRUSS_INTRO">uss</A>
- <DD><P><A HREF="auarf248.htm#HDRVLDB_CHECK">vldb_check</A>
- <DD><P><A HREF="auarf249.htm#HDRVLSERVER">vlserver</A>
- <DD><P><A HREF="auarf250.htm#HDRVOLINFO">volinfo</A>
- <DD><P><A HREF="auarf251.htm#HDRVOLSERVER">volserver</A>
- <DD><P><A HREF="auarf252.htm#HDRVOS_INTRO">vos</A>
- <DD><P><A HREF="auarf281.htm#HDRXFS_SIZE_CHECK">xfs_size_check</A>
- <DD><P><A HREF="auarf282.htm#HDRXSTAT_CM_TEST">xstat_cm_test</A>
- <DD><P><A HREF="auarf283.htm#HDRXSTAT_FS_TEST">xstat_fs_test</A>
- </DL>
- <P>
- <HR><P ALIGN="center"> <A HREF="../index.htm"><IMG SRC="../books.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Return to Library]"></A> <A HREF="auarf002.htm#ToC"><IMG SRC="../toc.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Contents]"></A> <A HREF="auarf056.htm"><IMG SRC="../prev.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Previous Topic]"></A> <A HREF="#Top_Of_Page"><IMG SRC="../top.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Top of Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf058.htm"><IMG SRC="../next.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Next Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf284.htm#HDRINDEX"><IMG SRC="../index.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Index]"></A> <P> 
- <!-- Begin Footer Records  ========================================== -->
- <P><HR><B> 
- <br>&#169; <A HREF="http://www.ibm.com/">IBM Corporation 2000.</A>  All Rights Reserved 
- </B> 
- <!-- End Footer Records  ============================================ -->
- <A NAME="Bot_Of_Page"></A>
- </BODY></HTML>
--- 0 ----
Index: openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf058.htm
diff -c openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf058.htm:1.1 openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf058.htm:removed
*** openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf058.htm:1.1	Wed Jun  6 14:09:11 2001
--- openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf058.htm	Thu Oct  2 10:12:22 2008
***************
*** 1,433 ****
- <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 4//EN">
- <HTML><HEAD>
- <TITLE>Administration Reference</TITLE>
- <!-- Begin Header Records  ========================================== -->
- <!-- /tmp/idwt3672/auarf000.scr converted by idb2h R4.2 (359) ID      -->
- <!-- Workbench Version (AIX) on 3 Oct 2000 at 16:18:30                -->
- <META HTTP-EQUIV="updated" CONTENT="Tue, 03 Oct 2000 16:18:29">
- <META HTTP-EQUIV="review" CONTENT="Wed, 03 Oct 2001 16:18:29">
- <META HTTP-EQUIV="expires" CONTENT="Thu, 03 Oct 2002 16:18:29">
- </HEAD><BODY>
- <!-- (C) IBM Corporation 2000. All Rights Reserved    --> 
- <BODY bgcolor="ffffff"> 
- <!-- End Header Records  ============================================ -->
- <A NAME="Top_Of_Page"></A>
- <H1>Administration Reference</H1>
- <HR><P ALIGN="center"> <A HREF="../index.htm"><IMG SRC="../books.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Return to Library]"></A> <A HREF="auarf002.htm#ToC"><IMG SRC="../toc.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Contents]"></A> <A HREF="auarf057.htm"><IMG SRC="../prev.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Previous Topic]"></A> <A HREF="#Bot_Of_Page"><IMG SRC="../bot.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Bottom of Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf059.htm"><IMG SRC="../next.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Next Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf284.htm#HDRINDEX"><IMG SRC="../index.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Index]"></A> <P> 
- <P>
- <H2><A NAME="HDRAFSD" HREF="auarf002.htm#ToC_72">afsd</A></H2>
- <A NAME="IDX4184"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX4185"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX4186"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX4187"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX4188"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX4189"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX4190"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX4191"></A>
- <P><STRONG>Purpose</STRONG>
- <P>Initializes the Cache Manager and starts related daemons.
- <P><STRONG>Synopsis</STRONG>
- <PRE><B>afsd</B> [-<B>blocks</B> &lt;<VAR>1024&nbsp;byte&nbsp;blocks&nbsp;in&nbsp;cache</VAR>>]  
-      [<B>-files</B> &lt;<VAR>files&nbsp;in&nbsp;cache</VAR>>]
-      [<B>-rootvol</B> &lt;<VAR>name&nbsp;of&nbsp;AFS&nbsp;root&nbsp;volume</VAR>>]
-      [<B>-stat</B> &lt;<VAR>number&nbsp;of&nbsp;stat&nbsp;entries</VAR>>]
-      [<B>-memcache</B>]  [<B>-cachedir</B> &lt;<VAR>cache&nbsp;directory</VAR>>]  
-      [<B>-mountdir</B> &lt;<VAR>mount&nbsp;location</VAR>>]
-      [<B>-daemons</B> &lt;<VAR>number&nbsp;of&nbsp;daemons&nbsp;to&nbsp;use</VAR>>]  
-      [<B>-nosettime</B>]  [<B>-verbose</B>]  [<B>-rmtsys</B>]  [<B>-debug</B>]  
-      [<B>-chunksize</B> &lt;<VAR>log(2)&nbsp;of&nbsp;chunk&nbsp;size</VAR>>]
-      [<B>-dcache</B> &lt;<VAR>number&nbsp;of&nbsp;dcache&nbsp;entries</VAR>>]
-      [<B>-volumes</B> &lt;<VAR>number&nbsp;of&nbsp;volume&nbsp;entries</VAR>>]  
-      [<B>-biods</B> &lt;<VAR>number&nbsp;of&nbsp;bkg&nbsp;I/O&nbsp;daemons&nbsp;(aix vm)</VAR>>]
-      [<B>-prealloc</B> &lt;<VAR>number&nbsp;of&nbsp;'small'&nbsp;preallocated&nbsp;blocks</VAR>>]
-      [<B>-confdir</B> &lt;<VAR>configuration&nbsp;directory</VAR>>]
-      [<B>-logfile</B> &lt;<VAR>Place&nbsp;to&nbsp;keep&nbsp;the&nbsp;CM&nbsp;log</VAR>>]  
-      [<B>-waitclose</B>]  [<B>-shutdown</B>]  [<B>-enable_peer_stats</B>]  
-      [<B>-enable_process_stats</B>]  [<B>-help</B>]
- </PRE>
- <P>This command does not use the syntax conventions of the AFS command
- suites. Provide the command name and all option names in full.
- <P><STRONG>Description</STRONG>
- <P>The <B>afsd</B> command initializes the Cache Manager on an AFS client
- machine by transferring AFS-related configuration information into kernel
- memory and starting several daemons. More specifically, the
- <B>afsd</B> command performs the following actions:
- <UL>
- <P><LI>Sets a field in kernel memory that defines the machine's cell
- membership. Some Cache Manager-internal operations and system calls
- consult this field to learn which cell to execute in. (The AFS command
- interpreters refer to the <B>/usr/vice/etc/ThisCell</B> file
- instead.) This information is transferred into the kernel from the
- <B>/usr/vice/etc/ThisCell</B> file and cannot be changed until the
- <B>afsd</B> program runs again.
- <P><LI>Places in kernel memory the names and Internet addresses of the database
- server machines in the local cell and (optionally) foreign cells. The
- appearance of a cell's database server machines in this list enables the
- Cache Manager to contact them and to access files in the cell. Omission
- of a cell from this list, or incorrect information about its database server
- machines, prevents the Cache Manager from accessing files in it.
- <P>The list of database server machines is transferred into the kernel from
- the <B>/usr/vice/etc/CellServDB</B> file. After initialization, use
- the <B>fs newcell</B> command to change the kernel-resident list without
- having to reboot.
- <P><LI>Mounts the root of the AFS filespace on a directory on the machine's
- local disk, according to either the first field in the
- <B>/usr/vice/etc/cacheinfo</B> file (the default) or the <B>afsd</B>
- command's <B>-mountdir</B> argument. The conventional value is
- <B>/afs</B>.
- <P><LI>Determines which volume to mount at the root of the AFS file tree.
- The default is the volume <B>root.afs</B>; use the
- <B>-rootvol</B> argument to override it. Although the base
- (read/write) form of the volume name is the appropriate value, the Cache
- Manager has a bias for accessing the read-only version of the volume (by
- convention, <B>root.afs.readonly</B>) if it is
- available.
- <P><LI>Configures the cache on disk (the default) or in machine memory if the
- <B>-memcache</B> argument is provided. In the latter case, the
- <B>afsd</B> program allocates space in machine memory for caching, and the
- Cache Manager uses no disk space for caching even if the machine has a
- disk.
- <P><LI>Defines the name of the local disk directory devoted to caching, when the
- <B>-memcache</B> argument is not used. If necessary, the
- <B>afsd</B> program creates the directory (its parent directory must
- already exist). It does not remove the directory that formerly served
- this function, if one exists.
- <P>The second field in the <B>/usr/vice/etc/cacheinfo</B> file is the
- source for this name, and the standard value is the <B>/usr/vice/cache</B>
- directory. Use the <B>-cachedir</B> argument to override the value
- in the <B>cacheinfo</B> file.
- <P><LI>Sets the size of the cache. The default source for the value is the
- third field in the <B>/usr/vice/etc/cacheinfo</B> file, which specifies a
- number of kilobytes.
- <P>For a memory cache, the following arguments to the <B>afsd</B> command
- override the value in the <B>cacheinfo</B> file:
- <UL>
- <P><LI>The <B>-blocks</B> argument, to specify a different number of kilobyte
- blocks.
- <P><LI>The <B>-dcache</B> and <B>-chunksize</B> arguments together, to
- set both the number of dcache entries and the chunk size (see below for
- definition of these parameters). In this case, the <B>afsd</B>
- program derives cache size by multiplying the two values. Using this
- combination is not recommended, as it requires the issuer to perform the
- calculation beforehand to determine the resulting cache size.
- <P><LI>The <B>-dcache</B> argument by itself. In this case, the
- <B>afsd</B> program derives cache size by multiplying the value specified
- by the <B>-dcache</B> argument by the default memory cache chunk size of
- eight kilobytes. Using this argument is not recommended, as it requires
- the issuer to perform the calculation beforehand to determine the resulting
- cache size.
- </UL>
- <P>For satisfactory memory cache performance, the specified value must leave
- enough memory free to accommodate all other processes and commands that can
- run on the machine. If the value exceeds the amount of memory
- available, the <B>afsd</B> program exits without initializing the Cache
- Manager and produces the following message on the standard output
- stream:
- <PRE>   afsd: memCache allocation failure at <VAR>number</VAR> KB
-    
- </PRE>
- <P>where <VAR>number</VAR> is how many kilobytes were allocated just before the
- failure.
- <P>For a disk cache, use the <B>-blocks</B> argument to the
- <B>afsd</B> command to override the value in the <B>cacheinfo</B>
- file. The value specified in either way sets an absolute upper limit on
- cache size; values provided for other arguments (such as
- <B>-dcache</B> and <B>-chunksize</B>) never result in a larger
- cache. The <B>afsd</B> program rejects any setting larger than 95%
- of the partition size, and exits after generating an error message on the
- standard output stream, because the cache implementation itself requires a
- small amount of disk space and overfilling the partition can cause the client
- machine to panic.
- <P>To change the size of a disk cache after initialization without rebooting,
- use the <B>fs setcachesize</B> command; the setting persists until
- the <B>afsd</B> command runs again or the <B>fs setcachesize</B>
- command is reissued. The <B>fs setcachesize</B> command does not
- work for memory caches.
- <P><LI>Sets the size of each cache <VAR>chunk</VAR>, and by implication the amount
- of data that the Cache Manager requests at a time from the File Server (how
- much data per fetch RPC, since AFS uses partial file transfer).
- <P>For a disk cache, a chunk is a <B>V</B><VAR>n</VAR> file and this
- parameter sets the maximum size to which each one can expand; the default
- is 64 KB. For a memory cache, each chunk is a collection of contiguous
- memory blocks; the default is size is 8 KB.
- <P>To override the default chunk size for either type of cache, use the
- <B>-chunksize</B> argument to provide an integer to be used as an exponent
- of two; see the <B>Options</B> section for details. For a
- memory cache, if total cache size divided by chunk size leaves a remainder,
- the <B>afsd</B> program rounds down the number of dcache entries,
- resulting in a slightly smaller cache.
- <P><LI>Sets the number of chunks in the cache. For a memory cache, the
- number of chunks is equal to the cache size divided by the chunk size.
- For a disk cache, the number of chunks (<B>V</B><VAR>n</VAR> files) is set
- to the largest of the following unless the <B>-files</B> argument is used
- to set the value explicitly:
- <UL>
- <P><LI>100
- <P><LI>1.5 times the result of dividing cache size by chunk size
- (<VAR>cachesize</VAR>/<VAR>chunksize</VAR> * 1.5)
- <P><LI>The result of dividing cachesize by 10 KB (<VAR>cachesize</VAR>/10240)
- </UL>
- <P><LI>Sets the number of <VAR>dcache entries</VAR> allocated in machine memory for
- storing information about the chunks in the cache.
- <P>For a disk cache, the <B>/usr/vice/cache/CacheItems</B> file contains
- one entry for each <B>V</B><VAR>n</VAR> file. By default, one half
- the number of these entries (but not more that 2,000) are duplicated as dcache
- entries in machine memory for quicker access.
- <P>For a memory cache, there is no <B>CacheItems</B> file so all
- information about cache chunks must be in memory as dcache entries.
- Thus, there is no default number of dcache entries for a memory cache;
- instead, the <B>afsd</B> program derives it by dividing the cache size by
- the chunk size.
- <P>To set the number of dcache entries, use the <B>-dcache</B>
- argument; the specified value can exceed the default limit of
- 2,000. Using this argument is not recommended for either type of
- cache. Increasing the number of dcache entries for a disk cache
- sometimes improves performance (because more entries are retrieved from memory
- rather than from disk), but only marginally. Using this argument for a
- memory cache requires the issuer to calculate the cache size by multiplying
- this value by the chunk size.
- <P><LI>Sets the number of <VAR>stat</VAR> entries available in machine memory for
- caching status information about cached AFS files. The default is
- 300; use the <B>-stat</B> argument to override the default.
- <P><LI>Randomly selects a file server machine in the local cell as the source for
- the correct time. Every five minutes thereafter, the local clock is
- adjusted (if necessary) to match the file server machine's clock.
- <P>Use the <B>-nosettime</B> flag to prevent the <B>afsd</B> command
- from selecting a time standard. This is recommended only on file server
- machines that are also acting as clients. File server machines maintain
- the correct time using the Network Time Protocol Daemon instead.
- </UL>
- <P>In addition to setting cache configuration parameters, the <B>afsd</B>
- program starts the following daemons. (On most system types, these
- daemons appear as nameless entries in the output of the UNIX <B>ps</B>
- command.)
- <UL>
- <P><LI>One <I>callback</I> daemon, which handles callbacks. It also
- responds to the File Server's periodic probes, which check that the
- client machine is still alive.
- <P><LI>One <I>maintenance</I> daemon, which performs the following
- tasks:
- <UL>
- <P><LI>Garbage collects obsolete data (for example, expired tokens) from kernel
- memory
- <P><LI>Synchronizes files
- <P><LI>Refreshes information from read-only volumes once per hour
- <P><LI>Does delayed writes for NFS clients if the machine is running the NFS/AFS
- Translator
- </UL>
- <P><LI>One <I>cache-truncation</I> daemon, which flushes the cache when free
- space is required, by writing cached data and status information to the File
- Server.
- <P><LI>One <I>server connection</I> daemon, which sends a probe to the File
- Server every few minutes to check that it is still accessible. It also
- synchronizes the machine's clock with the clock on a randomly-chosen file
- server machine, unless the <B>-nosettime</B> flag is used. There is
- always one server connection daemon.
- <P><LI>One or more <I>background</I> daemons that improve performance by
- pre-fetching files and performing background (delayed) writes of saved data
- into AFS. 
- <P>The default number of background daemons is two, enough to service at least
- five simultaneous users of the machine. To increase the number, use the
- <B>-daemons</B> argument. A value greater than six is not generally
- necessary.
- <P><LI>On some system types, one <I>Rx listener</I> daemon, which listens for
- incoming RPCs.
- <P><LI>On some system types, one <I>Rx event</I> daemon, which reviews the Rx
- system's queue of tasks and performs them as appropriate. Most
- items in the queue are retransmissions of failed packets.
- <P><LI>On machines that run AIX with virtual memory (VM) integration, one or more
- <I>VM</I> daemons (sometimes called <I>I/O</I> daemons, which transfer
- data between disk and machine memory. The number of them depends on the
- setting of the <B>-biods</B> and <B>-daemons</B> arguments:
- <UL>
- <P><LI>If the <B>-biods</B> argument is used, it sets the number of VM
- daemons.
- <P><LI>If only the <B>-daemons</B> argument is used, the number of VM daemons
- is twice the number of background daemons.
- <P><LI>If neither argument is used, there are five VM daemons.
- </UL>
- </UL>
- <P><STRONG>Cautions</STRONG>
- <P>Do not use the <B>-shutdown</B> parameter. It does not shutdown
- the Cache Manager effectively. Instead, halt Cache Manager activity by
- using the standard UNIX <B>umount</B> command to unmount the AFS root
- directory (by convention, <B>/afs</B>). The machine must then be
- rebooted to reinitialize the Cache Manager.
- <P><STRONG>Options</STRONG>
- <DL>
- <P><DT><B>-blocks
- </B><DD>Specifies the number of kilobyte blocks to be made available for caching
- in the machine's cache directory (for a disk cache) or memory (for a
- memory cache), overriding the default defined in the third field of the
- <B>/usr/vice/etc/cacheinfo</B> file. For a disk cache, the value
- cannot exceed 95% of the space available in the cache partition. If
- using a memory cache, do not combine this argument with the <B>-dcache</B>
- argument, since doing so can possibly result in a chunk size that is not an
- exponent of 2.
- <P><DT><B>-files
- </B><DD>Specifies the number of <B>V</B><VAR>n</VAR> files to create in the
- cache directory for a disk cache, overriding the default that is calculated as
- described in the <B>Description</B> section. Each
- <B>V</B><VAR>n</VAR> file accommodates a chunk of data, and can grow to a
- maximum size of 64 KB by default. Do not combine this argument with the
- <B>-memcache</B> argument.
- <P><DT><B>-rootvol
- </B><DD>Names the read/write volume corresponding to the root directory for the
- AFS file tree (which is usually the <B>/afs</B> directory). This
- value overrides the default of the <B>root.afs</B> volume.
- <P><DT><B>-stat
- </B><DD>Specifies the number of entries to allocate in the machine's memory
- for recording status information about the AFS files in the cache. This
- value overrides the default of 300.
- <P><DT><B>-memcache
- </B><DD>Initializes a memory cache rather than a disk cache. Do not combine
- this flag with the <B>-files</B> argument.
- <P><DT><B>-cachedir
- </B><DD>Names the local disk directory to be used as the cache. This value
- overrides the default defined in the second field of the
- <B>/usr/vice/etc/cacheinfo</B> file.
- <P><DT><B>-mountdir
- </B><DD>Names the local disk directory on which to mount the root of the AFS
- filespace. This value overrides the default defined in the first field
- of the <B>/usr/vice/etc/cacheinfo</B> file. If a value other than
- the <B>/afs</B> directory is used, the machine cannot access the filespace
- of cells that do use that value.
- <P><DT><B>-daemons
- </B><DD>Specifies the number of background daemons to run on the machine.
- These daemons improve efficiency by doing prefetching and background writing
- of saved data. This value overrides the default of 2, which is adequate
- for a machine serving up to five users. Values greater than
- <B>6</B> are not generally more effective than <B>6</B>. 
- <P><B>Note:</B> On AIX machines with integrated virtual memory (VM),
- the number of VM daemons is set to twice the value of this argument, if it is
- provided and the <B>-biods</B> argument is not. If both arguments
- are omitted, there are five VM daemons.
- <P><DT><B>-nosettime
- </B><DD>Prevents the Cache Manager from synchronizing its clock with the clock on
- a server machine selected at random, by checking the time on the server
- machine every five minutes. Use this flag only on a machine that is
- already using another time synchronization protocol (for example, a server
- machine that is running the <B>runntp</B> process).
- <P><DT><B>-verbose
- </B><DD>Generates a detailed trace of the <B>afsd</B> program's actions
- on the standard output stream.
- <P><DT><B>-rmtsys
- </B><DD>Initializes an additional daemon to execute AFS-specific system calls on
- behalf of NFS client machines. Use this flag only if the machine is an
- NFS/AFS translator machine serving users of NFS client machines who execute
- AFS commands.
- <A NAME="IDX4192"></A>
- <P><DT><B>-debug
- </B><DD>Generates a highly detailed trace of the <B>afsd</B> program's
- actions on the standard output stream. The information is useful mostly
- for debugging purposes.
- <P><DT><B>-chunksize
- </B><DD>Sets the size of each cache chunk. The integer provided, which must
- be from the range <B>0</B> to <B>30</B>, is used as an exponent on the
- number 2. It overrides the default of 16 for a disk cache
- (2<SUP>16</SUP> is 64 KB) and 13 for a memory cache (2<SUP>13</SUP> is 8
- KB). A value of <B>0</B> or less, or greater than <B>30</B>,
- sets chunk size to the appropriate default. Values less than
- <B>10</B> (which sets chunk size to a 1 KB) are not recommended.
- Combining this argument with the <B>-dcache</B> argument is not
- recommended because it requires that the issuer calculate the cache size that
- results.
- <P><DT><B>-dcache
- </B><DD>Sets the number of dcache entries in memory, which are used to store
- information about cache chunks. For a disk cache, this overrides the
- default, which is 50% of the number of <B>V</B><VAR>n</VAR> files (cache
- chunks). For a memory cache, this argument effectively sets the number
- of cache chunks, but its use is not recommended, because it requires the
- issuer to calculate the resulting total cache size (derived by multiplying
- this value by the chunk size). Do not combine this argument with the
- <B>-blocks</B> argument, since doing so can possibly result in a chunk
- size that is not an exponent of 2.
- <P><DT><B>-volumes
- </B><DD>Specifies the number of memory structures to allocate for storing volume
- location information. The default value is 50.
- <P><DT><B>-biods
- </B><DD>Sets the number of VM daemons dedicated to performing I/O operations on a
- machine running a version of AIX with virtual memory (VM) integration.
- If both this argument and the <B>-daemons</B> argument are omitted, the
- default is five. If this argument is omitted but the
- <B>-daemons</B> argument is provided, the number of VM daemons is set to
- twice the value of the <B>-daemons</B> argument. 
- <TABLE><TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP"><B>Note:</B></TD><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP">Provide this argument only on a machine that runs AIX with VM
- integration.
- </TD></TR></TABLE>
- <P><DT><B>-prealloc
- </B><DD>Specifies the number of pieces of memory to preallocate for the Cache
- Manager's internal use. The default initial value is 400, but the
- Cache Manager dynamically allocates more memory as it needs it.
- <P><DT><B>-confdir
- </B><DD>Names a directory other than the <B>/usr/vice/etc</B> directory from
- which to fetch the <B>cacheinfo</B>, <B>ThisCell</B>, and
- <B>CellServDB</B> configuration files.
- <P><DT><B>-logfile
- </B><DD>Is obsolete and has no real effect. It specifies an alternate file
- in which to record a type of trace that the Cache Manager no longer
- generates; the default value is <B>/usr/vice/etc/AFSLog</B>.
- <P><DT><B>-waitclose
- </B><DD>Has no effect on the operation of the Cache Manager. The behavior
- it affected in previous versions of the Cache Manager, to perform synchronous
- writes to the File Server, is now the default behavior. To perform
- asynchronous writes in certain cases, use the <B>fs storebehind</B>
- command.
- <P><DT><B>-shutdown
- </B><DD>Shuts down the Cache Manager, but not in the most effective possible
- way. Do not use this flag.
- <P><DT><B>-enable_peer_stats
- </B><DD>Activates the collection of Rx statistics and allocates memory for their
- storage. For each connection with a specific UDP port on another
- machine, a separate record is kept for each type of RPC (FetchFile, GetStatus,
- and so on) sent or received. To display or otherwise access the
- records, use the Rx Monitoring API.
- <P><DT><B>-enable_process_stats
- </B><DD>Activates the collection of Rx statistics and allocates memory for their
- storage. A separate record is kept for each type of RPC (FetchFile,
- GetStatus, and so on) sent or received, aggregated over all connections to
- other machines. To display or otherwise access the records, use the Rx
- Monitoring API.
- <P><DT><B>-help
- </B><DD>Prints the online help for this command. All other valid options
- are ignored.
- </DL>
- <P><STRONG>Examples</STRONG>
- <P>The <B>afsd</B> command is normally included in the machine's AFS
- initialization file, rather than typed at the command shell prompt. For
- most disk caches, the appropriate form is
- <PRE>   /usr/vice/etc/afsd
-    
- </PRE>
- <P>The following command is appropriate when enabling a machine to act as an
- NFS/AFS Translator machine serving more than five users.
- <PRE>   /usr/vice/etc/afsd -daemons 4 -rmtsys
-    
- </PRE>
- <P>The following command initializes a memory cache and sets chunk size to 16
- KB (2<SUP>14</SUP>).
- <PRE>   /usr/vice/etc/afsd -memcache -chunksize 14
-    
- </PRE>
- <P><STRONG>Privilege Required</STRONG>
- <P>The issuer must be logged in as the local superuser <B>root</B>.
- <P><STRONG>Related Information</STRONG>
- <P><A HREF="auarf017.htm#HDRCACHEITEMS">CacheItems</A>
- <P><A HREF="auarf019.htm#HDRCLI_CSDB">CellServDB (client version)</A>
- <P><A HREF="auarf032.htm#HDRCLI_THISCELL">ThisCell (client version)</A>
- <P><A HREF="auarf036.htm#HDRVN">V<I>n</I></A>
- <P><A HREF="auarf043.htm#HDRCACHEINFO">cacheinfo</A>
- <A NAME="IDX4193"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX4194"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX4195"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX4196"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX4197"></A>
- <P>
- <HR><P ALIGN="center"> <A HREF="../index.htm"><IMG SRC="../books.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Return to Library]"></A> <A HREF="auarf002.htm#ToC"><IMG SRC="../toc.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Contents]"></A> <A HREF="auarf057.htm"><IMG SRC="../prev.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Previous Topic]"></A> <A HREF="#Top_Of_Page"><IMG SRC="../top.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Top of Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf059.htm"><IMG SRC="../next.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Next Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf284.htm#HDRINDEX"><IMG SRC="../index.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Index]"></A> <P> 
- <!-- Begin Footer Records  ========================================== -->
- <P><HR><B> 
- <br>&#169; <A HREF="http://www.ibm.com/">IBM Corporation 2000.</A>  All Rights Reserved 
- </B> 
- <!-- End Footer Records  ============================================ -->
- <A NAME="Bot_Of_Page"></A>
- </BODY></HTML>
--- 0 ----
Index: openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf059.htm
diff -c openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf059.htm:1.2 openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf059.htm:removed
*** openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf059.htm:1.2	Thu Jul 29 00:03:31 2004
--- openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf059.htm	Thu Oct  2 10:12:22 2008
***************
*** 1,329 ****
- <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 4//EN">
- <HTML><HEAD>
- <TITLE>Administration Reference</TITLE>
- <!-- Begin Header Records  ========================================== -->
- <!-- /tmp/idwt3672/auarf000.scr converted by idb2h R4.2 (359) ID      -->
- <!-- Workbench Version (AIX) on 3 Oct 2000 at 16:18:30                -->
- <META HTTP-EQUIV="updated" CONTENT="Tue, 03 Oct 2000 16:18:29">
- <META HTTP-EQUIV="review" CONTENT="Wed, 03 Oct 2001 16:18:29">
- <META HTTP-EQUIV="expires" CONTENT="Thu, 03 Oct 2002 16:18:29">
- </HEAD><BODY>
- <!-- (C) IBM Corporation 2000. All Rights Reserved    --> 
- <BODY bgcolor="ffffff"> 
- <!-- End Header Records  ============================================ -->
- <A NAME="Top_Of_Page"></A>
- <H1>Administration Reference</H1>
- <HR><P ALIGN="center"> <A HREF="../index.htm"><IMG SRC="../books.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Return to Library]"></A> <A HREF="auarf002.htm#ToC"><IMG SRC="../toc.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Contents]"></A> <A HREF="auarf058.htm"><IMG SRC="../prev.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Previous Topic]"></A> <A HREF="#Bot_Of_Page"><IMG SRC="../bot.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Bottom of Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf060.htm"><IMG SRC="../next.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Next Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf284.htm#HDRINDEX"><IMG SRC="../index.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Index]"></A> <P> 
- <P>
- <H2><A NAME="HDRAFSMONITOR" HREF="auarf002.htm#ToC_73">afsmonitor</A></H2>
- <P><STRONG>Purpose</STRONG>
- <P>Monitors File Servers and Cache Managers
- <P><STRONG>Description</STRONG>
- <PRE><B>afsmonitor</B> [<B>initcmd</B>]  [<B>-config</B> &lt;<VAR>configuration&nbsp;file</VAR>>]
-            [<B>-frequency</B> &lt;<VAR>poll&nbsp;frequency,&nbsp;in&nbsp;seconds</VAR>>]
-            [<B>-output</B> &lt;<VAR>storage&nbsp;file&nbsp;name</VAR>>]  [<B>-detailed</B>] 
-            [<B>-debug</B> &lt;<VAR>turn&nbsp;debugging&nbsp;output&nbsp;on&nbsp;to&nbsp;the&nbsp;named&nbsp;file</VAR>>]
-            [<B>-fshosts</B> &lt;<VAR>list&nbsp;of&nbsp;file&nbsp;servers&nbsp;to&nbsp;monitor</VAR>><SUP>+</SUP>]
-            [<B>-cmhosts</B> &lt;<VAR>list&nbsp;of&nbsp;cache&nbsp;managers&nbsp;to&nbsp;monitor</VAR>><SUP>+</SUP>]
-            [<B>-buffers</B> &lt;<VAR>number&nbsp;of&nbsp;buffer&nbsp;slots</VAR>>]  [<B>-help</B>]
-    
- <B>afsmonitor</B> [<B>i</B>]  [<B>-co</B> &lt;<VAR>configuration&nbsp;file</VAR>>]
-            [<B>-fr</B> &lt;<VAR>poll&nbsp;frequency,&nbsp;in&nbsp;seconds</VAR>>]
-            [<B>-o</B> &lt;<VAR>storage&nbsp;file&nbsp;name</VAR>>]  [<B>-det</B>]
-            [<B>-deb</B> &lt;<VAR>turn&nbsp;debugging&nbsp;output&nbsp;on&nbsp;to&nbsp;the&nbsp;named&nbsp;file</VAR>>]
-            [<B>-fs</B> &lt;<VAR>list&nbsp;of&nbsp;file&nbsp;servers&nbsp;to&nbsp;monitor</VAR>><SUP>+</SUP>]
-            [<B>-cm</B> &lt;<VAR>list&nbsp;of&nbsp;cache&nbsp;managers&nbsp;to&nbsp;monitor</VAR>><SUP>+</SUP>]
-            [<B>-b</B> &lt;<VAR>number&nbsp;of&nbsp;buffer&nbsp;slots</VAR>>]  [<B>-h</B>]
- </PRE>
- <P><STRONG>Description</STRONG>
- <P>The <B>afsmonitor</B> command initializes a program that gathers and
- displays statistics about specified File Server and Cache Manager
- operations. It allows the issuer to monitor, from a single location, a
- wide range of File Server and Cache Manager operations on any number of
- machines in both local and foreign cells.
- <P>There are 271 available File Server statistics and 571 available Cache
- Manager statistics, listed in the appendix about <B>afsmonitor</B>
- statistics in the <I>IBM AFS Administration Guide</I>. By default,
- the command displays all of the relevant statistics for the file server
- machines named by the <B>-fshosts</B> argument and the client machines
- named by the <B>-cmhosts</B> argument. To limit the display to only
- the statistics of interest, list them in the configuration file specified by
- the <B>-config</B> argument. In addition, use the configuration
- file for the following purposes:
- <UL>
- <P><LI>To set threshold values for any monitored statistic. When the value
- of a statistic exceeds the threshold, the <B>afsmonitor</B> command
- displays it in reverse video. There are no default threshold
- values.
- <P><LI>To invoke a program or script automatically when a statistic exceeds its
- threshold. The AFS distribution does not include any such
- scripts.
- <P><LI>To list the file server and client machines to monitor, instead of using
- the <B>-fshosts</B> and <B>-cmhosts</B> arguments.
- </UL>
- <P>For a description of the configuration file, see the <B>afsmonitor
- Configuration File</B> reference page
- <P><STRONG>Cautions</STRONG>
- <P>The following software must be accessible to a machine where the
- <B>afsmonitor</B> program is running:
- <UL>
- <P><LI>The AFS <B>xstat</B> libraries, which the <B>afsmonitor</B>
- program uses to gather data
- <P><LI>The <B>curses</B> graphics package, which most UNIX distributions
- provide as a standard utility
- </UL>
- <A NAME="IDX4198"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX4199"></A>
- <P>The <B>afsmonitor</B> screens format successfully both on so-called
- dumb terminals and in windowing systems that emulate terminals. For the
- output to looks its best, the display environment needs to support reverse
- video and cursor addressing. Set the TERM environment variable to the
- correct terminal type, or to a value that has characteristics similar to the
- actual terminal type. The display window or terminal must be at least
- 80 columns wide and 12 lines long.
- <A NAME="IDX4200"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX4201"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX4202"></A>
- <P>The <B>afsmonitor</B> program must run in the foreground, and in its
- own separate, dedicated window or terminal. The window or terminal is
- unavailable for any other activity as long as the <B>afsmonitor</B>
- program is running. Any number of instances of the
- <B>afsmonitor</B> program can run on a single machine, as long as each
- instance runs in its own dedicated window or terminal. Note that it can
- take up to three minutes to start an additional instance.
- <P><STRONG>Options</STRONG>
- <DL>
- <P><DT><B>initcmd
- </B><DD>Accommodates the command's use of the AFS command parser, and is
- optional.
- <P><DT><B>-config
- </B><DD>Names the configuration file which lists the machines to monitor,
- statistics to display, and threshold values, if any. A partial pathname
- is interpreted relative to the current working directory. Provide this
- argument if not providing the <B>-fshosts</B> argument,
- <B>-cmhosts</B> argument, or neither. For instructions on creating
- this file, see the preceding <B>Description</B> section, and the section
- on the <B>afsmonitor</B> program in the <I>IBM AFS Administration
- Guide</I>.
- <P><DT><B>-frequency
- </B><DD>Specifies in seconds how often the <B>afsmonitor</B> program probes
- the File Servers and Cache Managers. Valid values range from
- <B>1</B> to <B>86400</B> (which is 24 hours); the default value
- is <B>60</B>. This frequency applies to both File Servers and Cache
- Managers, but the <B>afsmonitor</B> program initiates the two types of
- probes, and processes their results, separately. The actual interval
- between probes to a host is the probe frequency plus the time required for all
- hosts to respond.
- <P><DT><B>-output
- </B><DD>Names the file to which the <B>afsmonitor</B> program writes all of
- the statistics that it collects. By default, no output file is
- created. See the section on the <B>afsmonitor</B> command in the
- <I>IBM AFS Administration Guide</I> for information on this file.
- <P><DT><B>-detailed
- </B><DD>Formats the information in the output file named by <B>-output</B>
- argument in a maximally readable format. Provide the <B>-output</B>
- argument along with this one.
- <P><DT><B>-fshosts
- </B><DD>Names one or more machines from which to gather File Server
- statistics. For each machine, provide either a fully qualified host
- name, or an unambiguous abbreviation (the ability to resolve an abbreviation
- depends on the state of the cell's name service at the time the command
- is issued). This argument can be combined with the <B>-cmhosts</B>
- argument, but not with the <B>-config</B> argument.
- <P><DT><B>-cmhosts
- </B><DD>Names one or more machines from which to gather Cache Manager
- statistics. For each machine, provide either a fully qualified host
- name, or an unambiguous abbreviation (the ability to resolve an abbreviation
- depends on the state of the cell's name service at the time the command
- is issued). This argument can be combined with the <B>-fshosts</B>
- argument, but not with the <B>-config</B> argument.
- <P><DT><B>-buffers
- </B><DD>Is nonoperational and provided to accommodate potential future
- enhancements to the program.
- <P><DT><B>-help
- </B><DD>Prints the online help for this command. All other valid options
- are ignored.
- </DL>
- <P><STRONG>Output</STRONG>
- <P>The <B>afsmonitor</B> program displays its data on three screens:
- <UL>
- <P><LI><TT>System Overview</TT>: This screen appears automatically when
- the <B>afsmonitor</B> program initializes. It summarizes separately
- for File Servers and Cache Managers the number of machines being monitored and
- how many of them have <I>alerts</I> (statistics that have exceeded their
- thresholds). It then lists the hostname and number of alerts for each
- machine being monitored, indicating if appropriate that a process failed to
- respond to the last probe.
- <P><LI><TT>File Server</TT>: This screen displays File Server statistics
- for each file server machine being monitored. It highlights statistics
- that have exceeded their thresholds, and identifies machines that failed to
- respond to the last probe.
- <P><LI><TT>Cache Managers</TT>: This screen displays Cache Manager
- statistics for each client machine being monitored. It highlights
- statistics that have exceeded their thresholds, and identifies machines that
- failed to respond to the last probe.
- </UL>
- <P>Fields at the corners of every screen display the following
- information:
- <UL>
- <P><LI>In the top left corner, the program name and version number.
- <P><LI>In the top right corner, the screen name, current and total page numbers,
- and current and total column numbers. The page number (for example,
- <TT>p. 1 of 3</TT>) indicates the index of the current page and the
- total number of (vertical) pages over which data is displayed. The
- column number (for example, <TT>c. 1 of 235</TT>) indicates the index
- of the current leftmost column and the total number of columns in which data
- appears. (The symbol <TT>>>></TT> indicates that there is additional
- data to the right; the symbol <TT>&lt;&lt;&lt;</TT> indicates that
- there is additional data to the left.)
- <P><LI>In the bottom left corner, a list of the available commands. Enter
- the first letter in the command name to run that command. Only the
- currently possible options appear; for example, if there is only one page
- of data, the <TT>next</TT> and <TT>prev</TT> commands, which scroll the
- screen up and down respectively, do not appear. For descriptions of the
- commands, see the following section about navigating the display
- screens.
- <P><LI>In the bottom right corner, the <TT>probes</TT> field reports how many
- times the program has probed File Servers (<TT>fs</TT>), Cache Managers
- (<TT>cm</TT>), or both. The counts for File Servers and Cache
- Managers can differ. The <TT>freq</TT> field reports how often the
- program sends probes.
- </UL>
- <P><B>Navigating the afsmonitor Display Screens</B>
- <P>As noted, the lower left hand corner of every display screen displays the
- names of the commands currently available for moving to alternate screens,
- which can either be a different type or display more statistics or machines of
- the current type. To execute a command, press the lowercase version of
- the first letter in its name. Some commands also have an uppercase
- version that has a somewhat different effect, as indicated in the following
- list.
- <DL>
- <P><DT><B><TT>cm</TT>
- </B><DD>Switches to the <TT>Cache Managers</TT> screen. Available only on
- the <TT>System Overview</TT> and <TT>File Servers</TT> screens.
- <P><DT><B><TT>fs</TT>
- </B><DD>Switches to the <TT>File Servers</TT> screen. Available only on
- the <TT>System Overview</TT> and the <TT>Cache Managers</TT>
- screens.
- <P><DT><B><TT>left</TT>
- </B><DD>Scrolls horizontally to the left, to access the data columns situated to
- the left of the current set. Available when the <TT>&lt;&lt;&lt;</TT>
- symbol appears at the top left of the screen. Press uppercase
- <B>L</B> to scroll horizontally all the way to the left (to display the
- first set of data columns).
- <P><DT><B><TT>next</TT>
- </B><DD>Scrolls down vertically to the next page of machine names.
- Available when there are two or more pages of machines and the final page is
- not currently displayed. Press uppercase <B>N</B> to scroll to the
- final page.
- <P><DT><B><TT>oview</TT>
- </B><DD>Switches to the <TT>System Overview</TT> screen. Available only
- on the <TT>Cache Managers</TT> and <TT>File Servers</TT> screens.
- <P><DT><B><TT>prev</TT>
- </B><DD>Scrolls up vertically to the previous page of machine names.
- Available when there are two or more pages of machines and the first page is
- not currently displayed. Press uppercase <B>N</B> to scroll to the
- first page.
- <P><DT><B><TT>right</TT>
- </B><DD>Scrolls horizontally to the right, to access the data columns situated to
- the right of the current set. This command is available when the
- <TT>>>></TT> symbol appears at the upper right of the screen. Press
- uppercase <B>R</B> to scroll horizontally all the way to the right (to
- display the final set of data columns).
- </DL>
- <P><B>The System Overview Screen</B>
- <P>The <TT>System Overview</TT> screen appears automatically as the
- <B>afsmonitor</B> program initializes. This screen displays the
- status of as many File Server and Cache Manager processes as can fit in the
- current window; scroll down to access additional information.
- <P>The information on this screen is split into File Server information on the
- left and Cache Manager information on the right. The header for each
- grouping reports two pieces of information:
- <UL>
- <P><LI>The number of machines on which the program is monitoring the indicated
- process
- <P><LI>The number of alerts and the number of machines affected by them (an
- <I>alert</I>means that a statistic has exceeded its threshold or a process
- failed to respond to the last probe)
- </UL>
- <P>A list of the machines being monitored follows. If there are any
- alerts on a machine, the number of them appears in square brackets to the left
- of the hostname. If a process failed to respond to the last probe, the
- letters <TT>PF</TT> (probe failure) appear in square brackets to the left of
- the hostname.
- <P><B>The File Servers Screen</B>
- <P>The <TT>File Servers</TT> screen displays the values collected at the
- most recent probe for File Server statistics.
- <P>A summary line at the top of the screen (just below the standard program
- version and screen title blocks) specifies the number of monitored File
- Servers, the number of alerts, and the number of machines affected by the
- alerts.
- <P>The first column always displays the hostnames of the machines running the
- monitored File Servers.
- <P>To the right of the hostname column appear as many columns of statistics as
- can fit within the current width of the display screen or window; each
- column requires space for 10 characters. The name of the statistic
- appears at the top of each column. If the File Server on a machine did
- not respond to the most recent probe, a pair of dashes (<TT>--</TT>) appears
- in each column. If a value exceeds its configured threshold, it is
- highlighted in reverse video. If a value is too large to fit into the
- allotted column width, it overflows into the next row in the same
- column.
- <P><B>The Cache Managers Screen</B>
- <P>The <TT>Cache Managers</TT> screen displays the values collected at the
- most recent probe for Cache Manager statistics.
- <P>A summary line at the top of the screen (just below the standard program
- version and screen title blocks) specifies the number of monitored Cache
- Managers, the number of alerts, and the number of machines affected by the
- alerts.
- <P>The first column always displays the hostnames of the machines running the
- monitored Cache Managers.
- <P>To the right of the hostname column appear as many columns of statistics as
- can fit within the current width of the display screen or window; each
- column requires space for 10 characters. The name of the statistic
- appears at the top of each column. If the Cache Manager on a machine
- did not respond to the most recent probe, a pair of dashes (<TT>--</TT>)
- appears in each column. If a value exceeds its configured threshold, it
- is highlighted in reverse video. If a value is too large to fit into
- the allotted column width, it overflows into the next row in the same
- column.
- <P><B>Writing to an Output File</B>
- <P>Include the <B>-output</B> argument to name the file into which the
- <B>afsmonitor</B> program writes all of the statistics it collects.
- The output file can be useful for tracking performance over long periods of
- time, and enables the administrator to apply post-processing techniques that
- reveal system trends. The AFS distribution does not include any
- post-processing programs.
- <P>The output file is in ASCII format and records the same information as the
- <TT>File Server</TT> and <TT>Cache Manager</TT> display screens.
- Each line in the file uses the following format to record the time at which
- the <B>afsmonitor</B> program gathered the indicated statistic from the
- Cache Manager (<TT>CM</TT>) or File Server (<TT>FS</TT>) running on the
- machine called <VAR>host_name</VAR>. If a probe failed, the error code
- <TT>-1</TT> appears in the <VAR>statistic</VAR> field.
- <PRE>   <VAR>time</VAR>  <VAR>host_name</VAR>  CM|FS   <VAR>statistic</VAR>
-    
- </PRE>
- <P>If the administrator usually reviews the output file manually, rather than
- using it as input to an automated analysis program or script, including the
- <B>-detail</B> flag formats the data in a more easily readable
- form.
- <P><STRONG>Examples</STRONG>
- <P>For examples of commands, display screens, and configuration files, see the
- section about the <B>afsmonitor</B> program in the <I>IBM AFS
- Administration Guide</I>.
- <P><STRONG>Privilege Required</STRONG>
- <P>None
- <P><STRONG>Related Information</STRONG>
- <P><A HREF="auarf052.htm#HDRAFSMONCONFIG">afsmonitor Configuration File</A>
- <P><A HREF="auarf169.htm#HDRFSTRACE_INTRO">fstrace</A>
- <P><A HREF="auarf233.htm#HDRSCOUT">scout</A>
- <P>
- <HR><P ALIGN="center"> <A HREF="../index.htm"><IMG SRC="../books.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Return to Library]"></A> <A HREF="auarf002.htm#ToC"><IMG SRC="../toc.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Contents]"></A> <A HREF="auarf058.htm"><IMG SRC="../prev.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Previous Topic]"></A> <A HREF="#Top_Of_Page"><IMG SRC="../top.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Top of Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf060.htm"><IMG SRC="../next.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Next Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf284.htm#HDRINDEX"><IMG SRC="../index.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Index]"></A> <P> 
- <!-- Begin Footer Records  ========================================== -->
- <P><HR><B> 
- <br>&#169; <A HREF="http://www.ibm.com/">IBM Corporation 2000.</A>  All Rights Reserved 
- </B> 
- <!-- End Footer Records  ============================================ -->
- <A NAME="Bot_Of_Page"></A>
- </BODY></HTML>
--- 0 ----
Index: openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf060.htm
diff -c openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf060.htm:1.1 openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf060.htm:removed
*** openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf060.htm:1.1	Wed Jun  6 14:09:11 2001
--- openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf060.htm	Thu Oct  2 10:12:22 2008
***************
*** 1,267 ****
- <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 4//EN">
- <HTML><HEAD>
- <TITLE>Administration Reference</TITLE>
- <!-- Begin Header Records  ========================================== -->
- <!-- /tmp/idwt3672/auarf000.scr converted by idb2h R4.2 (359) ID      -->
- <!-- Workbench Version (AIX) on 3 Oct 2000 at 16:18:30                -->
- <META HTTP-EQUIV="updated" CONTENT="Tue, 03 Oct 2000 16:18:29">
- <META HTTP-EQUIV="review" CONTENT="Wed, 03 Oct 2001 16:18:29">
- <META HTTP-EQUIV="expires" CONTENT="Thu, 03 Oct 2002 16:18:29">
- </HEAD><BODY>
- <!-- (C) IBM Corporation 2000. All Rights Reserved    --> 
- <BODY bgcolor="ffffff"> 
- <!-- End Header Records  ============================================ -->
- <A NAME="Top_Of_Page"></A>
- <H1>Administration Reference</H1>
- <HR><P ALIGN="center"> <A HREF="../index.htm"><IMG SRC="../books.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Return to Library]"></A> <A HREF="auarf002.htm#ToC"><IMG SRC="../toc.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Contents]"></A> <A HREF="auarf059.htm"><IMG SRC="../prev.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Previous Topic]"></A> <A HREF="#Bot_Of_Page"><IMG SRC="../bot.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Bottom of Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf061.htm"><IMG SRC="../next.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Next Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf284.htm#HDRINDEX"><IMG SRC="../index.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Index]"></A> <P> 
- <P>
- <H2><A NAME="HDRBK_INTRO" HREF="auarf002.htm#ToC_74">backup</A></H2>
- <A NAME="IDX4203"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX4204"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX4205"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX4206"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX4207"></A>
- <P><STRONG>Purpose</STRONG>
- <P>Introduction to the <B>backup</B> command suite
- <P><STRONG>Description</STRONG>
- <P>The commands in the <B>backup</B> command suite are the administrative
- interface to the AFS Backup System. There are several categories of
- commands in the suite:
- <UL>
- <P><LI>Commands to copy data from AFS volumes to tape or a backup data file, and
- to restore it to the file system: <B>backup diskrestore</B>,
- <B>backup dump</B>, <B>backup volrestore</B>, and <B>backup
- volsetrestore</B>
- <P><LI>Commands to administer the records in the Backup Database:
- <B>backup adddump</B>, <B>backup addhost</B>, <B>backup
- addvolentry</B>, <B>backup addvolset</B>, <B>backup deldump</B>,
- <B>backup deletedump</B>, <B>backup delhost</B>, <B>backup
- delvolentry</B>, <B>backup delvolset</B>, <B>backup dumpinfo</B>,
- <B>backup listdumps</B>, <B>backup listhosts</B>, <B>backup
- listvolsets</B>, <B>backup scantape</B>, <B>backup setexp</B>, and
- <B>backup volinfo</B>
- <P><LI>Commands to write and read tape labels: <B>backup labeltape</B>
- and <B>backup readlabel</B>
- <P><LI>Commands to list and change the status of backup operations and the
- machines performing them: <B>(backup) jobs</B>, <B>(backup)
- kill</B>, and <B>backup status</B>
- <P><LI>Commands to enter and leave interactive mode: <B>backup
- (interactive)</B> and <B>(backup) quit</B>
- <P><LI>Commands to check for and repair corruption in the Backup Database:
- <B>backup dbverify</B>, <B>backup restoredb</B>, and <B>backup
- savedb</B>
- <P><LI>Commands to obtain help: <B>backup apropos</B> and <B>backup
- help</B>
- </UL>
- <P>The <B>backup</B> command interpreter interacts with two other
- processes:
- <A NAME="IDX4208"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX4209"></A>
- <UL>
- <P><LI>The Backup Server (<B>buserver</B>) process. It maintains the
- Backup Database, which stores most of the administrative information used by
- the Backup System. In the standard configuration, the Backup Server
- runs on each database server machine in the cell, and uses AFS's
- distributed database technology, Ubik, to synchronize its copy of the database
- with the copies on the other database server machines.
- <P><LI>The Backup Tape Coordinator (<B>butc</B>) process. A separate
- instance of the process controls each tape device or backup data file used to
- dump or restore data. The Tape Coordinator runs on a Tape Coordinator
- machine, which is an AFS server or client machine that has one or more tape
- devices attached, or has sufficient disk space to accommodate one or more
- backup data files on its local disk.
- <P>Each Tape Coordinator must be registered in the Backup Database and in the
- <B>/usr/afs/backup/tapeconfig</B> configuration file on the Tape
- Coordinator machine's local disk, and information in the two places must
- be consistent for proper Backup System performance. The optional
- <B>/usr/afs/backup/CFG_</B><VAR>device_name</VAR> for each Tape Coordinator
- records information used to automate its operation.
- </UL>
- <P>In addition to the standard command line interface, the <B>backup</B>
- command suite provides an <I>interactive</I> interface, which has several
- useful features described on the <B>backup (interactive)</B> reference
- page. Three of the commands in the suite are available only in
- interactive mode: <B>(backup) jobs</B>, <B>(backup) kill</B>,
- and <B>(backup) quit</B>.
- <P><STRONG>Options</STRONG>
- <P>The following options are available on many commands in the
- <B>backup</B> suite. The reference page for each command also lists
- them, but they are described here in greater detail.
- <A NAME="IDX4210"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX4211"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX4212"></A>
- <DL>
- <P><DT><B>-cell &lt;<VAR>cell name</VAR>>
- </B><DD>Names the cell in which to run the command. It is acceptable to
- abbreviate the cell name to the shortest form that distinguishes it from the
- other entries in the <B>/usr/vice/etc/CellServDB</B> file on the local
- machine. If the <B>-cell</B> argument is omitted, the command
- interpreter determines the name of the local cell by reading the following in
- order: 
- <OL TYPE=1>
- <P><LI>The value of the AFSCELL environment variable
- <P><LI>The local <B>/usr/vice/etc/ThisCell</B> file
- </OL>
- <P>
- <P>Do not combine the <B>-cell</B> and <B>-localauth</B>
- options. A command on which the <B>-localauth</B> flag is included
- always runs in the local cell (as defined in the server machine's local
- <B>/usr/afs/etc/ThisCell</B> file), whereas a command on which the
- <B>-cell</B> argument is included runs in the specified foreign
- cell. 
- <P>The <B>-cell</B> argument is not available on commands issued in
- interactive mode. The cell defined when the <B>backup</B> command
- interpreter enters interactive mode applies to all commands issued during the
- interactive session.
- <A NAME="IDX4213"></A>
- <P><DT><B>-help
- </B><DD>Prints a command's online help message on the standard output
- stream. Do not combine this flag with any of the command's other
- options; when it is provided, the command interpreter ignores all other
- options, and only prints the help message.
- <P><DT><B>
- <A NAME="IDX4214"></A>
- -localauth
- </B><DD>Constructs a server ticket using the server encryption key with the
- highest key version number in the local <B>/usr/afs/etc/KeyFile</B>
- file. The <B>backup</B> command interpreter presents the ticket,
- which never expires, to the Backup Server, Volume Server and Volume Location
- (VL) Server during mutual authentication. 
- <P>Use this flag only when issuing a command on a server machine; client
- machines do not usually have a <B>/usr/afs/etc/KeyFile</B> file.
- The issuer of a command that includes this flag must be logged on to the
- server machine as the local superuser <B>root</B>. The flag is
- useful for commands invoked by an unattended application program, such as a
- process controlled by the UNIX <B>cron</B> utility or by a cron entry in
- the machine's <B>/usr/afs/local/BosConfig</B> file. It is also
- useful if an administrator is unable to authenticate to AFS but is logged in
- as the local superuser <B>root</B>. 
- <P>Do not combine the <B>-cell</B> and <B>-localauth</B>
- options. A command on which the <B>-localauth</B> flag is included
- always runs in the local cell (as defined in the server machine's local
- <B>/usr/afs/etc/ThisCell</B> file), whereas a command on which the
- <B>-cell</B> argument is included runs in the specified foreign
- cell. 
- <P>The <B>-localauth</B> argument is not available on commands issued in
- interactive mode. The local identity and AFS tokens with which the
- <B>backup</B> command interpreter enters interactive mode apply to all
- commands issued during the interactive session.
- <P><DT><B>
- <A NAME="IDX4215"></A>
- -portoffset &lt;<VAR>TC port offset</VAR>>
- </B><DD>Specifies the port offset number of the Tape Coordinator that is to
- execute the <B>backup</B> command. The port offset number uniquely
- identifies a pairing of a Tape Coordinator (<B>butc</B>) process and tape
- device or backup data file. 
- <P>The <B>backup</B> command interpreter and Tape Coordinator process
- communicate via a UDP socket, or port. Before issuing a
- <B>backup</B> command that involves reading or writing a tape, the backup
- operator must start a <B>butc</B> process that controls the appropriate
- tape device and listens for requests sent to its port number. If a
- Backup System machine has multiple tape devices attached, they can perform
- backup operations simultaneously because each device has its own associated
- <B>butc</B> process and port offset number.
- <P>The Backup System associates a tape capacity and file mark size with each
- port offset (as defined in the <B>tapeconfig</B> file). For a
- compressing tape device, the capacity and file mark values differ for
- compression and non-compression modes, so the two modes have distinct port
- offset numbers.
- <P>The Backup Database can store up to 58,511 port offsets, so the legal
- values for this argument are the integers <B>0</B> through
- <B>58510</B>. If the issuer omits the argument, it defaults to
- <B>0</B>. (The limit of 58,511 port offsets results from the fact
- that UDP socket numbers are identified by a 16-bit integer, and the lowest
- socket number used by the Backup System is 7025. The largest number
- that a 16-bit integer can represent is 65,535. Subtracting 7,025 yields
- 58,510. The addition of port offset 0 (zero) increases the maximum to
- 58,511.)
- <P>Although it is possible to define up to 58,511 port offset numbers for a
- cell, it is not possible to run 58,511 tape devices simultaneously, due to the
- following limits:
- <UL>
- <P><LI>The maximum number of dump or restore operations that can run
- simultaneously is 64.
- <P><LI>The maximum number of tape devices that can work together on a restore
- operation is 128 (that is the maximum number of values that can be provided
- for the <B>-portoffset</B> argument to the <B>backup diskrestore</B>,
- <B>backup volrestore</B>, or <B>backup volsetrestore</B>
- command).
- </UL>
- <P>
- <P>The Backup System does not reserve UDP sockets. If another
- application is already using the Tape Coordinator's socket when it tries
- to start, the <B>butc</B> process fails and the following error message
- appears at the shell prompt:
- <PRE>   bind: Address already in use
-    rxi_GetUDPSocket: bind failed
-    
- </PRE>
- </DL>
- <P><STRONG>Privilege Required</STRONG>
- <A NAME="IDX4216"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX4217"></A>
- <P>To issue any <B>backup</B> command that accesses the Backup Database
- only, the issuer must be listed in the <B>/usr/afs/etc/UserList</B> file
- on every machine where the Backup Server is running. To issue any
- <B>backup</B> command that accesses volume data, the issuer must appear in
- the <B>UserList</B> file on every Backup Server machine, every Volume
- Location (VL) Server machine, and every file server machine that houses
- affected volumes. By convention, a common <B>UserList</B> file is
- distributed to all database server and file server machines in the
- cell. See the chapter on privileged users in the <I>IBM AFS
- Administration Guide</I> for more information on this type of
- privilege.
- <P>If the <B>-localauth</B> flag is included, the user must instead be
- logged on as the local superuser <B>root</B> on the server machine where
- the <B>backup</B> command is issued.
- <P><STRONG>Related Information</STRONG>
- <P><A HREF="auarf016.htm#HDRBOSCONFIG">BosConfig</A>
- <P><A HREF="auarf018.htm#HDRCFG">CFG_<I>device_name</I></A>
- <P><A HREF="auarf019.htm#HDRCLI_CSDB">CellServDB (client version)</A>
- <P><A HREF="auarf023.htm#HDRKEYFILE">KeyFile</A>
- <P><A HREF="auarf032.htm#HDRCLI_THISCELL">ThisCell (client version)</A>
- <P><A HREF="auarf033.htm#HDRSV_THISCELL">ThisCell (server version)</A>
- <P><A HREF="auarf035.htm#HDRUSERLIST">UserList</A>
- <P><A HREF="auarf050.htm#HDRTAPECONFIG">tapeconfig</A>
- <P><A HREF="auarf061.htm#HDRBK_ADDDUMP">backup adddump</A>
- <P><A HREF="auarf062.htm#HDRBK_ADDHOST">backup addhost</A>
- <P><A HREF="auarf063.htm#HDRBK_ADDVOLENTRY">backup addvolentry</A>
- <P><A HREF="auarf064.htm#HDRBK_ADDVOLSET">backup addvolset</A>
- <P><A HREF="auarf066.htm#HDRBK_DBVERIFY">backup dbverify</A>
- <P><A HREF="auarf067.htm#HDRBK_DELDUMP">backup deldump</A>
- <P><A HREF="auarf068.htm#HDRBK_DELETEDUMP">backup deletedump</A>
- <P><A HREF="auarf069.htm#HDRBK_DELHOST">backup delhost</A>
- <P><A HREF="auarf070.htm#HDRBK_DELVOLENTRY">backup delvolentry</A>
- <P><A HREF="auarf071.htm#HDRBK_DELVOLSET">backup delvolset</A>
- <P><A HREF="auarf072.htm#HDRBK_DISKRESTORE">backup diskrestore</A>
- <P><A HREF="auarf073.htm#HDRBK_DUMP">backup dump</A>
- <P><A HREF="auarf074.htm#HDRBK_DUMPINFO">backup dumpinfo</A>
- <P><A HREF="auarf075.htm#HDRBK_HELP">backup help</A>
- <P><A HREF="auarf076.htm#HDRBK_INTERACTIVE">backup interactive</A>
- <P><A HREF="auarf077.htm#HDRBK_JOBS">backup jobs</A>
- <P><A HREF="auarf078.htm#HDRBK_KILL">backup kill</A>
- <P><A HREF="auarf079.htm#HDRBK_LABELTAPE">backup labeltape</A>
- <P><A HREF="auarf080.htm#HDRBK_LISTDUMPS">backup listdumps</A>
- <P><A HREF="auarf081.htm#HDRBK_LISTHOSTS">backup listhosts</A>
- <P><A HREF="auarf082.htm#HDRBK_LISTVOLSETS">backup listvolsets</A>
- <P><A HREF="auarf083.htm#HDRBK_QUIT">backup quit</A>
- <P><A HREF="auarf084.htm#HDRBK_READLABEL">backup readlabel</A>
- <P><A HREF="auarf085.htm#HDRBK_RESTOREDB">backup restoredb</A>
- <P><A HREF="auarf086.htm#HDRBK_SAVEDB">backup savedb</A>
- <P><A HREF="auarf087.htm#HDRBK_SCANTAPE">backup scantape</A>
- <P><A HREF="auarf088.htm#HDRBK_SETEXP">backup setexp</A>
- <P><A HREF="auarf089.htm#HDRBK_STATUS">backup status</A>
- <P><A HREF="auarf090.htm#HDRBK_VOLINFO">backup volinfo</A>
- <P><A HREF="auarf091.htm#HDRBK_VOLRESTORE">backup volrestore</A>
- <P><A HREF="auarf092.htm#HDRBK_VOLSETRESTORE">backup volsetrestore</A>
- <P><A HREF="auarf125.htm#HDRBUSERVER">buserver</A>
- <P><A HREF="auarf126.htm#HDRBUTC">butc</A>
- <P>
- <HR><P ALIGN="center"> <A HREF="../index.htm"><IMG SRC="../books.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Return to Library]"></A> <A HREF="auarf002.htm#ToC"><IMG SRC="../toc.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Contents]"></A> <A HREF="auarf059.htm"><IMG SRC="../prev.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Previous Topic]"></A> <A HREF="#Top_Of_Page"><IMG SRC="../top.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Top of Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf061.htm"><IMG SRC="../next.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Next Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf284.htm#HDRINDEX"><IMG SRC="../index.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Index]"></A> <P> 
- <!-- Begin Footer Records  ========================================== -->
- <P><HR><B> 
- <br>&#169; <A HREF="http://www.ibm.com/">IBM Corporation 2000.</A>  All Rights Reserved 
- </B> 
- <!-- End Footer Records  ============================================ -->
- <A NAME="Bot_Of_Page"></A>
- </BODY></HTML>
--- 0 ----
Index: openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf061.htm
diff -c openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf061.htm:1.1 openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf061.htm:removed
*** openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf061.htm:1.1	Wed Jun  6 14:09:11 2001
--- openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf061.htm	Thu Oct  2 10:12:22 2008
***************
*** 1,186 ****
- <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 4//EN">
- <HTML><HEAD>
- <TITLE>Administration Reference</TITLE>
- <!-- Begin Header Records  ========================================== -->
- <!-- /tmp/idwt3672/auarf000.scr converted by idb2h R4.2 (359) ID      -->
- <!-- Workbench Version (AIX) on 3 Oct 2000 at 16:18:30                -->
- <META HTTP-EQUIV="updated" CONTENT="Tue, 03 Oct 2000 16:18:29">
- <META HTTP-EQUIV="review" CONTENT="Wed, 03 Oct 2001 16:18:29">
- <META HTTP-EQUIV="expires" CONTENT="Thu, 03 Oct 2002 16:18:29">
- </HEAD><BODY>
- <!-- (C) IBM Corporation 2000. All Rights Reserved    --> 
- <BODY bgcolor="ffffff"> 
- <!-- End Header Records  ============================================ -->
- <A NAME="Top_Of_Page"></A>
- <H1>Administration Reference</H1>
- <HR><P ALIGN="center"> <A HREF="../index.htm"><IMG SRC="../books.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Return to Library]"></A> <A HREF="auarf002.htm#ToC"><IMG SRC="../toc.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Contents]"></A> <A HREF="auarf060.htm"><IMG SRC="../prev.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Previous Topic]"></A> <A HREF="#Bot_Of_Page"><IMG SRC="../bot.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Bottom of Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf062.htm"><IMG SRC="../next.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Next Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf284.htm#HDRINDEX"><IMG SRC="../index.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Index]"></A> <P> 
- <P>
- <H2><A NAME="HDRBK_ADDDUMP" HREF="auarf002.htm#ToC_75">backup adddump</A></H2>
- <A NAME="IDX4218"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX4219"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX4220"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX4221"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX4222"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX4223"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX4224"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX4225"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX4226"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX4227"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX4228"></A>
- <P><STRONG>Purpose</STRONG>
- <P>Defines a dump level in the dump hierarchy
- <P><STRONG>Synopsis</STRONG>
- <PRE><B>backup adddump -dump</B> &lt;<VAR>dump&nbsp;level&nbsp;name</VAR>><SUP>+</SUP> [<B>-expires</B> &lt;<VAR>expiration&nbsp;date</VAR>><SUP>+</SUP>]
-                [<B>-localauth</B>]  [<B>-cell</B> &lt;<VAR>cell&nbsp;name</VAR>>]  [<B>-help</B>]
-    
- <B>backup addd -d</B>  &lt;<VAR>dump&nbsp;level&nbsp;name</VAR>><SUP>+</SUP> [<B>-e</B> &lt;<VAR>expiration&nbsp;date</VAR>><SUP>+</SUP>]  [<B>-l</B>]  
-             [<B>-c</B> &lt;<VAR>cell&nbsp;name</VAR>>]  [<B>-h</B>]
- </PRE>
- <P><STRONG>Description</STRONG>
- <P>The <B>backup adddump</B> command creates one or more dump levels in
- the dump hierarchy stored in the Backup Database, and optionally assigns an
- expiration date to each one. All of the dump levels in the Backup
- Database collectively constitute the dump hierarchy.
- <P>Use the <B>-expires</B> argument to associate an expiration date with
- each dump level. When the Backup System subsequently creates a dump at
- the dump level, it uses the specified value to derive the dump's
- expiration date, which it records on the label of the tape (or backup data
- file). The Backup System refuses to overwrite a tape until after the
- latest expiration date of any dump that the tape contains, unless the
- <B>backup labeltape</B> command is used to relabel the tape. If a
- dump level does not have an expiration date, the Backup System treats dumps
- created at the level as expired as soon as it creates them.
- <P>(Note that the Backup System does not automatically remove a dump's
- record from the Backup Database when the dump reaches its expiration date, but
- only if the tape that contains the dump is recycled or relabeled. To
- remove expired and other obsolete dump records, use the <B>backup
- deletedump</B> command.)
- <P>Define either an absolute or relative expiration date:
- <UL>
- <P><LI>An absolute expiration date defines the month/day/year (and, optionally,
- hour and minutes) at which a dump expires. If the expiration date
- predates the dump creation time, the Backup System immediately treats the dump
- as expired.
- <P><LI>A relative date defines the number of years, months, or days (or a
- combination of the three) after the dump's creation that it
- expires. When the Backup System creates a dump at the dump level, it
- calculates an actual expiration date by adding the relative date to the start
- time of the dump operation.
- </UL>
- <P><STRONG>Options</STRONG>
- <DL>
- <P><DT><B>-dump
- </B><DD>Names each dump level to add to the dump hierarchy. Precede full
- dump level names with a slash (for example, <B>/full</B>). Indicate
- an incremental dump level by preceding it with an ordered list of the dump
- levels directly above it in the hierarchy (its parent dump levels); use
- the slash as a separator. The parent dump levels must already
- exist. For example, the dump levels <B>/full</B> and
- <B>/full/incremental1</B> must exist when the incremental dump level
- <B>/full/incremental1/incremental2</B> is created.
- <P>Dump level names can have any number of levels, but cannot exceed 256
- characters in length, including the slashes. The maximum length for any
- single level (the text between slashes) is 28 characters, not including the
- preceding slash.
- <P>All alphanumeric characters are allowed in dump level names. Do not
- use the period (<B>.</B>), however, because it is the separator
- between the volume set name and dump level name in the dump name assigned
- automatically by the <B>backup dump</B> command. It is best not to
- include other metacharacters either; if using them, enclose them in
- double quotes (<B>" "</B>) when issuing the <B>backup adddump</B>
- command outside interactive mode.
- <P><DT><B>-expires
- </B><DD>Defines the absolute or relative expiration date to associate with each
- dump level named by the <B>-dump</B> argument. Absolute expiration
- dates have the following format:
- <P>
- <PRE>   [<B>at</B>] {<B>NEVER</B> | <VAR>mm</VAR><B>/</B><VAR>dd</VAR><B>/</B><VAR>yyyy</VAR> [<VAR>hh</VAR><B>:</B><VAR>MM</VAR>] }
-    
- </PRE>
- <P>where the optional word <B>at</B> is followed either by the string
- <B>NEVER</B>, which indicates that dumps created at the dump level never
- expire, or by a date value with a required portion (<VAR>mm</VAR> for month,
- <VAR>dd</VAR> for day, and <VAR>yyyy</VAR> for year) and an optional portion
- (<VAR>hh</VAR> for hours and <VAR>MM</VAR> for minutes). 
- <P>Omit the <VAR>hh</VAR>:<VAR>MM</VAR> portion to use the default of
- midnight (00:00 hours), or provide a value in 24-hour format (for
- example, <B>20:30</B> is 8:30 p.m.).
- Valid values for the year range from <B>1970</B> to <B>2037</B>;
- higher values are not valid because the latest possible date in the standard
- UNIX representation is in February 2038. The command interpreter
- automatically reduces later dates to the maximum value.
- <P>Relative expiration dates have the following format: 
- <PRE>   [<B>in</B>] [<VAR>years</VAR><B>y</B>] [<VAR>months</VAR><B>m</B>] [<VAR>days</VAR><B>d</B>]
-    
- </PRE>
- <P>
- <P>where the optional word <B>in</B> is followed by at least one of a
- number of years (maximum <B>9999</B>) followed by the letter <B>y</B>,
- a number of months (maximum <B>12</B>) followed by the letter
- <B>m</B>, or a number of days (maximum <B>31</B>) followed by the
- letter <B>d</B>. If providing more than one of the three, list them
- in the indicated order. If the date that results from adding the
- relative expiration value to a dump's creation time is later than the
- latest possible date in the UNIX time representation, the Backup System
- automatically reduces it to that date. 
- <TABLE><TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP"><B>Note:</B></TD><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP">A plus sign follows this argument in the command's syntax statement
- because it accepts a multiword value which does not need to be enclosed in
- double quotes or other delimiters, not because it accepts multiple
- dates. Provide only one date (and optionally, time) definition to be
- associated with each dump level specified by the <B>-dump</B>
- argument.
- </TD></TR></TABLE>
- <P><DT><B>-localauth
- </B><DD>Constructs a server ticket using a key from the local
- <B>/usr/afs/etc/KeyFile</B> file. The <B>backup</B> command
- interpreter presents it to the Backup Server, Volume Server and VL Server
- during mutual authentication. Do not combine this flag with the
- <B>-cell</B> argument. For more details, see the introductory
- <B>backup</B> reference page.
- <P><DT><B>-cell
- </B><DD>Names the cell in which to run the command. Do not combine this
- argument with the <B>-localauth</B> flag. For more details, see the
- introductory <B>backup</B> reference page.
- <P><DT><B>-help
- </B><DD>Prints the online help for this command. All other valid options
- are ignored.
- </DL>
- <P><STRONG>Examples</STRONG>
- <P>The following command defines a full dump called <B>/1999</B> with a
- relative expiration date of one year:
- <PRE>   % <B>backup adddump -dump /1999 -expires in 1y</B>
-    
- </PRE>
- <P>The following command defines an incremental dump called
- <B>/sunday1/monday</B>1 with a relative expiration date of 13 days:
- <PRE>   % <B>backup adddump -dump /sunday1/monday1 -expires in 13d</B>
-    
- </PRE>
- <P>The following command defines two dump incremental dump levels,
- <B>/Monthly/Week1</B> and <B>/Monthly/Week2</B>. Their parent,
- the full dump level <B>/Monthly</B>, must already exist. The
- expiration date for both levels is 12:00 a.m. on 1 January
- 2000.
- <PRE>   % <B>backup adddump -dump /Monthly/Week1 /Monthly/Week2 -expires at 01/01/2000</B>
-    
- </PRE>
- <P><STRONG>Privilege Required</STRONG>
- <P>The issuer must be listed in the <B>/usr/afs/etc/UserList</B> file on
- every machine where the Backup Server is running, or must be logged onto a
- server machine as the local superuser <B>root</B> if the
- <B>-localauth</B> flag is included.
- <P><STRONG>Related Information</STRONG>
- <P><A HREF="auarf060.htm#HDRBK_INTRO">backup</A>
- <P><A HREF="auarf067.htm#HDRBK_DELDUMP">backup deldump</A>
- <P><A HREF="auarf068.htm#HDRBK_DELETEDUMP">backup deletedump</A>
- <P><A HREF="auarf080.htm#HDRBK_LISTDUMPS">backup listdumps</A>
- <P><A HREF="auarf088.htm#HDRBK_SETEXP">backup setexp</A>
- <P>
- <HR><P ALIGN="center"> <A HREF="../index.htm"><IMG SRC="../books.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Return to Library]"></A> <A HREF="auarf002.htm#ToC"><IMG SRC="../toc.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Contents]"></A> <A HREF="auarf060.htm"><IMG SRC="../prev.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Previous Topic]"></A> <A HREF="#Top_Of_Page"><IMG SRC="../top.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Top of Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf062.htm"><IMG SRC="../next.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Next Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf284.htm#HDRINDEX"><IMG SRC="../index.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Index]"></A> <P> 
- <!-- Begin Footer Records  ========================================== -->
- <P><HR><B> 
- <br>&#169; <A HREF="http://www.ibm.com/">IBM Corporation 2000.</A>  All Rights Reserved 
- </B> 
- <!-- End Footer Records  ============================================ -->
- <A NAME="Bot_Of_Page"></A>
- </BODY></HTML>
--- 0 ----
Index: openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf062.htm
diff -c openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf062.htm:1.1 openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf062.htm:removed
*** openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf062.htm:1.1	Wed Jun  6 14:09:11 2001
--- openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf062.htm	Thu Oct  2 10:12:22 2008
***************
*** 1,116 ****
- <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 4//EN">
- <HTML><HEAD>
- <TITLE>Administration Reference</TITLE>
- <!-- Begin Header Records  ========================================== -->
- <!-- /tmp/idwt3672/auarf000.scr converted by idb2h R4.2 (359) ID      -->
- <!-- Workbench Version (AIX) on 3 Oct 2000 at 16:18:30                -->
- <META HTTP-EQUIV="updated" CONTENT="Tue, 03 Oct 2000 16:18:29">
- <META HTTP-EQUIV="review" CONTENT="Wed, 03 Oct 2001 16:18:29">
- <META HTTP-EQUIV="expires" CONTENT="Thu, 03 Oct 2002 16:18:29">
- </HEAD><BODY>
- <!-- (C) IBM Corporation 2000. All Rights Reserved    --> 
- <BODY bgcolor="ffffff"> 
- <!-- End Header Records  ============================================ -->
- <A NAME="Top_Of_Page"></A>
- <H1>Administration Reference</H1>
- <HR><P ALIGN="center"> <A HREF="../index.htm"><IMG SRC="../books.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Return to Library]"></A> <A HREF="auarf002.htm#ToC"><IMG SRC="../toc.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Contents]"></A> <A HREF="auarf061.htm"><IMG SRC="../prev.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Previous Topic]"></A> <A HREF="#Bot_Of_Page"><IMG SRC="../bot.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Bottom of Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf063.htm"><IMG SRC="../next.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Next Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf284.htm#HDRINDEX"><IMG SRC="../index.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Index]"></A> <P> 
- <P>
- <H2><A NAME="HDRBK_ADDHOST" HREF="auarf002.htm#ToC_76">backup addhost</A></H2>
- <A NAME="IDX4229"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX4230"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX4231"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX4232"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX4233"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX4234"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX4235"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX4236"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX4237"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX4238"></A>
- <P><STRONG>Purpose</STRONG>
- <P>Adds a Tape Coordinator entry to the Backup Database
- <P><STRONG>Synopsis</STRONG>
- <PRE><B>backup addhost -tapehost</B> &lt;<VAR>tape&nbsp;machine&nbsp;name</VAR>> [<B>-portoffset</B> &lt;<VAR>TC&nbsp;port&nbsp;offset</VAR>>]
-                [<B>-localauth</B>]  [<B>-cell</B> &lt;<VAR>cell&nbsp;name</VAR>>]  [<B>-help</B>]
-    
- <B>backup addh -t</B> &lt;<VAR>tape&nbsp;machine&nbsp;name</VAR>>  [<B>-p</B> &lt;<VAR>TC&nbsp;port&nbsp;offset</VAR>>]
-             [<B>-l</B>]  [<B>-c</B> &lt;<VAR>cell&nbsp;name</VAR>>]  [<B>-h</B>]
- </PRE>
- <P><STRONG>Description</STRONG>
- <P>The <B>backup addhost</B> command creates a Tape Coordinator entry in
- the Backup Database. The entry records
- <UL>
- <P><LI>The host name of the Tape Coordinator machine where the Tape Coordinator
- (<B>butc</B>) process runs, as specified with the <B>-tapehost</B>
- argument.
- <P><LI>The Tape Coordinator's port offset number, as specified with the
- <B>-portoffset</B> argument. An entry for the port offset must also
- appear in the <B>/usr/afs/backup/tapeconfig</B> file on the Tape
- Coordinator machine, where it is mapped to a UNIX device name (for a tape
- device) or pathname (for a backup data file).
- </UL>
- <P>Each Tape Coordinator must have its own port offset number, and the command
- fails if a Backup Database entry already exists for the requested port offset
- number. To display existing Tape Coordinator entries, use the
- <B>backup listhosts</B> command.
- <P><STRONG>Options</STRONG>
- <DL>
- <P><DT><B>-tapehost
- </B><DD>Specifies the fully-qualified hostname of the machine for which to create
- a Tape Coordinator entry in the Backup Database. The machine must have
- an entry in either the cell's naming service (such as the Domain Name
- Service) or the host file (<B>/etc/hosts</B> or equivalent) on the machine
- where the command is issued.
- <P><DT><B>-portoffset
- </B><DD>Specifies the Tape Coordinator's port offset number. Provide
- an integer from the range <B>0</B> through <B>58510</B>, or omit this
- argument to use the default value of <B>0</B> (zero). The value
- must match the port offset number recorded for the same combination of Tape
- Coordinator and tape device or file in the
- <B>/usr/afs/backup/tapeconfig</B> file on the Tape Coordinator machine
- named by the <B>-tapehost</B> argument.
- <P><DT><B>-localauth
- </B><DD>Constructs a server ticket using a key from the local
- <B>/usr/afs/etc/KeyFile</B> file. The <B>backup</B> command
- interpreter presents it to the Backup Server, Volume Server and VL Server
- during mutual authentication. Do not combine this flag with the
- <B>-cell</B> argument. For more details, see the introductory
- <B>backup</B> reference page.
- <P><DT><B>-cell
- </B><DD>Names the cell in which to run the command. Do not combine this
- argument with the <B>-localauth</B> flag. For more details, see the
- introductory <B>backup</B> reference page.
- <P><DT><B>-help
- </B><DD>Prints the online help for this command. All other valid options
- are ignored.
- </DL>
- <P><STRONG>Examples</STRONG>
- <P>The following command creates an entry in the Backup Database that assigns
- port offset number 4 to a Tape Coordinator running on the machine
- <B>backup1.abc.com</B>:
- <PRE>   % <B>backup addhost -tapehost backup1.abc.com -portoffset 4</B>
-    
- </PRE>
- <P>The following command creates a Backup Database entry that assigns port
- offset number 0 to a Tape Coordinator on the machine
- <B>backup3.abc.com</B>:
- <PRE>   % <B>backup addhost backup3.abc.com</B>
-    
- </PRE>
- <P><STRONG>Privilege Required</STRONG>
- <P>The issuer must be listed in the <B>/usr/afs/etc/UserList</B> file on
- every machine where the Backup Server is running, or must be logged onto a
- server machine as the local superuser <B>root</B> if the
- <B>-localauth</B> flag is included.
- <P><STRONG>Related Information</STRONG>
- <P><A HREF="auarf060.htm#HDRBK_INTRO">backup</A>
- <P><A HREF="auarf069.htm#HDRBK_DELHOST">backup delhost</A>
- <P><A HREF="auarf081.htm#HDRBK_LISTHOSTS">backup listhosts</A>
- <P>
- <HR><P ALIGN="center"> <A HREF="../index.htm"><IMG SRC="../books.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Return to Library]"></A> <A HREF="auarf002.htm#ToC"><IMG SRC="../toc.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Contents]"></A> <A HREF="auarf061.htm"><IMG SRC="../prev.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Previous Topic]"></A> <A HREF="#Top_Of_Page"><IMG SRC="../top.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Top of Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf063.htm"><IMG SRC="../next.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Next Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf284.htm#HDRINDEX"><IMG SRC="../index.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Index]"></A> <P> 
- <!-- Begin Footer Records  ========================================== -->
- <P><HR><B> 
- <br>&#169; <A HREF="http://www.ibm.com/">IBM Corporation 2000.</A>  All Rights Reserved 
- </B> 
- <!-- End Footer Records  ============================================ -->
- <A NAME="Bot_Of_Page"></A>
- </BODY></HTML>
--- 0 ----
Index: openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf063.htm
diff -c openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf063.htm:1.1 openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf063.htm:removed
*** openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf063.htm:1.1	Wed Jun  6 14:09:11 2001
--- openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf063.htm	Thu Oct  2 10:12:22 2008
***************
*** 1,189 ****
- <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 4//EN">
- <HTML><HEAD>
- <TITLE>Administration Reference</TITLE>
- <!-- Begin Header Records  ========================================== -->
- <!-- /tmp/idwt3672/auarf000.scr converted by idb2h R4.2 (359) ID      -->
- <!-- Workbench Version (AIX) on 3 Oct 2000 at 16:18:30                -->
- <META HTTP-EQUIV="updated" CONTENT="Tue, 03 Oct 2000 16:18:29">
- <META HTTP-EQUIV="review" CONTENT="Wed, 03 Oct 2001 16:18:29">
- <META HTTP-EQUIV="expires" CONTENT="Thu, 03 Oct 2002 16:18:29">
- </HEAD><BODY>
- <!-- (C) IBM Corporation 2000. All Rights Reserved    --> 
- <BODY bgcolor="ffffff"> 
- <!-- End Header Records  ============================================ -->
- <A NAME="Top_Of_Page"></A>
- <H1>Administration Reference</H1>
- <HR><P ALIGN="center"> <A HREF="../index.htm"><IMG SRC="../books.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Return to Library]"></A> <A HREF="auarf002.htm#ToC"><IMG SRC="../toc.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Contents]"></A> <A HREF="auarf062.htm"><IMG SRC="../prev.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Previous Topic]"></A> <A HREF="#Bot_Of_Page"><IMG SRC="../bot.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Bottom of Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf064.htm"><IMG SRC="../next.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Next Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf284.htm#HDRINDEX"><IMG SRC="../index.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Index]"></A> <P> 
- <P>
- <H2><A NAME="HDRBK_ADDVOLENTRY" HREF="auarf002.htm#ToC_77">backup addvolentry</A></H2>
- <A NAME="IDX4239"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX4240"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX4241"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX4242"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX4243"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX4244"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX4245"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX4246"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX4247"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX4248"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX4249"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX4250"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX4251"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX4252"></A>
- <P><STRONG>Purpose</STRONG>
- <P>Defines a volume entry in a volume set
- <P><STRONG>Synopsis</STRONG>
- <PRE><B>backup addvolentry -name</B> &lt;<VAR>volume set name</VAR>>  <B>-server</B> &lt;<VAR>machine&nbsp;name</VAR>>
-                    <B>-partition</B> &lt;<VAR>partition&nbsp;name</VAR>> 
-                    <B>-volumes</B> &lt;<VAR>volume&nbsp;name&nbsp;(regular&nbsp;expression)</VAR>>   
-                    [<B>-localauth</B>]  [<B>-cell</B> &lt;<VAR>cell&nbsp;name</VAR>>]  [<B>-help</B>]
-    
- <B>backup addvole -n</B> &lt;<VAR>volume set name</VAR>>  <B>-s</B> &lt;<VAR>machine&nbsp;name</VAR>> <B>-p</B> &lt;<VAR>partition&nbsp;name</VAR>>
-                <B>-v</B> &lt;<VAR>volume&nbsp;name&nbsp;(regular&nbsp;expression)</VAR>>
-                [<B>-l</B>]  [<B>-c</B> &lt;<VAR>cell&nbsp;name</VAR>>]  [<B>-h</B>]
- </PRE>
- <P><STRONG>Description</STRONG>
- <P>The <B>backup addvolentry</B> command adds a volume entry definition to
- the existing volume set named by the <B>-name</B> argument. A
- volume entry definition can match one or more volumes, depending on the
- combination of the <B>-server</B>, <B>-partition</B>, and
- <B>-volumes</B> arguments.
- <P>For the <B>-server</B> and <B>-partition</B> arguments, provide
- either
- <UL>
- <P><LI>The name of one machine or partition
- <P><LI>The metacharacter expression <B>.*</B> (period and asterisk),
- which matches every machine name or partition name in the Volume Location
- Database (VLDB).
- </UL>
- <P>For the <B>-volumes</B> argument, specify a combination of alphanumeric
- characters and one or more metacharacters to wildcard part or all of the
- volume name. The <B>Options</B> section lists the acceptable
- metacharacters.
- <P><STRONG>Cautions</STRONG>
- <P>It is best to issue this command in interactive mode. If issuing it
- at the shell prompt, enclose any strings containing metacharacters in double
- quotes, or escape the metacharacters with other delimiters, to prevent the
- shell from interpreting them. Adding volume entries to a temporary
- volume set is possible only within the interactive session in which the volume
- set was created.
- <P><STRONG>Options</STRONG>
- <DL>
- <P><DT><B>-name
- </B><DD>Names the volume set to which to add this volume entry definition.
- The volume set must already exist (use the <B>backup addvolset</B> command
- to create it).
- <P><DT><B>-server
- </B><DD>Defines the set of one or more file server machines that house the volumes
- in the volume entry. Provide either one fully-qualified hostname (such
- as <B>fs1.abc.com</B>) or the metacharacter expression
- <B>.*</B> (period and asterisk), which matches all machine names in
- the VLDB.
- <P><DT><B>-partition
- </B><DD>Defines the set of one or more partitions that house the volumes in the
- volume entry. Provide either one complete partition name (such as
- <B>/vicepa</B>) or the metacharacter expression <B>.*</B>
- (period and asterisk), which matches all partition names.
- <P><DT><B>-volumes
- </B><DD>Defines the set of one or more volumes included in the volume
- entry. Specify the volumes by name, by using any combination of regular
- alphanumeric characters and one or more of the following metacharacter
- expressions:
- <A NAME="IDX4253"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX4254"></A>
- <DL>
- <P><DT><B>.
- </B><DD>The period matches any single character.
- <P><DT><B>*
- </B><DD>The asterisk matches zero or more instances of the preceding
- character. Combine it with any other alphanumeric character or
- metacharacter.
- <P><DT><B>[ ]
- </B><DD>Square brackets around a list of characters match a single instance of any
- of the characters, but no other characters; for example, <B>[abc]</B>
- matches a single <B>a</B> or <B>b</B> or <B>c</B>, but not
- <B>d</B> or <B>A</B>. This expression can be combined with the
- asterisk.
- <P><DT><B>^
- </B><DD>The caret, when used as the first character in a square-bracketed set,
- designates a match with any single character <I>except</I> the characters
- that follow it; for example, <B>[^a]</B> matches any single character
- except lowercase <B>a</B>. This expression can be combined with the
- asterisk.
- <P><DT><B>\
- </B><DD>A backslash preceding any of the metacharacters in this list makes it
- match its literal value only. For example, the expression
- <B>\.</B> (backslash and period) matches a single period,
- <B>\*</B> a single asterisk, and <B>\\</B> a single backslash.
- Such expressions can be combined with the asterisk (for example,
- <B>\.*</B> matches any number of periods).
- </DL>
- <P>
- <P>Perhaps the most common metacharacter expression is the period followed by
- an asterisk (<B>.*</B>). This expression matches any string
- of any length, because the period matches any character and the asterisk means
- any number of that character. As mentioned, it is the only acceptable
- metacharacter expression for the <B>-server</B> and <B>-partition</B>
- arguments. In a volume definition it can stand alone (in which case it
- matches every volume listed in the VLDB), or can combine with regular
- characters. The following example matches any volume name that begins
- with the string <B>user</B> and ends with <B>backup</B>: 
- <PRE>   <B>user.*backup</B>
-    
- </PRE>
- <P><DT><B>-localauth
- </B><DD>Constructs a server ticket using a key from the local
- <B>/usr/afs/etc/KeyFile</B> file. The <B>backup</B> command
- interpreter presents it to the Backup Server, Volume Server and VL Server
- during mutual authentication. Do not combine this flag with the
- <B>-cell</B> argument. For more details, see the introductory
- <B>backup</B> reference page.
- <P><DT><B>-cell
- </B><DD>Names the cell in which to run the command. Do not combine this
- argument with the <B>-localauth</B> flag. For more details, see the
- introductory <B>backup</B> reference page.
- <P><DT><B>-help
- </B><DD>Prints the online help for this command. All other valid options
- are ignored.
- </DL>
- <P><STRONG>Examples</STRONG>
- <P>The following command adds a volume entry to the volume set called
- <B>sys</B>. The entry matches all volumes on any machine or
- partition whose names begin with the string <B>sun4x_56</B> followed by a
- period:
- <PRE>   backup> <B>addvolentry sys .* .* sun4x_56\..*</B>
-    
- </PRE>
- <P>The following command adds a volume entry to the volume set called
- <B>fs2</B>, to match all volumes on the <B>/vicepb</B> partition of
- file server machine <B>fs2.abc.com</B>. Because it is
- issued at the shell prompt, double quotes surround the metacharacters in the
- <B>-volumes</B> argument. (The command is shown here on two lines
- only for legibility reasons.)
- <PRE>   % <B>backup addvolentry -name fs2 -server fs2.abc.com \
-                         -partition /vicepb -volumes ".*"</B>
-    
- </PRE>
- <P>The chapter in the <I>IBM AFS Administration Guide</I> about
- configuring the AFS Backup System presents additional examples as well as
- advice on grouping volumes.
- <P><STRONG>Privilege Required</STRONG>
- <P>The issuer must be listed in the <B>/usr/afs/etc/UserList</B> file on
- every machine where the Backup Server is running, or must be logged onto a
- server machine as the local superuser <B>root</B> if the
- <B>-localauth</B> flag is included.
- <P><STRONG>Related Information</STRONG>
- <P><A HREF="auarf060.htm#HDRBK_INTRO">backup</A>
- <P><A HREF="auarf064.htm#HDRBK_ADDVOLSET">backup addvolset</A>
- <P><A HREF="auarf070.htm#HDRBK_DELVOLENTRY">backup delvolentry</A>
- <P><A HREF="auarf071.htm#HDRBK_DELVOLSET">backup delvolset</A>
- <P><A HREF="auarf082.htm#HDRBK_LISTVOLSETS">backup listvolsets</A>
- <P>
- <HR><P ALIGN="center"> <A HREF="../index.htm"><IMG SRC="../books.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Return to Library]"></A> <A HREF="auarf002.htm#ToC"><IMG SRC="../toc.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Contents]"></A> <A HREF="auarf062.htm"><IMG SRC="../prev.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Previous Topic]"></A> <A HREF="#Top_Of_Page"><IMG SRC="../top.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Top of Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf064.htm"><IMG SRC="../next.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Next Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf284.htm#HDRINDEX"><IMG SRC="../index.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Index]"></A> <P> 
- <!-- Begin Footer Records  ========================================== -->
- <P><HR><B> 
- <br>&#169; <A HREF="http://www.ibm.com/">IBM Corporation 2000.</A>  All Rights Reserved 
- </B> 
- <!-- End Footer Records  ============================================ -->
- <A NAME="Bot_Of_Page"></A>
- </BODY></HTML>
--- 0 ----
Index: openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf064.htm
diff -c openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf064.htm:1.1 openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf064.htm:removed
*** openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf064.htm:1.1	Wed Jun  6 14:09:11 2001
--- openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf064.htm	Thu Oct  2 10:12:22 2008
***************
*** 1,109 ****
- <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 4//EN">
- <HTML><HEAD>
- <TITLE>Administration Reference</TITLE>
- <!-- Begin Header Records  ========================================== -->
- <!-- /tmp/idwt3672/auarf000.scr converted by idb2h R4.2 (359) ID      -->
- <!-- Workbench Version (AIX) on 3 Oct 2000 at 16:18:30                -->
- <META HTTP-EQUIV="updated" CONTENT="Tue, 03 Oct 2000 16:18:29">
- <META HTTP-EQUIV="review" CONTENT="Wed, 03 Oct 2001 16:18:29">
- <META HTTP-EQUIV="expires" CONTENT="Thu, 03 Oct 2002 16:18:29">
- </HEAD><BODY>
- <!-- (C) IBM Corporation 2000. All Rights Reserved    --> 
- <BODY bgcolor="ffffff"> 
- <!-- End Header Records  ============================================ -->
- <A NAME="Top_Of_Page"></A>
- <H1>Administration Reference</H1>
- <HR><P ALIGN="center"> <A HREF="../index.htm"><IMG SRC="../books.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Return to Library]"></A> <A HREF="auarf002.htm#ToC"><IMG SRC="../toc.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Contents]"></A> <A HREF="auarf063.htm"><IMG SRC="../prev.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Previous Topic]"></A> <A HREF="#Bot_Of_Page"><IMG SRC="../bot.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Bottom of Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf065.htm"><IMG SRC="../next.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Next Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf284.htm#HDRINDEX"><IMG SRC="../index.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Index]"></A> <P> 
- <P>
- <H2><A NAME="HDRBK_ADDVOLSET" HREF="auarf002.htm#ToC_78">backup addvolset</A></H2>
- <A NAME="IDX4255"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX4256"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX4257"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX4258"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX4259"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX4260"></A>
- <P><STRONG>Purpose</STRONG>
- <P>Creates a new (empty) volume set
- <P><STRONG>Synopsis</STRONG>
- <PRE><B>backup addvolset -name</B> &lt;<VAR>volume&nbsp;set&nbsp;name</VAR>> [<B>-temporary</B>] 
-                  [<B>-localauth</B>]  [<B>-cell</B> &lt;<VAR>cell&nbsp;name</VAR>>]  [<B>-help</B>]
-    
- <B>backup addvols -n</B> &lt;<VAR>volume&nbsp;set&nbsp;name</VAR>> [<B>-t</B>]  [<B>-l</B>]  [<B>-c</B> &lt;<VAR>cell name</VAR>>]  [<B>-h</B>]
- </PRE>
- <P><STRONG>Description</STRONG>
- <P>The <B>backup addvolset</B> command creates a new volume set, by
- default adding it to the Backup Database. It is best that the volume
- set's name indicate the volume set's contents; for example,
- define the volume entries in the <B>user</B> volume set to match all user
- volumes. The volume set name must be unique within the Backup Database
- of the local cell.
- <P>After issuing this command, issue the <B>backup addvolentry</B> command
- to define the volume entries in the volume set.
- <P>Sometimes it is convenient to create volume sets without recording them
- permanently in the Backup Database, for example when using the <B>backup
- volsetrestore</B> command to restore a group of volumes that were not
- necessarily backed up together. To create a <I>temporary</I> volume
- set, include the <B>-temporary</B> flag. A temporary volume set
- exists only during the lifetime of the current interactive session, so the
- flag is effective only when used during an interactive session (opened by
- issuing the <B>backup interactive</B> command). If it is included
- when the command is issued at the regular command shell prompt, the command
- appears to succeed, but the volume set is not created. As noted, a
- temporary volume set ceases to exist when the current interactive session
- ends, or use the <B>backup delvolset</B> command to delete it before
- that.
- <P>One advantage of temporary volume sets is that the <B>backup
- addvolset</B> command, and any <B>backup addvolentry</B> commands
- subsequently used to add volume entries to it, complete more quickly than for
- regular volume sets, because no records are created in the Backup
- Database.
- <P><STRONG>Options</STRONG>
- <DL>
- <P><DT><B>-name
- </B><DD>Names the new volume set. The name can include up to 31 of any
- character other than the period. Avoid other metacharacters as
- well.
- <P><DT><B>-temporary
- </B><DD>Creates a volume set that exists only within the context of the current
- interactive session. It is not added to the Backup Database.
- <P><DT><B>-localauth
- </B><DD>Constructs a server ticket using a key from the local
- <B>/usr/afs/etc/KeyFile</B> file. The <B>backup</B> command
- interpreter presents it to the Backup Server, Volume Server and VL Server
- during mutual authentication. Do not combine this flag with the
- <B>-cell</B> argument. For more details, see the introductory
- <B>backup</B> reference page.
- <P><DT><B>-cell
- </B><DD>Names the cell in which to run the command. Do not combine this
- argument with the <B>-localauth</B> flag. For more details, see the
- introductory <B>backup</B> reference page.
- <P><DT><B>-help
- </B><DD>Prints the online help for this command. All other valid options
- are ignored.
- </DL>
- <P><STRONG>Examples</STRONG>
- <P>The following command creates a volume set called <B>sys</B>:
- <PRE>   % <B>backup addvolset sys</B>
-    
- </PRE>
- <P><STRONG>Privilege Required</STRONG>
- <P>The issuer must be listed in the <B>/usr/afs/etc/UserList</B> file on
- every machine where the Backup Server is running, or must be logged onto a
- server machine as the local superuser <B>root</B> if the
- <B>-localauth</B> flag is included.
- <P><STRONG>Related Information</STRONG>
- <P><A HREF="auarf060.htm#HDRBK_INTRO">backup</A>
- <P><A HREF="auarf063.htm#HDRBK_ADDVOLENTRY">backup addvolentry</A>
- <P><A HREF="auarf070.htm#HDRBK_DELVOLENTRY">backup delvolentry</A>
- <P><A HREF="auarf071.htm#HDRBK_DELVOLSET">backup delvolset</A>
- <P><A HREF="auarf082.htm#HDRBK_LISTVOLSETS">backup listvolsets</A>
- <P><A HREF="auarf092.htm#HDRBK_VOLSETRESTORE">backup volsetrestore</A>
- <P>
- <HR><P ALIGN="center"> <A HREF="../index.htm"><IMG SRC="../books.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Return to Library]"></A> <A HREF="auarf002.htm#ToC"><IMG SRC="../toc.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Contents]"></A> <A HREF="auarf063.htm"><IMG SRC="../prev.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Previous Topic]"></A> <A HREF="#Top_Of_Page"><IMG SRC="../top.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Top of Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf065.htm"><IMG SRC="../next.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Next Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf284.htm#HDRINDEX"><IMG SRC="../index.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Index]"></A> <P> 
- <!-- Begin Footer Records  ========================================== -->
- <P><HR><B> 
- <br>&#169; <A HREF="http://www.ibm.com/">IBM Corporation 2000.</A>  All Rights Reserved 
- </B> 
- <!-- End Footer Records  ============================================ -->
- <A NAME="Bot_Of_Page"></A>
- </BODY></HTML>
--- 0 ----
Index: openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf065.htm
diff -c openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf065.htm:1.1 openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf065.htm:removed
*** openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf065.htm:1.1	Wed Jun  6 14:09:11 2001
--- openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf065.htm	Thu Oct  2 10:12:22 2008
***************
*** 1,73 ****
- <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 4//EN">
- <HTML><HEAD>
- <TITLE>Administration Reference</TITLE>
- <!-- Begin Header Records  ========================================== -->
- <!-- /tmp/idwt3672/auarf000.scr converted by idb2h R4.2 (359) ID      -->
- <!-- Workbench Version (AIX) on 3 Oct 2000 at 16:18:30                -->
- <META HTTP-EQUIV="updated" CONTENT="Tue, 03 Oct 2000 16:18:29">
- <META HTTP-EQUIV="review" CONTENT="Wed, 03 Oct 2001 16:18:29">
- <META HTTP-EQUIV="expires" CONTENT="Thu, 03 Oct 2002 16:18:29">
- </HEAD><BODY>
- <!-- (C) IBM Corporation 2000. All Rights Reserved    --> 
- <BODY bgcolor="ffffff"> 
- <!-- End Header Records  ============================================ -->
- <A NAME="Top_Of_Page"></A>
- <H1>Administration Reference</H1>
- <HR><P ALIGN="center"> <A HREF="../index.htm"><IMG SRC="../books.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Return to Library]"></A> <A HREF="auarf002.htm#ToC"><IMG SRC="../toc.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Contents]"></A> <A HREF="auarf064.htm"><IMG SRC="../prev.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Previous Topic]"></A> <A HREF="#Bot_Of_Page"><IMG SRC="../bot.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Bottom of Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf066.htm"><IMG SRC="../next.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Next Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf284.htm#HDRINDEX"><IMG SRC="../index.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Index]"></A> <P> 
- <P>
- <H2><A NAME="HDRBK_APROPOS" HREF="auarf002.htm#ToC_79">backup apropos</A></H2>
- <A NAME="IDX4261"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX4262"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX4263"></A>
- <P><STRONG>Purpose</STRONG>
- <P>Displays each help entry containing a keyword string
- <P><STRONG>Synopsis</STRONG>
- <PRE><B>backup apropos -topic</B> &lt;<VAR>help&nbsp;string</VAR>>  [<B>-help</B>] 
-   
- <B>backup ap -t</B> &lt;<VAR>help&nbsp;string</VAR>>  [<B>-h</B>]
- </PRE>
- <P><STRONG>Description</STRONG>
- <P>The <B>backup apropos</B> command displays the first line of the online
- help entry for any <B>backup</B> command that has in its name or short
- description the string specified by the <B>-topic</B> argument.
- <P>To display the syntax for a command, use the <B>backup help</B>
- command.
- <P><STRONG>Options</STRONG>
- <DL>
- <P><DT><B>-topic
- </B><DD>Specifies the keyword string to match, in lowercase letters only.
- If the string is more than a single word, surround it with double quotes
- (<B>" "</B>) or other delimiters.
- <P><DT><B>-help
- </B><DD>Prints the online help for this command. All other valid options
- are ignored.
- </DL>
- <P><STRONG>Output</STRONG>
- <P>The first line of a command's online help entry names it and briefly
- describes its function. This command displays the first line for any
- <B>backup</B> command where the string specified with the
- <B>-topic</B> argument is part of the command name or first line.
- <P><STRONG>Examples</STRONG>
- <P>The following example lists all <B>backup</B> commands that include the
- word <B>tape</B> in their names or short descriptions:
- <PRE>   % <B>backup apropos tape</B>
-    labeltape: label a tape
-    readlabel: read the label on tape
-    scantape: dump information recovery from tape
-    status: get tape coordinator status
-    
- </PRE>
- <P><STRONG>Privilege Required</STRONG>
- <P>None
- <P><STRONG>Related Information</STRONG>
- <P><A HREF="auarf060.htm#HDRBK_INTRO">backup</A>
- <P><A HREF="auarf075.htm#HDRBK_HELP">backup help</A>
- <P>
- <HR><P ALIGN="center"> <A HREF="../index.htm"><IMG SRC="../books.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Return to Library]"></A> <A HREF="auarf002.htm#ToC"><IMG SRC="../toc.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Contents]"></A> <A HREF="auarf064.htm"><IMG SRC="../prev.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Previous Topic]"></A> <A HREF="#Top_Of_Page"><IMG SRC="../top.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Top of Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf066.htm"><IMG SRC="../next.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Next Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf284.htm#HDRINDEX"><IMG SRC="../index.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Index]"></A> <P> 
- <!-- Begin Footer Records  ========================================== -->
- <P><HR><B> 
- <br>&#169; <A HREF="http://www.ibm.com/">IBM Corporation 2000.</A>  All Rights Reserved 
- </B> 
- <!-- End Footer Records  ============================================ -->
- <A NAME="Bot_Of_Page"></A>
- </BODY></HTML>
--- 0 ----
Index: openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf066.htm
diff -c openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf066.htm:1.1 openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf066.htm:removed
*** openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf066.htm:1.1	Wed Jun  6 14:09:11 2001
--- openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf066.htm	Thu Oct  2 10:12:22 2008
***************
*** 1,124 ****
- <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 4//EN">
- <HTML><HEAD>
- <TITLE>Administration Reference</TITLE>
- <!-- Begin Header Records  ========================================== -->
- <!-- /tmp/idwt3672/auarf000.scr converted by idb2h R4.2 (359) ID      -->
- <!-- Workbench Version (AIX) on 3 Oct 2000 at 16:18:30                -->
- <META HTTP-EQUIV="updated" CONTENT="Tue, 03 Oct 2000 16:18:29">
- <META HTTP-EQUIV="review" CONTENT="Wed, 03 Oct 2001 16:18:29">
- <META HTTP-EQUIV="expires" CONTENT="Thu, 03 Oct 2002 16:18:29">
- </HEAD><BODY>
- <!-- (C) IBM Corporation 2000. All Rights Reserved    --> 
- <BODY bgcolor="ffffff"> 
- <!-- End Header Records  ============================================ -->
- <A NAME="Top_Of_Page"></A>
- <H1>Administration Reference</H1>
- <HR><P ALIGN="center"> <A HREF="../index.htm"><IMG SRC="../books.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Return to Library]"></A> <A HREF="auarf002.htm#ToC"><IMG SRC="../toc.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Contents]"></A> <A HREF="auarf065.htm"><IMG SRC="../prev.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Previous Topic]"></A> <A HREF="#Bot_Of_Page"><IMG SRC="../bot.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Bottom of Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf067.htm"><IMG SRC="../next.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Next Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf284.htm#HDRINDEX"><IMG SRC="../index.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Index]"></A> <P> 
- <P>
- <H2><A NAME="HDRBK_DBVERIFY" HREF="auarf002.htm#ToC_80">backup dbverify</A></H2>
- <A NAME="IDX4264"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX4265"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX4266"></A>
- <P><STRONG>Purpose</STRONG>
- <P>Checks the integrity of the Backup Database
- <P><STRONG>Synopsis</STRONG>
- <PRE><B>backup dbverify</B> [<B>-detail</B>]  [<B>-localauth</B>]  [<B>-cell</B> &lt;<VAR>cell&nbsp;name</VAR>>]  [<B>-help</B>]
-   
- <B>backup db</B> [<B>-d</B>]  [<B>-l</B>]  [<B>-c</B> &lt;<VAR>cell&nbsp;name</VAR>>]  [<B>-h</B>]
- </PRE>
- <P><STRONG>Description</STRONG>
- <P>The <B>backup dbverify</B> command checks the integrity of the Backup
- Database. The command's output indicates whether the Backup
- Database is damaged (data is corrupted) or not. If the Backup Database
- is undamaged, it is safe to continue using it. If it is corrupted,
- discontinue any backup operations until it is repaired.
- <P><STRONG>Cautions</STRONG>
- <P>While this command runs, no other backup operation can access the Backup
- Database; the other commands do not run until this command
- completes. Avoid issuing this command when other backup operations are
- likely to run. The <B>backup savedb</B> command repairs some types
- of corruption.
- <P><STRONG>Options</STRONG>
- <DL>
- <P><DT><B>-detail
- </B><DD>Reports the number of orphaned blocks found, any inconsistencies, and the
- name of the server machine running the Backup Server that is checking its copy
- of the database.
- <P><DT><B>-localauth
- </B><DD>Constructs a server ticket using a key from the local
- <B>/usr/afs/etc/KeyFile</B> file. The <B>backup</B> command
- interpreter presents it to the Backup Server, Volume Server and VL Server
- during mutual authentication. Do not combine this flag with the
- <B>-cell</B> argument. For more details, see the introductory
- <B>backup</B> reference page.
- <P><DT><B>-cell
- </B><DD>Names the cell in which to run the command. Do not combine this
- argument with the <B>-localauth</B> flag. For more details, see the
- introductory <B>backup</B> reference page.
- <P><DT><B>-help
- </B><DD>Prints the online help for this command. All other valid options
- are ignored.
- </DL>
- <P><STRONG>Output</STRONG>
- <P>The command displays one of the following two messages:
- <DL>
- <P><DT><B><TT>Database OK</TT>
- </B><DD>The database is undamaged and can be used.
- <P><DT><B><TT>Database not OK</TT>
- </B><DD>The database is damaged. You can use the <B>backup savedb</B>
- command to repair many kinds of corruption as it creates a backup copy.
- For more detailed instructions, see the <I>IBM AFS Administration
- Guide</I> chapter about performing backup operations.
- </DL>
- <P>The <B>-detail</B> flag provides additional information:
- <UL>
- <P><LI>The number of <I>orphan blocks</I> found. These are ranges of
- memory that the Backup Server preallocated in the database but cannot
- use. Orphan blocks do not interfere with database access, but do waste
- disk space. To free the unusable space, dump the database to tape by
- using the <B>backup savedb</B> command, and then restore it by using the
- <B>backup restoredb</B> command.
- <P><LI>Any inconsistencies in the database, such as invalid hostnames for Tape
- Coordinator machines.
- <P><LI>The name of the database server machine on which the Backup Database was
- checked, designated as the <TT>Database checker</TT>. For a detailed
- trace of the verification operation, see the
- <B>/usr/afs/logs/BackupLog</B> file on the indicated machine. You
- can use the <B>bos getlog</B> command to display it.
- </UL>
- <P><STRONG>Examples</STRONG>
- <P>The following command confirms that the Backup Database is undamaged:
- <PRE>   % <B>backup dbverify</B>
-    Database OK
-    
- </PRE>
- <P>The following command confirms that the Backup Database is undamaged and
- that it has no orphan blocks or invalid Tape Coordinator entries. The
- Backup Server running on the machine <B>db1.abc.com</B>
- checked its copy of the Database.
- <PRE>   % <B>backup dbverify -detail</B>
-    Database OK
-    Orphan blocks 0
-    Database checker was db1.abc.com
-    
- </PRE>
- <P><STRONG>Privilege Required</STRONG>
- <P>The issuer must be listed in the <B>/usr/afs/etc/UserList</B> file on
- every machine where the Backup Server is running, or must be logged onto a
- server machine as the local superuser <B>root</B> if the
- <B>-localauth</B> flag is included.
- <P><STRONG>Related Information</STRONG>
- <P><A HREF="auarf014.htm#HDRBACKUPLOG">BackupLog</A>
- <P><A HREF="auarf102.htm#HDRBOS_GETLOG">bos getlog</A>
- <P><A HREF="auarf060.htm#HDRBK_INTRO">backup</A>
- <P><A HREF="auarf085.htm#HDRBK_RESTOREDB">backup restoredb</A>
- <P><A HREF="auarf086.htm#HDRBK_SAVEDB">backup savedb</A>
- <P>
- <HR><P ALIGN="center"> <A HREF="../index.htm"><IMG SRC="../books.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Return to Library]"></A> <A HREF="auarf002.htm#ToC"><IMG SRC="../toc.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Contents]"></A> <A HREF="auarf065.htm"><IMG SRC="../prev.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Previous Topic]"></A> <A HREF="#Top_Of_Page"><IMG SRC="../top.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Top of Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf067.htm"><IMG SRC="../next.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Next Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf284.htm#HDRINDEX"><IMG SRC="../index.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Index]"></A> <P> 
- <!-- Begin Footer Records  ========================================== -->
- <P><HR><B> 
- <br>&#169; <A HREF="http://www.ibm.com/">IBM Corporation 2000.</A>  All Rights Reserved 
- </B> 
- <!-- End Footer Records  ============================================ -->
- <A NAME="Bot_Of_Page"></A>
- </BODY></HTML>
--- 0 ----
Index: openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf067.htm
diff -c openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf067.htm:1.1 openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf067.htm:removed
*** openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf067.htm:1.1	Wed Jun  6 14:09:11 2001
--- openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf067.htm	Thu Oct  2 10:12:22 2008
***************
*** 1,82 ****
- <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 4//EN">
- <HTML><HEAD>
- <TITLE>Administration Reference</TITLE>
- <!-- Begin Header Records  ========================================== -->
- <!-- /tmp/idwt3672/auarf000.scr converted by idb2h R4.2 (359) ID      -->
- <!-- Workbench Version (AIX) on 3 Oct 2000 at 16:18:30                -->
- <META HTTP-EQUIV="updated" CONTENT="Tue, 03 Oct 2000 16:18:29">
- <META HTTP-EQUIV="review" CONTENT="Wed, 03 Oct 2001 16:18:29">
- <META HTTP-EQUIV="expires" CONTENT="Thu, 03 Oct 2002 16:18:29">
- </HEAD><BODY>
- <!-- (C) IBM Corporation 2000. All Rights Reserved    --> 
- <BODY bgcolor="ffffff"> 
- <!-- End Header Records  ============================================ -->
- <A NAME="Top_Of_Page"></A>
- <H1>Administration Reference</H1>
- <HR><P ALIGN="center"> <A HREF="../index.htm"><IMG SRC="../books.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Return to Library]"></A> <A HREF="auarf002.htm#ToC"><IMG SRC="../toc.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Contents]"></A> <A HREF="auarf066.htm"><IMG SRC="../prev.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Previous Topic]"></A> <A HREF="#Bot_Of_Page"><IMG SRC="../bot.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Bottom of Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf068.htm"><IMG SRC="../next.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Next Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf284.htm#HDRINDEX"><IMG SRC="../index.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Index]"></A> <P> 
- <P>
- <H2><A NAME="HDRBK_DELDUMP" HREF="auarf002.htm#ToC_81">backup deldump</A></H2>
- <A NAME="IDX4267"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX4268"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX4269"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX4270"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX4271"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX4272"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX4273"></A>
- <A NAME="IDX4274"></A>
- <P><STRONG>Purpose</STRONG>
- <P>Deletes a dump level from the Backup Database
- <P><STRONG>Synopsis</STRONG>
- <PRE><B>backup deldump -dump</B> &lt;<VAR>dump&nbsp;level&nbsp;name</VAR>>  [<B>-localauth</B>]  
-                [<B>-cell</B> &lt;<VAR>cell name</VAR>>]  [<B>-help</B>]
-    
- <B>backup deld -d</B> &lt;<VAR>dump&nbsp;level&nbsp;name</VAR>>  [<B>-l</B>]  [<B>-c</B> &lt;<VAR>cell&nbsp;name</VAR>>]  [<B>-h</B>]
- </PRE>
- <P><STRONG>Description</STRONG>
- <P>The <B>backup deldump</B> command deletes the indicated dump level and
- all of its child dump levels from the dump hierarchy in the Backup
- Database. Use the <B>backup listdumps</B> command to display the
- dump hierarchy.
- <P><STRONG>Options</STRONG>
- <DL>
- <P><DT><B>-dump
- </B><DD>Specifies the complete pathname of the dump level to delete.
- <P><DT><B>-localauth
- </B><DD>Constructs a server ticket using a key from the local
- <B>/usr/afs/etc/KeyFile</B> file. The <B>backup</B> command
- interpreter presents it to the Backup Server, Volume Server and VL Server
- during mutual authentication. Do not combine this flag with the
- <B>-cell</B> argument. For more details, see the introductory
- <B>backup</B> reference page.
- <P><DT><B>-cell
- </B><DD>Names the cell in which to run the command. Do not combine this
- argument with the <B>-localauth</B> flag. For more details, see the
- introductory <B>backup</B> reference page.
- <P><DT><B>-help
- </B><DD>Prints the online help for this command. All other valid options
- are ignored.
- </DL>
- <P><STRONG>Examples</STRONG>
- <P>The following command deletes the dump level <B>/sunday1/monday1</B>
- from the dump hierarchy, along with any of its child dump levels.
- <PRE>   % <B>backup deldump /sunday1/monday1</B>
-    
- </PRE>
- <P><STRONG>Privilege Required</STRONG>
- <P>The issuer must be listed in the <B>/usr/afs/etc/UserList</B> file on
- every machine where the Backup Server is running, or must be logged onto a
- server machine as the local superuser <B>root</B> if the
- <B>-localauth</B> flag is included.
- <P><STRONG>Related Information</STRONG>
- <P><A HREF="auarf060.htm#HDRBK_INTRO">backup</A>
- <P><A HREF="auarf061.htm#HDRBK_ADDDUMP">backup adddump</A>
- <P><A HREF="auarf080.htm#HDRBK_LISTDUMPS">backup listdumps</A>
- <P>
- <HR><P ALIGN="center"> <A HREF="../index.htm"><IMG SRC="../books.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Return to Library]"></A> <A HREF="auarf002.htm#ToC"><IMG SRC="../toc.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Contents]"></A> <A HREF="auarf066.htm"><IMG SRC="../prev.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Previous Topic]"></A> <A HREF="#Top_Of_Page"><IMG SRC="../top.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Top of Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf068.htm"><IMG SRC="../next.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Next Topic]"></A> <A HREF="auarf284.htm#HDRINDEX"><IMG SRC="../index.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Index]"></A> <P> 
- <!-- Begin Footer Records  ========================================== -->
- <P><HR><B> 
- <br>&#169; <A HREF="http://www.ibm.com/">IBM Corporation 2000.</A>  All Rights Reserved 
- </B> 
- <!-- End Footer Records  ============================================ -->
- <A NAME="Bot_Of_Page"></A>
- </BODY></HTML>
--- 0 ----
Index: openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf068.htm
diff -c openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf068.htm:1.1 openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf068.htm:removed
*** openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf068.htm:1.1	Wed Jun  6 14:09:11 2001
--- openafs/doc/html/AdminReference/auarf068.htm	Thu Oct  2 10:12:22 2008
***************
*** 1,183 ****
- <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 4//EN">
- <HTML><HEAD>
- <TITLE>Administration Reference</TITLE>
- <!-- Begin Header Records  ========================================== -->
- <!-- /tmp/idwt3672/auarf000.scr converted by idb2h R4.2 (359) ID      -->
- <!-- Workbench Version (AIX) on 3 Oct 2000 at 16:18:30                -->
- <META HTTP-EQUIV="updated" CONTENT="Tue, 03 Oct 2000 16:18:29">
- <META HTTP-EQUIV="review" CONTENT="Wed, 03 Oct 2001 16:18:29">
- <META HTTP-EQUIV="expires" CONTENT="Thu, 03 Oct 2002 16:18:29">
- </HEAD><BODY>
- <!-- (C) IBM Corporation 2000. All Rights Reserved    --> 
- <BODY bgcolor="ffffff"> 
- <!-- End Header Records  ============================================ -->
- <A NAME="Top_Of_Page"></A>
- <H1>Administration Reference</H1>
- <HR><P ALIGN="center"> <A HREF="../index.htm"><IMG SRC="../books.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Return to Library]"></A> <A HREF="auarf002.htm#ToC"><IMG SRC="../toc.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Contents]"></A> <A HREF="auarf067.htm"><IMG SRC="../prev.gif" BORDER="0" ALT="[Previous Topic]"></A> <A HREF="#Bot_Of_Page"><IMG SRC="../bot.gi
